The Money Advantage Podcast https://themoneyadvantage.com Personal Finance for the Entrepreneurially-Minded! Fri, 20 Sep 2019 10:50:33 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=5.2.3 The Money Advantage provides simple, fun, and doable financial talk that helps you build financial freedom with cash flow strategies, Infinite Banking, and alternative investments.<br /> <br /> We help established business owners find and fix money leaks and leverage alternative savings strategies so they have more to invest, without working harder or sacrificing their lifestyle.<br /> <br /> Through our family office model, we utilize strategies for cash flow, long-term tax reduction, estate and business legal planning, creative whole life insurance strategies (Privatized Banking) and alternative investments. Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean episodic Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall hello@themoneyadvantage.com hello@themoneyadvantage.com (Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall) Personal Finance for the Entrepreneurially-Minded! The Money Advantage Podcast https://themoneyadvantage.com/wp-content/uploads/powerpress/3000x_border-798.jpg https://themoneyadvantage.com The 401k Alternative You Deserve to Know About – A Client’s Story, Chuck Fahs https://themoneyadvantage.com/the-401k-alternative-you-deserve-to-know-about-a-clients-story/ Mon, 16 Sep 2019 09:00:30 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=6331 In today’s show, we have a “fireside chat” with a client who is using Privatized Banking to invest in real estate. Here’s a real-life example of using Privatized Banking as a 401k alternative.  Why?  To gain control, build wealth, and create protection for his family along the way. Where Does Privatized Banking Fit into the Cash Flow System? Privatized Banking is one of the most important parts of your entire Cash Flow System.  However, it’s just one step in the bigger journey to time and money freedom.  You need all the pieces in place to produce wealth systematically. That's why we have created the 3-step Business Owner's Cash Flow System. It's your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose, and financial freedom. The first stage is the foundation. You keep more of the money you make by fixing money leaks, becoming more efficient and profitable. Then, you protect your money with insurance and legal protection. Finally, you put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets. Before using a 401k alternative Chuck Fahs describes himself as an “Average Joe,” a “normal person.”  He’s a mid-level exec in the packaging business.  At 58 years old, he's been married for the last 34 years, and has three adult sons and two grandchildren.  Before he learned about Privatized Banking as a 401k alternative, there were a few things that were important to Chuck.  He wanted to get the boys through college with minimal to no debt and have great family vacations to experience the joys that life has to offer.  He accomplished both goals. Other than that, he just put away as much as he could and hoped to have enough when he wanted to retire.  To that end, Chuck had a good foundation of savings habits.  He was a disciplined saver throughout his working career.  The tool he knew to use to accomplish this was the 401(k), so that became his plan for his future.  He was dedicated, contributing to his 401(k) for most of his life, and even prided himself in never dipping into it along the way. Introduction to a 401k alternative As he was pursuing setting up a trust, Chuck was introduced to the Infinite Banking concept.  It was intriguing to him, but he wanted to know more. Because Chuck has always been a learner, pursuing knowledge and education to make the best decisions, he doesn’t make big decisions on a whim. The way he saw it, he was going to put his money into equities through his 401k or into Privatized Banking.  If he was going to make a change from what he was already doing, he needed a good reason. He proceeded to do extensive research to understand more.  He read Nelson Nash's book, Becoming Your Own Banker, along with other books and magazines, and listened to podcasts.  And he even attended a seminar about Infinite Banking put on by Bob Murphy and Carlos Lara. Weighing the benefits of each, he fully grasped that using Privatized Banking was a better way.  That caused him to shift from contributing to qualified plans to funding a high cash value wholelife insurance policy instead. Benefits of Privatized Banking as a 401k alternative Control! Chuck's money was no longer tax-deferred, so he wouldn’t pay tax in the future.  He gained the ability to borrow against his cash value and still get paid interest and dividends on that money, essentially getting access to interest-free loans.  Compared to the 401k, he’s getting uninterrupted compound growth vs. a 10% penalty if he took his money out early.  On top of that, the same money is also creating a death benefit too.  Now Chuck can get his money working harder and producing income by investing in cash-flowing assets.  Chuck now owns multiple whole life insurance policies, including policies on his grandchildren.  He’s used his cash value to purchase a cash-flowing turnkey rental property and is planning to buy another property soon. In today’s show, we have a “fireside chat” with a client who is using Privatized Banking to invest in real estate. Here’s a real-life example of using Privatized Banking as a 401k alternative.  Why?  To gain control, build wealth, and create protection for his family along the way.

Where Does Privatized Banking Fit into the Cash Flow System?

Privatized Banking is one of the most important parts of your entire Cash Flow System.  However, it’s just one step in the bigger journey to time and money freedom.  You need all the pieces in place to produce wealth systematically.

Privatized Banking

That’s why we have created the 3-step Business Owner’s Cash Flow System. It’s your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose, and financial freedom.

The first stage is the foundation. You keep more of the money you make by fixing money leaks, becoming more efficient and profitable. Then, you protect your money with insurance and legal protection. Finally, you put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets.

Before using a 401k alternative

Chuck Fahs describes himself as an “Average Joe,” a “normal person.”  He’s a mid-level exec in the packaging business.  At 58 years old, he’s been married for the last 34 years, and has three adult sons and two grandchildren. 

Before he learned about Privatized Banking as a 401k alternative, there were a few things that were important to Chuck.  He wanted to get the boys through college with minimal to no debt and have great family vacations to experience the joys that life has to offer. 

He accomplished both goals.

Other than that, he just put away as much as he could and hoped to have enough when he wanted to retire. 

To that end, Chuck had a good foundation of savings habits.  He was a disciplined saver throughout his working career. 

The tool he knew to use to accomplish this was the 401(k), so that became his plan for his future.  He was dedicated, contributing to his 401(k) for most of his life, and even prided himself in never dipping into it along the way.

Introduction to a 401k alternative

As he was pursuing setting up a trust, Chuck was introduced to the Infinite Banking concept.  It was intriguing to him, but he wanted to know more.

Because Chuck has always been a learner, pursuing knowledge and education to make the best decisions, he doesn’t make big decisions on a whim.

The way he saw it, he was going to put his money into equities through his 401k or into Privatized Banking.  If he was going to make a change from what he was already doing, he needed a good reason.

He proceeded to do extensive research to understand more.  He read Nelson Nash’s book, Becoming Your Own Banker, along with other books and magazines, and listened to podcasts.  And he even attended a seminar about Infinite Banking put on by Bob Murphy and Carlos Lara.

Weighing the benefits of each, he fully grasped that using Privatized Banking was a better way.  That caused him to shift from contributing to qualified plans to funding a high cash value wholelife insurance policy instead.

Benefits of Privatized Banking as a 401k alternative

Control!

401k alternative - A Client's Story - Chuck Fahs

Chuck’s money was no longer tax-deferred, so he wouldn’t pay tax in the future. 

He gained the ability to borrow against his cash value and still get paid interest and dividends on that money, essentially getting access to interest-free loans.  Compared to the 401k, he’s getting uninterrupted compound growth vs. a 10% penalty if he took his money out early. 

On top of that, the same money is also creating a death benefit too.  Now Chuck can get his money working harder and producing income by investing in cash-flowing assets. 

Chuck now owns multiple whole life insurance policies, including policies on his grandchildren.  He’s used his cash value to purchase a cash-flowing turnkey rental property and is planning to buy another property soon.

With his money diversified into life insurance and real estate, he’s hedging against systemic risk in the stock market.

Expanded Financial Vision

Today, Chuck’s financial goals are more robust than ever. 

He wants to do anything he can to help his kids and grandkids and give them the best opportunity to have the best financial lives they can.

But more than just giving money, he wants to impart wisdom.  Chuck desires to pass along assets, as well as financial literacy to continue to build assets. 

As Chuck is learning and taking control of his financial life, he’s teaching his kids right alongside him.  Most of all, he wants to teach them to be teachable.

What Chuck Wishes He Knew Earlier

Chuck will tell you now what he wishes he knew earlier.  While the 401k served him well for a time, he discovered that there were far greater benefits if he used a high cash value whole life insurance policy instead. 

Looking back, he says that the vast majority of Americans are indoctrinated to contribute to a 401k and rely on it.  But he says, that’s shortsighted.  The only reason Chuck didn’t use a 401k alternative earlier was that he assumed a 401k was the only way to invest for retirement.  No one mentioned it to him, and he didn’t know there was another way.

Chuck says that you shouldn’t rely on doing things the way they’ve always been done, because that doesn’t mean it’s the right way. 

He urges others to think outside the box, educate yourself, and gain control of your financial future.

Your Next Step to Gain Control, Build Wealth and Protect Your Family

To personally implement Privatized Banking or discover cash flow strategies to keep and control more of the money you’re making, book a Strategy Call

You’ll find out the one thing that you need to be doing right now to accelerate your path to financial freedom.

Success leaves clues. Model the successful few, not the crowd, and build a life and business you love.

]]>
In today’s show, we have a “fireside chat” with a client who is using Privatized Banking to invest in real estate. Here’s a real-life example of using Privatized Banking as a 401k alternative.  Why?  To gain control, build wealth, In today’s show, we have a “fireside chat” with a client who is using Privatized Banking to invest in real estate. Here’s a real-life example of using Privatized Banking as a 401k alternative.  Why?  To gain control, build wealth, and create protection for his family along the way.







Where Does Privatized Banking Fit into the Cash Flow System?



Privatized Banking is one of the most important parts of your entire Cash Flow System.  However, it’s just one step in the bigger journey to time and money freedom.  You need all the pieces in place to produce wealth systematically.







That's why we have created the 3-step Business Owner's Cash Flow System. It's your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose, and financial freedom.



The first stage is the foundation. You keep more of the money you make by fixing money leaks, becoming more efficient and profitable. Then, you protect your money with insurance and legal protection. Finally, you put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets.



Before using a 401k alternative



Chuck Fahs describes himself as an “Average Joe,” a “normal person.”  He’s a mid-level exec in the packaging business.  At 58 years old, he's been married for the last 34 years, and has three adult sons and two grandchildren. 



Before he learned about Privatized Banking as a 401k alternative, there were a few things that were important to Chuck.  He wanted to get the boys through college with minimal to no debt and have great family vacations to experience the joys that life has to offer. 



He accomplished both goals.



Other than that, he just put away as much as he could and hoped to have enough when he wanted to retire. 



To that end, Chuck had a good foundation of savings habits.  He was a disciplined saver throughout his working career. 



The tool he knew to use to accomplish this was the 401(k), so that became his plan for his future.  He was dedicated, contributing to his 401(k) for most of his life, and even prided himself in never dipping into it along the way.



Introduction to a 401k alternative



As he was pursuing setting up a trust, Chuck was introduced to the Infinite Banking concept.  It was intriguing to him, but he wanted to know more.



Because Chuck has always been a learner, pursuing knowledge and education to make the best decisions, he doesn’t make big decisions on a whim.



The way he saw it, he was going to put his money into equities through his 401k or into Privatized Banking.  If he was going to make a change from what he was already doing, he needed a good reason.



He proceeded to do extensive research to understand more.  He read Nelson Nash's book, Becoming Your Own Banker,]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 52:52
Irrational Change: You Can’t Reason Your Way Out of Something You Didn’t Reason Into (Reviewed) https://themoneyadvantage.com/irrational-change-you-cant-reason-your-way-out-of-something-you-didnt-reason-into/ Mon, 09 Sep 2019 09:00:15 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=6309 Change is hard, even for people, like me, who get started on new things rather quickly.  Our habits – the way we’ve always done things – end up running our lives, even when we’d like to choose otherwise.  We react defensively to feedback, even after committing to receive and apply it gracefully.  We use poor judgment and overspend again, even though we’ve promised ourselves a million times to stick to the plan.  Or we get jazzed about a new health and workout routine, only to hit the snooze button and then cave in when offered dessert.  So how do you truly apply a growth mindset, continually improve, and create lasting change?  Specifically, how do you change your money mindset to choose a different approach that is more conducive to building wealth? In his article titled, Irrational Change: You Can’t Reason Your Way Out of Something You Didn’t Reason Into, Steven Handel reveals a change agent that works.  He suggests that we should consider making changes irrationally, rather than by using logic. The article points out a truth we all feel, but rarely act on.  Since we didn’t pick our paradigms and worldviews by rational thinking, we won’t be able to shift them by applying the rules of logic either.  Instead, we should use a much more irrational approach. In today’s discussion of this article, we’ll help you think differently about change.  With this insight, you can grow, become better, and build a life you love. Where Does Money Mindset Fit into the Cash Flow System? Deliberately choosing a successful money mindset is a crucial part of your financial foundation.  With the right thinking about yourself, your value, money, and human relationships, you’ll create and build wealth. But, with the wrong thinking, you’ll repel wealth, spin your wheels, and continue wealth-defeating habits.  However, your mindset is just one step in the bigger journey to time and money freedom.  You need to have all of the pieces in place to produce wealth systematically. That's why we have created the 3-step Business Owner's Cash Flow System. It's your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose, and financial freedom. The first stage is the foundation. You keep more of the money you make by fixing money leaks, becoming more efficient and profitable. Then, you protect your money with insurance and legal protection and Privatized Banking. Finally, you put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets. Your money mindset is part of stage 1. Developing an abundance mindset, and taking control with prosperity thinking are what allow you to become the person that produces wealth.  Why Logic Falls Short Jonathan Swift, late 1600’s Anglo-Irish author and Dean of St. Patrick’s Cathedral of Dublin, published this insight about 200 years ago.  He said, You cannot reason people out of something they were not reasoned into.Jonathan Swift This insight holds true today. Even after centuries of psychology research, theory, and practice, we’re still recognizing the shortcomings of trying to change ourselves or others through logic.  Cognitive Behavioral Therapy has widespread acceptance as a popular and effective method of changing mental conditions and processes.  The technique helps you identify faulty logic, reframe negative beliefs, and accept your thoughts.  But ultimately, it’s a rational approach to change.  And its ability to affect a paradigm shift and new way of being is rather limited because our minds are not often very rational. Logic falls short because most people don’t consciously choose their current mindset and thinking. In fact, most people never really consider where their current beliefs came from.  Usually, we accept and assimilate most of our behavior-governing views through our environment and the opinions of others, including our caregivers during the formative years.  And they, too, accepted their thought patterns, Change is hard, even for people, like me, who get started on new things rather quickly.  Our habits – the way we’ve always done things – end up running our lives, even when we’d like to choose otherwise. 

We react defensively to feedback, even after committing to receive and apply it gracefully.  We use poor judgment and overspend again, even though we’ve promised ourselves a million times to stick to the plan.  Or we get jazzed about a new health and workout routine, only to hit the snooze button and then cave in when offered dessert. 

So how do you truly apply a growth mindset, continually improve, and create lasting change? 

Specifically, how do you change your money mindset to choose a different approach that is more conducive to building wealth?

In his article titled, Irrational Change: You Can’t Reason Your Way Out of Something You Didn’t Reason Into, Steven Handel reveals a change agent that works.  He suggests that we should consider making changes irrationally, rather than by using logic.

The article points out a truth we all feel, but rarely act on.  Since we didn’t pick our paradigms and worldviews by rational thinking, we won’t be able to shift them by applying the rules of logic either.  Instead, we should use a much more irrational approach.

In today’s discussion of this article, we’ll help you think differently about change.  With this insight, you can grow, become better, and build a life you love.

Where Does Money Mindset Fit into the Cash Flow System?

Deliberately choosing a successful money mindset is a crucial part of your financial foundation. 

With the right thinking about yourself, your value, money, and human relationships, you’ll create and build wealth. But, with the wrong thinking, you’ll repel wealth, spin your wheels, and continue wealth-defeating habits. 

However, your mindset is just one step in the bigger journey to time and money freedom.  You need to have all of the pieces in place to produce wealth systematically.

Money Mindset

That’s why we have created the 3-step Business Owner’s Cash Flow System. It’s your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose, and financial freedom.

The first stage is the foundation. You keep more of the money you make by fixing money leaks, becoming more efficient and profitable. Then, you protect your money with insurance and legal protection and Privatized Banking. Finally, you put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets.

Your money mindset is part of stage 1. Developing an abundance mindset, and taking control with prosperity thinking are what allow you to become the person that produces wealth. 

Why Logic Falls Short

Jonathan Swift, late 1600’s Anglo-Irish author and Dean of St. Patrick’s Cathedral of Dublin, published this insight about 200 years ago.  He said,

You cannot reason people out of something they were not reasoned into.

Jonathan Swift

This insight holds true today. Even after centuries of psychology research, theory, and practice, we’re still recognizing the shortcomings of trying to change ourselves or others through logic. 

Cognitive Behavioral Therapy has widespread acceptance as a popular and effective method of changing mental conditions and processes.  The technique helps you identify faulty logic, reframe negative beliefs, and accept your thoughts.  But ultimately, it’s a rational approach to change.  And its ability to affect a paradigm shift and new way of being is rather limited because our minds are not often very rational.

Logic falls short because most people don’t consciously choose their current mindset and thinking.

In fact, most people never really consider where their current beliefs came from.  Usually, we accept and assimilate most of our behavior-governing views through our environment and the opinions of others, including our caregivers during the formative years.  And they, too, accepted their thought patterns, rather than choosing them rationally.

It’s hard to shift ingrained worldviews with logic and reason, because higher-level cognition isn’t responsible for deciding what to think in the first place.

Change Starts by Thinking About Your Thinking

Instead, it’s crucial to think about your thinking. 

Rather than just allowing your thinking and actions with money to fall into the rut worn by years of habit, challenge your beliefs.  Consider what your thoughts about money are, where they came from, and whether they’re serving you.  If your money mindset and habits have become a hindrance to your wealth creation goals, maybe it’s time to change them.

Irrational Change Article Review

But how?

You probably won’t be able to change your thought patterns by cold facts and pure reason.  Even deep-diving into learning the technical aspects and mathematical soundness of a new perspective may not help you.

You may be contributing to a 401(k), but hear about how you lose control, accessibility, and will be taxed at unknown and potentially higher future tax rates.

You may be paying off your house as quickly as possible, but now learn that there could be a better place to store cash where you have control.

Or you may be overspending and haven’t been a consistent saver your whole life, but now you want to pay yourself first.

Since we didn’t adopt our mindset and habits logically, it will be hard to change them with logic as well.

So, what does work to help you break the cycle and develop new financial habits?

An Irrational Approach to Change … That Actually Works

The article suggests using imagination, creativity, symbols, and rituals to turn our brain into a mental playground. That is how you cause real change, irrationally.

Several options include placebo effects and playing pretend.  The reason it works is that if you believe something, it works and is true for you.

Playing pretend is a big part of growing and evolving as a child.  Part of why it works so well, is you’re not forcing yourself to do something. Instead, you’re letting it unfold naturally, out of curiosity.

Here are a few ways we use this personally:

  • Bruce counts to five before making a difficult phone call, promising himself that when he gets to 5, he’ll make the call.
  • I reframe fear as excitement when I’m getting ready to do something new. It changes the story I tell myself and the meaning I ascribe to my state.

Create Financial Change

Set up your environment for success. For example, put the tasks that are most critical to your success on your calendar, so you accomplish them first.

Financially, don’t expect you’ll start spending less, just because it’s the logical thing to do, if you’ve had a life history of overspending.  Instead, make it impossible to spend too much.  Mike Michalowicz shares in his book, Profit First, that you should divide up your income into smaller plates.  That way, you can still spend it all.  You’re just spending all of a smaller portion.  Don’t try to overcome your human behavior. Instead, work with it to your advantage. 

Another way you could apply this is with a celebration ritual when you make a small step of progress towards your financial goals.  The reason this works is that there’s an emotional release in making the financial choices that have not been serving you well.  So, you’ll want to create that same rush of excitement and satisfy your need for gratification about the things that get you closer to financial freedom. 

For example, celebrate freeing up another $1,000 per month, buying another cash-flowing property, or reaching another level of cash flow from assets.  Maybe you crack open a special bottle of wine or take that vacation you’ve been waiting forever to go on.

The only limit to your improvement is your imagination.

Create New Convictions

In The Science of Being Great, Wallace Wattles discusses change through creating new habits and why it works. 

The use of prayer and affirmation is to change your habit of thought.  Any act, mental or physical, becomes a habit.  The purpose of mental exercises is to repeat certain thoughts over and over until the thinking of those thoughts becomes constant and habitual. The thoughts we continually repeat become convictions.

Wallace Wattles

If you want to change something, make small incremental changes that become habits, which turn into convictions.

This is how you can reframe your brain to adopt new thought patterns.

Turn Your Mind into A Mental Playground

Find irrational, fun, imaginative, creative ways to change, when you realize that there are better things that could be serving you.

Start Building Your Cash Flow System Today

If you want to explore your financial picture and find out how you could improve, we’d love to be a part of helping you make that change.  And we promise not to overwhelm you with the logic and facts to help you see a better way.  Instead, we’ll help you make small changes, see how it feels, and how your brain reacts to it.  Then, you’ll gain confidence and make real changes that get you closer to your goals.

To personally implement Privatized Banking or discover cash flow strategies to keep more of the money you’re making, book a Strategy Call

You’ll find out the one thing that you need to be doing right now to accelerate your path to financial freedom.

Success leaves clues. Model the successful few, not the crowd, and build a life and business you love.

]]>
Change is hard, even for people, like me, who get started on new things rather quickly.  Our habits – the way we’ve always done things – end up running our lives, even when we’d like to choose otherwise.  We react defensively to feedback, Change is hard, even for people, like me, who get started on new things rather quickly.  Our habits – the way we’ve always done things – end up running our lives, even when we’d like to choose otherwise. 



We react defensively to feedback, even after committing to receive and apply it gracefully.  We use poor judgment and overspend again, even though we’ve promised ourselves a million times to stick to the plan.  Or we get jazzed about a new health and workout routine, only to hit the snooze button and then cave in when offered dessert. 







So how do you truly apply a growth mindset, continually improve, and create lasting change? 



Specifically, how do you change your money mindset to choose a different approach that is more conducive to building wealth?



In his article titled, Irrational Change: You Can’t Reason Your Way Out of Something You Didn’t Reason Into, Steven Handel reveals a change agent that works.  He suggests that we should consider making changes irrationally, rather than by using logic.



The article points out a truth we all feel, but rarely act on.  Since we didn’t pick our paradigms and worldviews by rational thinking, we won’t be able to shift them by applying the rules of logic either.  Instead, we should use a much more irrational approach.



In today’s discussion of this article, we’ll help you think differently about change.  With this insight, you can grow, become better, and build a life you love.



Where Does Money Mindset Fit into the Cash Flow System?



Deliberately choosing a successful money mindset is a crucial part of your financial foundation. 



With the right thinking about yourself, your value, money, and human relationships, you’ll create and build wealth. But, with the wrong thinking, you’ll repel wealth, spin your wheels, and continue wealth-defeating habits. 



However, your mindset is just one step in the bigger journey to time and money freedom.  You need to have all of the pieces in place to produce wealth systematically.







That's why we have created the 3-step Business Owner's Cash Flow System. It's your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose, and financial freedom.



The first stage is the foundation. You keep more of the money you make by fixing money leaks, becoming more efficient and profitable. Then, you protect your money with insurance and legal protection and Privatized Banking. Finally, you put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets.



Your money mindset is part of stage 1. Developing an abundance mindset, and taking control with prosperity thinking are what allow you to become the person that produces wealth. 



Why Logic Falls Short



]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 26:20
Applying Poker Game Theory to Entrepreneurship, with Jordan River https://themoneyadvantage.com/jordan-river-applying-poker-game-theory-to-entrepreneurship/ Mon, 02 Sep 2019 09:00:30 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=6275 In today's podcast, we interview Jordan River.  You’ll hear about how he turned a $50 deposit into $50,000 in online poker winnings in 12 months using GTO (game theory optimization).  He’ll share how using the principles of GTO will help you grow your business.  Where Building Your Business Fits into the Cash Flow System Investing in your business is one of your best investments because it’s what you know and can control.  And turning your business into a cash-flowing asset is a big part of creating time and money freedom.  However, your business is just one step in the bigger journey to time and money freedom.  You need good money habits to produce wealth systematically. That's why we have created the 3-step Business Owner's Cash Flow System. It's your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose, and financial freedom. The first step is keeping more of the money you make by fixing money leaks, becoming more efficient and profitable. Then, you protect your money with insurance and legal protection and Privatized Banking. Finally, you put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets. Who Is Jordan River? Jordan River is a podcaster, entrepreneur, and semiprofessional poker player. Jordan has been working in media production for 15 years, and currently focuses on podcasting as his main medium. His work in the personal development field includes shows like The Lifebook Podcast and The Mastering Happiness Podcast, with Dr. Joel Wade. In 2018, Jordan turned semi-pro while having a strong year at Texas Hold’em. He continues to play daily, hone his game, and frequently donates 25% of his final table winnings to charities. Jordan River is also the son of Jon and Missy Butcher, founders of LifeBook. Jordan River Conversation Highlights Poker tournaments are analogous to creating and running a business.It’s all about making the right moves and detaching yourself from the outcome. Whether or not an idea (or a poker hand) works out isn’t solely dependent on if it was a good decision. All you can do is make moves that SHOULD be +EV (expected value), and don’t worry about how the cards are dealt out after that.Focus on what you can control.To calculate beyond your capabilities, learn from people who know more than you, and use technology. Copy strategies that work and forget about the ones that don’t.Everyone is in the same pool. Some talented players fail, some foolish players succeed, and everything in between. If you don't get a good grasp on reality through studying outcomes and statistics, you're left with many powerful and often negative emotions.  Then, you can develop superstitions and unhealthy beliefs.If you want to succeed next time you try your hand, focus on game theory optimal decisions. That's the only path to sustained success.Poker, like a business, is a balance of three aspects: risk, stake, and reward. Every action you make should yield a +EV formula (i.e., high risk, high reward, but low stake; Or high stakes and high reward, but low risk).Trust your instincts and exercise them. Logic and math get you very far, but sometimes they put you in a tough spot – a hard decision with no clear, logical answer. Here, you have to trust and rely on your instincts.Be charitable. Building relationships by helping others will supercharge you. And so will giving away some of your earnings.Have fun. They say when you stop having fun, you should stop playing poker. It’s the same in business.  That doesn’t mean that you’ll have no stress or zero anxiety, but you HAVE to love it on some level. Connect with Jordan River You can find Jordan River and keep up on his poker exploits by following him on Instagram @jordanriverig. Visit jordanriverproductions.com to find more about his podcasting work. Start Building Your Cash Flow System Today To personally implement Privatized Banking or discover cash flow strategies to keep... In today’s podcast, we interview Jordan River.  You’ll hear about how he turned a $50 deposit into $50,000 in online poker winnings in 12 months using GTO (game theory optimization).  He’ll share how using the principles of GTO will help you grow your business. 

Where Building Your Business Fits into the Cash Flow System

Investing in your business is one of your best investments because it’s what you know and can control.  And turning your business into a cash-flowing asset is a big part of creating time and money freedom. 

However, your business is just one step in the bigger journey to time and money freedom.  You need good money habits to produce wealth systematically.

Unique Ability Investing

That’s why we have created the 3-step Business Owner’s Cash Flow System. It’s your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose, and financial freedom.

The first step is keeping more of the money you make by fixing money leaks, becoming more efficient and profitable. Then, you protect your money with insurance and legal protection and Privatized Banking. Finally, you put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets.

Who Is Jordan River?

Jordan River is a podcaster, entrepreneur, and semiprofessional poker player. Jordan has been working in media production for 15 years, and currently focuses on podcasting as his main medium.

His work in the personal development field includes shows like The Lifebook Podcast and The Mastering Happiness Podcast, with Dr. Joel Wade.

In 2018, Jordan turned semi-pro while having a strong year at Texas Hold’em. He continues to play daily, hone his game, and frequently donates 25% of his final table winnings to charities.

Jordan River is also the son of Jon and Missy Butcher, founders of LifeBook.

Jordan River Conversation Highlights

Jordan River: Applying Poker Game Theory to Entrepreneurship
  • Poker tournaments are analogous to creating and running a business.
  • It’s all about making the right moves and detaching yourself from the outcome. Whether or not an idea (or a poker hand) works out isn’t solely dependent on if it was a good decision. All you can do is make moves that SHOULD be +EV (expected value), and don’t worry about how the cards are dealt out after that.
  • Focus on what you can control.
  • To calculate beyond your capabilities, learn from people who know more than you, and use technology. Copy strategies that work and forget about the ones that don’t.
  • Everyone is in the same pool. Some talented players fail, some foolish players succeed, and everything in between. If you don’t get a good grasp on reality through studying outcomes and statistics, you’re left with many powerful and often negative emotions.  Then, you can develop superstitions and unhealthy beliefs.
  • If you want to succeed next time you try your hand, focus on game theory optimal decisions. That’s the only path to sustained success.
  • Poker, like a business, is a balance of three aspects: risk, stake, and reward. Every action you make should yield a +EV formula (i.e., high risk, high reward, but low stake; Or high stakes and high reward, but low risk).
  • Trust your instincts and exercise them. Logic and math get you very far, but sometimes they put you in a tough spot – a hard decision with no clear, logical answer. Here, you have to trust and rely on your instincts.
  • Be charitable. Building relationships by helping others will supercharge you. And so will giving away some of your earnings.
  • Have fun. They say when you stop having fun, you should stop playing poker. It’s the same in business.  That doesn’t mean that you’ll have no stress or zero anxiety, but you HAVE to love it on some level.

Connect with Jordan River

You can find Jordan River and keep up on his poker exploits by following him on Instagram @jordanriverig.

Visit jordanriverproductions.com to find more about his podcasting work.

Start Building Your Cash Flow System Today

To personally implement Privatized Banking or discover cash flow strategies to keep more of the money you’re making, book a Strategy Call

You’ll find out the one thing that you need to be doing right now to accelerate your path to financial freedom.

Success leaves clues. Model the successful few, not the crowd, and build a life and business you love.

]]>
In today's podcast, we interview Jordan River.  You’ll hear about how he turned a $50 deposit into $50,000 in online poker winnings in 12 months using GTO (game theory optimization).  He’ll share how using the principles of GTO will help you grow your ... In today's podcast, we interview Jordan River.  You’ll hear about how he turned a $50 deposit into $50,000 in online poker winnings in 12 months using GTO (game theory optimization).  He’ll share how using the principles of GTO will help you grow your business. 







Where Building Your Business Fits into the Cash Flow System



Investing in your business is one of your best investments because it’s what you know and can control.  And turning your business into a cash-flowing asset is a big part of creating time and money freedom. 



However, your business is just one step in the bigger journey to time and money freedom.  You need good money habits to produce wealth systematically.







That's why we have created the 3-step Business Owner's Cash Flow System. It's your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose, and financial freedom.



The first step is keeping more of the money you make by fixing money leaks, becoming more efficient and profitable. Then, you protect your money with insurance and legal protection and Privatized Banking. Finally, you put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets.



Who Is Jordan River?



Jordan River is a podcaster, entrepreneur, and semiprofessional poker player. Jordan has been working in media production for 15 years, and currently focuses on podcasting as his main medium.



His work in the personal development field includes shows like The Lifebook Podcast and The Mastering Happiness Podcast, with Dr. Joel Wade.



In 2018, Jordan turned semi-pro while having a strong year at Texas Hold’em. He continues to play daily, hone his game, and frequently donates 25% of his final table winnings to charities.



Jordan River is also the son of Jon and Missy Butcher, founders of LifeBook.



Jordan River Conversation Highlights







* Poker tournaments are analogous to creating and running a business.* It’s all about making the right moves and detaching yourself from the outcome. Whether or not an idea (or a poker hand) works out isn’t solely dependent on if it was a good decision. All you can do is make moves that SHOULD be +EV (expected value), and don’t worry about how the cards are dealt out after that.* Focus on what you can control.* To calculate beyond your capabilities, learn from people who know more than you, and use technology. Copy strategies that work and forget about the ones that don’t.* Everyone is in the same pool. Some talented players fail, some foolish players succeed, and everything in between. If you don't get a good grasp on reality through studying outcomes ...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 42:17
Buy-Sell Agreements: Using Life Insurance to Fund Your Exit Strategy https://themoneyadvantage.com/buy-sell-agreements-life-insurance-exit-strategy/ Mon, 26 Aug 2019 09:00:24 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=6233 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-2OYfn9u2g0 Locking in your business exit strategy with a buy-sell agreement and funding it with life insurance can create great certainty.  The reason is that it will accommodate the continuity of your business in the broadest range of circumstances. Planning for your business continuation when you or your business partners exit is critical.  It could mean the difference between business transfer becoming the capstone of your success or a slippery slope to financial demise. Planning for Business Ownership and Control When a Partner Exits If you're in business with a partner or several, you may wonder what would happen if something happened to them, or you. What about when or if one of you wants to leave, retires, becomes disabled or physically or mentally unable to continue, or passes away unexpectedly?  We’ve talked about how you can compensate the business for losing critical employees or owners with Key Man Insurance, but what about the business ownership going forward?  Will the others continue in business, sell it, or bring in a new partner? Maybe you’re the sole business owner at this point, but you hope to sell the business someday.  If your business is built on your reputation, knowledge, and expertise, would a strategic handoff be better than an abrupt ownership change?  Perhaps it would be better to hire well as a transition strategy.  You might be able to transfer ownership slowly over several years, giving your client base time to build a relationship with the new guy. What If You Don’t Have an Exit Strategy? If you share the ownership of a company, your livelihood rests on the success of your business.  How do you make sure your family prospers as your business prospers, no matter what happens to you or your business partner? Contingency planning is one of those things that so many people put off because it’s not an immediate concern.  According to LIMRA, in 2015, 75% of US small businesses haven’t been professionally valued, and 64% of US small businesses don’t have a business continuation plan. But planning for how you sell or transition your business can mean the difference between peace of mind or turmoil.  When your business continues after losing an owner without missing a beat, you’ll enjoy continued client relationships, revenue, and growing business value.  You and your loved ones will be able to experience the financial rewards of everything you’ve built.  But if the business struggles and suffers, it could mean the inability to fulfill contracts, unhappy clients, dried up revenue, and declining business value.  And this could cause financial strife for you and your loved ones.  It’s worth thinking this through and planning for contingencies to fully experience the fruit of your labor, no matter when or how you or your business partners exit. Tools and Ideas to Plan Your Exit Strategy In today’s show, we’ll discuss buy-sell agreements – what they are, what they do, and how they work.  We'll answer: Why should I plan for how I’ll exit my business? Planning for how you’ll exit your business allows for the orderly transfer of the ownership interest when a business partner leaves the company. Why should I plan for how I’ll exit my business? Planning for how you’ll exit your business allows for the orderly transfer of the ownership interest when a business partner leaves the company. What circumstances should I consider in setting up a buy-sell agreement? A buy-sell agreement should cover any reason you or your business partner would exit the business. This includes retirement, divorce, disability, physical or mental incapacity, or death. What is a buy-sell agreement? A buy-sell agreement has two parts.  The first component is a legal contract that outlines what happens with the business when one partner exits.  The second element is a method of providing sufficient funding to purchase the business shares from the own...
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-2OYfn9u2g0

Locking in your business exit strategy with a buy-sell agreement and funding it with life insurance can create great certainty.  The reason is that it will accommodate the continuity of your business in the broadest range of circumstances. Planning for your business continuation when you or your business partners exit is critical.  It could mean the difference between business transfer becoming the capstone of your success or a slippery slope to financial demise.

Planning for Business Ownership and Control When a Partner Exits

If you’re in business with a partner or several, you may wonder what would happen if something happened to them, or you. What about when or if one of you wants to leave, retires, becomes disabled or physically or mentally unable to continue, or passes away unexpectedly? 

We’ve talked about how you can compensate the business for losing critical employees or owners with Key Man Insurance, but what about the business ownership going forward?  Will the others continue in business, sell it, or bring in a new partner?

Maybe you’re the sole business owner at this point, but you hope to sell the business someday.  If your business is built on your reputation, knowledge, and expertise, would a strategic handoff be better than an abrupt ownership change?  Perhaps it would be better to hire well as a transition strategy.  You might be able to transfer ownership slowly over several years, giving your client base time to build a relationship with the new guy.

What If You Don’t Have an Exit Strategy?

If you share the ownership of a company, your livelihood rests on the success of your business.  How do you make sure your family prospers as your business prospers, no matter what happens to you or your business partner?

Contingency planning is one of those things that so many people put off because it’s not an immediate concern.  According to LIMRA, in 2015, 75% of US small businesses haven’t been professionally valued, and 64% of US small businesses don’t have a business continuation plan.

But planning for how you sell or transition your business can mean the difference between peace of mind or turmoil.  When your business continues after losing an owner without missing a beat, you’ll enjoy continued client relationships, revenue, and growing business value.  You and your loved ones will be able to experience the financial rewards of everything you’ve built. 

But if the business struggles and suffers, it could mean the inability to fulfill contracts, unhappy clients, dried up revenue, and declining business value.  And this could cause financial strife for you and your loved ones. 

It’s worth thinking this through and planning for contingencies to fully experience the fruit of your labor, no matter when or how you or your business partners exit.

Tools and Ideas to Plan Your Exit Strategy

In today’s show, we’ll discuss buy-sell agreements – what they are, what they do, and how they work. 

We’ll answer:

Why should I plan for how I’ll exit my business?

Planning for how you’ll exit your business allows for the orderly transfer of the ownership interest when a business partner leaves the company.

Why should I plan for how I’ll exit my business?

Planning for how you’ll exit your business allows for the orderly transfer of the ownership interest when a business partner leaves the company.

What circumstances should I consider in setting up a buy-sell agreement?

A buy-sell agreement should cover any reason you or your business partner would exit the business. This includes retirement, divorce, disability, physical or mental incapacity, or death.

What is a buy-sell agreement?

A buy-sell agreement has two parts.  The first component is a legal contract that outlines what happens with the business when one partner exits.  The second element is a method of providing sufficient funding to purchase the business shares from the owner who is leaving.

Why is funding a buy-sell agreement so important?

A buy-sell agreement with no funding doesn’t provide the means to execute the plans for transferring the business ownership.

What are the options to fund a buy-sell agreement?

You can fund your buy-sell agreement with cash, a sinking fund, loans, installment payments, or life and disability insurance.  Insurance solves the inadequacies of the other funding strategies by providing the most economical and certain source of capital.

How can life insurance solve buy-sell funding problems?

Life insurance can be used to fund a buy-sell agreement in three primary ways.  1) The business can own policies on the owners in a Stock Redemption method.  2) Using Cross-Purchase, each owner would purchase a policy on the other owners.  3) With an LLC buy-sell agreement, a new entity would be set up to own a life insurance policy on each of the owners.  If one partner passes away, the death benefit will pay out to provide the funds to buy out that owner’s share of the business.

You’ll gain some great ideas and insights that you maybe have never thought of before.  Business continuation shouldn’t be an unknown that leaves you feeling powerless.  Instead, it should empower you with a long-term view of your business.  The further ahead you can see, the better choices you’ll make. Then you’ll gain more peace about all the decisions you make today. 

Today, you’ll feel more aware of how to think about an uncertain future. And, you’ll be equipped with the questions you might need to ask yourself to chart a path forward.

Where Buy-Sell Agreements Fit into the Cash Flow System

Business continuity, exit strategies, and buy-sell funding are just one part of a bigger journey to building time and money freedom. 

That’s why we have created the 3-step Business Owner’s Cash Flow System.  It’s your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose, and financial freedom.

Livelihood Safeguard

The first step is keeping more of the money you make by fixing money leaks.  Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and Privatized Banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets.

Buy-sell agreements are part of Stage 2.  They help you protect your interest in your business by giving you the means to buy out the business to transfer ownership when a partner exits.

If you utilize a Specially Designed Whole Life Insurance Policy, your Buy-Sell Agreement can be a tool for Privatized Banking. 

And this protection also touches Unique Ability Investing, because you’re securing the value of your business as one of your greatest assets.

Why Should I Plan for How I’ll Exit My Business?

Options

Planning in advance gives you
significant leverage because you have options. 
But when you wait until the last minute, you limit your opportunity to
respond.

The other day, I was driving my
daughter to school.  We were about 15
minutes early, so I gave her the option to stop at a park on the way.  We deliberated a bit, but she decided she’d
rather go straight to school instead.  Then,
just as I was passing the entrance to the park, she changed her mind and exclaimed,
“Mom, turn in!”  I considered stomping
the brakes, but it wouldn’t have given time for the car right behind me to
react.  Instead, I stayed committed to our
original course and drove on.  Capitalizing
on the teachable moment, I explained that the opportunity had passed.  When I was right on top of the situation,
there wasn’t time to adjust.  I wasn’t
able to make a last-minute shift, a lane change, and a screeching turn in
traffic.  Knowing where you want to go
allows you to plan to be in the right lane at the right time, going the right
speed, and signal to other cars. 

Certainty and Peace of Mind

The same goes for setting up arrangements for business continuation in the event of an extenuating circumstance.  When you plan for how to ensure the stability and continuity of your business, even through unforeseen challenges, you gain peace of mind. 

Employees, creditors, suppliers, and customers will know what to expect if you encounter hurdles or setbacks.  They can count on day-to-day operations continuing without interruption.  And if your business future is more certain, so is your family’s financial security.

Fair Bargaining

Planning for the orderly transfer
of business assets gives all the partners an equal playing field in the
discussion. It ensures no one has to be worried that they won’t be treated
fairly. 

For instance, if one business
partner passes away suddenly, their family may have an immediate need for
cash.  This can put them at a
disadvantage in bargaining for fair compensation for their share of the business.  They may be forced to sell at a lower price.  They may even sell to an outsider to force
liquidation or could sue remaining owners if they feel mistreated.  Remaining owners may then find themselves in
business with someone they don’t even know who doesn’t share their vision.  Or worse yet, they may have their hands tied,
unable to make critical business decisions.

What Circumstances Should I Consider?

There
will come a time when you and your business partners will exit your business,
whether voluntarily or involuntarily.  This
scenario could then cause the need for a quick transfer of business assets to
make all parties whole.  You should
consider and plan for the big three: retirement, disability, or death, in
addition to divorce and mental incapacity.

If one owner wants to retire, they could continue receiving income as an owner, but limit their hours working in the business.  Or they may want to sell their part of the company and walk away completely.  If they’re transferring the business assets, they’ll want fair sale price for their years of contribution.

What
if a disability prevents an owner from continuing in their role, handicapping
the business as well?  The disabled owner
will need income and may opt to sell their business ownership interest in exchange.

Spouses whose livelihood depends on each other insure themselves with life insurance so that if one dies, the other is taken care of financially.  The same is true of business partners.  You share the cooperative teamwork of others to propel your business, and consequently, your income.  Because of this, your financial outcomes are dependent on that partner staying alive and continuing to provide their intellectual capital to propel your business forward.  If they died, your livelihood would suffer.  Chances are, your business partner’s spouse isn’t going to want to step into their shoes, and maybe you don’t want to be in business with their spouse. 

Additionally,
what if you lost your mental capacity and were unable to continue providing the
vision and leadership to the business?  Or,
what if your business partner went through a divorce?  Their former spouse could lay claim to half
of the value of their ownership interest.

What Is a Buy-Sell Agreement?

Very
simply, a buy-sell agreement is a legal contract that lays out what exactly
happens with the business when one partner exits.  It provides for the sale of the business ownership
interest when you face an event like retirement, death, or disability of one of
the owners.  A buy-sell agreement establishes
an agreed-upon, fair price for the business value and the percent of ownership
of each owner. 

For example, imagine Chris and Tom own a $2 Million business together, with 50/50 ownership.  Their buy-sell agreement outlines that if either Chris or Tom dies, retires, or becomes disabled, the ownership will transfer to the other person. That means that if one partner dies, the other ends up with 100% ownership of the business.

To
ensure you cover all contingencies, you should draft this contract with a
competent, experienced attorney.

However,
a legal agreement, no matter how articulate, has no power unless it’s funded.  That’s why a buy-sell agreement also requires
the financial means to execute the sale and transfer of business ownership. 

Why Is Funding a Buy-Sell Agreement So Important?

From the previous example, if Tom died, Chris would need to have $1M of financing to buy out Tom’s half of the business. 

Without
sufficient funds, Tom’s estate would continue to own half of the business.  That means that Tom’s heirs, whether spouse,
children, or otherwise, would now own half of Chris’s business.

In
that case, Tom’s heirs may not have the experience or desire to run a
business.  Or Chris may dread the idea of
working with Tom’s widow.

Chances are, Tom’s heirs would be much better served by liquidating their half of the business and having the $1M cash instead. 

The ideal outcome would be that at the time of necessity, Chris has cash equal to Tom’s half of the business and buys him out.  Chris ends up with 100% ownership of the $2 Million company, and Tom’s estate ends up with $1M cash.

What Are the Options to Fund a Buy-Sell
Agreement?

Buy-Sell Agreements - Using Life Insurance to Fund Your Exit Strategy

There
are many options to fund a buy-sell agreement, some methods more successful
than others.

Cash

You
could fund a buy-sell with cash.  To
accommodate this, the business or business owners would need to have and hold
cash reserves.  However, most business’s
capital isn’t sitting in a cash account. 
It’s usually tied up in the business, either in illiquid assets or
inventory.  That means if you opt to use
cash to fund the buy-sell agreement, you may end up having to sell off inventories
or ending up short.

Sinking Fund

Another
funding option is a sinking fund.  This allows
you to set aside reserves a little at a time. 
However, since you can’t predict the timing of premature death or
disability, a sinking fund may not have had time to mature.

A Loan

You
could decide to use a loan.  The business
or remaining owner would need to qualify for and obtain financing.  The difficulty here lies in the fact that
creditworthiness may have suffered due to the triggering event itself and the
perceived instability and uncertainty of the business.  Additionally, this adds interest to the
buyout cost.

Installment Payments

Another method of funding the buyout could be installment payments to the heirs.  This is similar to seller financing.  The seller, in this case, the departing owner’s estate, receives an ongoing stream of cash flow rather than a lump sum all at once.  But the business may not be in a position to make guarantees of future payments.  If the company itself suffers, payments may dry up.

Life Insurance

Finally, life insurance provides the most guarantees and certainty as a buy-sell financing option.  A death benefit equal to the value of the shares guarantees that at the triggering event, sufficient funds will be in place to execute the buyout.  Whether you’ve paid premiums for 15 years or only 1 month, the full death benefit will pay out.  That’s why life insurance is the most economical option to fund a buy-sell agreement. 

Additionally, disability insurance can also be used to buy out the business in the case of disability.

How Can Life Insurance Solve Buy-Sell Funding Problems?

You can use life insurance several ways in a buy-sell agreement.

Stock Redemption

In a stock redemption, the business purchases life insurance policies on the owners.  If one owner passes away, their death benefit pays out to the business.  The company can then exchange the proceeds with the departing owner’s estate for that owner’s stake in the business.  The business ends up with the stock, and the estate ends up with the cash.  The remaining business owners now own 100% of the business.

Here are the pros and cons.  With the stock redemption, you would need only one policy per business owner.  However, the surviving owners wouldn’t receive a step-up in basis.  That means they’d pay capital gains tax on the portion of the business they received from their partner if they later went on to sell.

Cross-Purchase

A second way to set up a buy-sell agreement with life insurance is a cross-purchase.  Here, each owner purchases life insurance on each other.  For example, Tom and Chris buy policies on each other.  In the event of Tom’s death, Tom’s policy pays out to Chris, who is the owner and beneficiary of the policy.  Chris uses the cash to buy out Tom’s share of the business.  Again, both parties are made whole.

The cross-purchase setup allows
the recipient of business shares to get a step-up in basis.  The downside to this arrangement is that it
can get a little bulky and cumbersome. 
Because each owner buys life insurance on each of the other owners, if
there are three or more owners, multiple policies are needed on each
person.  

LLC Buy-Sell

The LLC buy-sell is a third option that facilitates a more straightforward transfer when there are three or more owners.  With this model, a new LLC that mirrors the same ownership percentages of the original business would purchase a life insurance policy on each owner. 

Here, each person gets a step-up in basis, and only one policy is needed for each owner.  Additionally, policies could change ownership without triggering a taxable event.  However, you would add in the administration of maintaining a new entity.

How to Get Started Setting Up a Buy-Sell
Agreement

Here are a few questions you
can use to start thinking through your needs for buy-sell planning:

  1. Do you have multiple owners of your
    business?
  2. Is there a contingency plan for what
    happens if one of the owners becomes disabled or dies?
  3. If another business owner dies, do you
    want to continue in business with their heirs?
  4. Will your business partners take care of
    your family financially?
  5. Will your family receive a fair price
    for your share of the business?

Once you’ve
determined the need for a buy-sell agreement, the next step is to do a professional
business valuation.  This will determine
the current value of each partner’s share of the ownership.  That value will then be the baseline for how
much funding is needed to substantiate your buy-sell agreement.

Multitasking Life Insurance to Indemnify Multiple
Threats at Once

Because life
insurance is multifunctional, the policies used for your buy-sell agreement could
also accomplish other goals in your business.

If you wanted to
retire or leave the business at will, the policy ownership could be transferred
to you as a part of the purchase price. 
You could then access the cash values through income-tax-free loans and
withdrawals.

Perhaps one of your owners (or all of them) also plays a vital role in the business.  You could use the same company-owned policy as a Key Man Life Insurance Policy and the funding for your buy-sell agreement all in one.  If the need arose, the death benefit would cover the business’ need to fill the role.  At the same time, it would also accommodate buying back the stock ownership from their estate.

When you want to exit the business and sell it to your business partners, they could access the cash values on the policy they own as a funding source.

Additionally, a policy set up as an Executive Bonus Plan could then be used in a one-way buy-sell agreement where the key employee buys out the existing business owner.

Additional Considerations

A buy-sell agreement
isn’t a set-it-and-forget-it plan.  It’s
an adaptable arrangement that should be just as alive as your business.  It is important to revisit your agreement and
the funding level periodically to increase funding over time to keep pace with
a growing business. 

Depending on the
circumstances, life insurance may be one part of the funding source that you
supplement with other financing.

Also, while you
can certainly use term life insurance, its payout is limited to the timeframe
of the life insurance policy.  For
example, after the ten years of a 10-year term policy, you’d need to set up
another life insurance policy or establish another funding source. 

Permanent
insurance will not only give you the security that whenever death may occur, the
funding will be available.  It also gives
you additional functionality because of the cash value component. 

Whole life
insurance is best because of the guarantees and predictable cash
accumulation.  It also opens the door to
use the same policy for Privatized Banking.

Buy-Sell Agreements and Infinite Banking

An additional strength of Buy-Sell Agreements is that they can be a storage house for Privatized Banking. 

If you use a Specially Designed Whole Life Insurance policy, the policy owner will have a store of capital because of the guaranteed cash value. Depending on how you’ve set up the buy-sell agreement, this could provide either the business owners or the business itself with access to a substantial reserve account.  Either way, you could then use these funds as a source of capital to fund opportunities for growth.

And the unique leverage point of a Privatized Banking system is its uninterrupted compounding. Your money continues to grow and compound inside the Privatized Banking system, even while you use the capital somewhere else. That’s because Privatized Banking is a platform to earn returns in two places at the same time. That means your money goes further and does more.

Getting Started with a Buy-Sell Agreement

I hope we’ve opened a door for planning and potential exit
strategies that leaves you feeling empowered with one less question mark.  And hopefully, that clarity is enough for you
to take action to strategically protect your business, your livelihood, and
your peace of mind. 

The one thing that is most important to take away from this
conversation is the need for planning ahead. 
Your business exit will be that much more successful and profitable with
effective planning way ahead of time.

If you want to ensure the continuity of your business, a buy-sell agreement funded with life insurance may be your ideal solution.

To start the conversation and find out what’s possible for your business, book a call with our advisor team.  We’ll help you navigate your exit strategy and business continuation needs. You’ll also get the one next thing you need to do on your path to accelerate time and money freedom.

Success leaves clues.  Model the successful few, not the crowd, and build a life and business you love.

]]>
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-2OYfn9u2g0 Locking in your business exit strategy with a buy-sell agreement and funding it with life insurance can create great certainty.  The reason is that it will accommodate the continuity of your business in t...
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-2OYfn9u2g0




Locking in your business exit strategy with a buy-sell agreement and funding it with life insurance can create great certainty.  The reason is that it will accommodate the continuity of your business in the broadest range of circumstances. Planning for your business continuation when you or your business partners exit is critical.  It could mean the difference between business transfer becoming the capstone of your success or a slippery slope to financial demise.







Planning for Business Ownership and Control When a Partner Exits



If you're in business with a partner or several, you may wonder what would happen if something happened to them, or you. What about when or if one of you wants to leave, retires, becomes disabled or physically or mentally unable to continue, or passes away unexpectedly? 



We’ve talked about how you can compensate the business for losing critical employees or owners with Key Man Insurance, but what about the business ownership going forward?  Will the others continue in business, sell it, or bring in a new partner?



Maybe you’re the sole business owner at this point, but you hope to sell the business someday.  If your business is built on your reputation, knowledge, and expertise, would a strategic handoff be better than an abrupt ownership change?  Perhaps it would be better to hire well as a transition strategy.  You might be able to transfer ownership slowly over several years, giving your client base time to build a relationship with the new guy.



What If You Don’t Have an Exit Strategy?



If you share the ownership of a company, your livelihood rests on the success of your business.  How do you make sure your family prospers as your business prospers, no matter what happens to you or your business partner?



Contingency planning is one of those things that so many people put off because it’s not an immediate concern.  According to LIMRA, in 2015, 75% of US small businesses haven’t been professionally valued, and 64% of US small businesses don’t have a business continuation plan.



But planning for how you sell or transition your business can mean the difference between peace of mind or turmoil.  When your business continues after losing an owner without missing a beat, you’ll enjoy continued client relationships, revenue, and growing business value.  You and your loved ones will be able to experience the financial rewards of everything you’ve built. 



But if the business struggles and suffers, it could mean the inability to fulfill contracts, unhappy clients, dried up revenue, and declining business value.  And this could cause financial strife for you and your loved ones. 



It’s worth thinking this through and planning for contingencies to fully experience the fruit of your labor, no matter when or how you or your business partners exit.



Tools and Ideas to Plan Your Exit Strategy



In today’s show, we’ll discuss buy-sell agreements – what they are, what they do, and how they work. 



We'll answer:



Why should I plan for how I’ll exit my business? Planning for how you’ll exit your business allows for the orderly transfer of the ownership interest when a business partner leaves the company. Why should I plan for how I’ll exit my business?]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 42:03
Simple Passive Cashflow, with Lane Kawaoka https://themoneyadvantage.com/lane-kawaoka-simple-passive-cashflow/ Mon, 19 Aug 2019 09:00:18 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=6188 In today's podcast, we interview Lane Kawaoka, the "engineer passively investing in real estate". He controls over 2600 units across ten states, and is the host of Simple Passive Cashflow. He recorded the show from Belize, where he was doing due diligence on some coffee and chocolate farms. We're discussing his journey to financial freedom and passive investing secrets for the working professional. Where Cashflow Investing Fits Into the Cash Flow System Building income from assets is a big part of creating financial freedom. Because when you have enough income from your investments to cover your monthly expenses, you're financially free. However, cash flow investing is just one step in the bigger journey to time and money freedom. You have to have good money habits to produce wealth systematically. That's why we have created the 3-step Business Owner's Cash Roadmap. It's your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose, and financial freedom. The first step is keeping more of the money you make by fixing money leaks, becoming more efficient and profitable. Then, you protect your money with insurance and legal protection and Privatized Banking. Finally, you put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets. Who Is Lane Kawaoka Lane Kawaoka is a Licensed Professional (PE) with a Masters degree in Civil Engineering with an emphasis in Construction Management. He also holds a Bachelors in Industrial Engineering, both from the University of Washington. As an engineer, Lane has managed over $230 million of capital construction projects in both the public and private sector. Aside from his day job, he controls two manufactured home parks and 15 apartment buildings, and one Assisted-Living Facility, totaling 2,600+ units in 10 US Markets. Lane's passion project, SimplePassiveCashflow.com, is a free podcast and online learning resource in passive real estate investing. Working as a high-paid professional in corporate America, and frustrated by the traditional wealth-building dogma, Lane was compelled to inspire and mentor other working professionals on how to do real estate investing and build their portfolios. Lane urges other working professionals to get started by utilizing their highest and best use (their day job) to save for the 20% down payment for a conventional loan to acquire a single-family home rental. The Simple Passive Cashflow method is to only buy investments with a healthy cashflow buffer that can withstand a market downturn. In addition to mentoring, Lane Kawaoka also partners with beginning investors who want to build their portfolio, but are too busy to handle direct investments. He uses his engineering mind, investing knowledge, and network to crowdsource due-diligence through the 2600+ members of the Hui Deal Pipeline Club. Together they have placed over $15 Million worth of capital. Conversation Highlights Lane Kawaoka's path to passive cashflow, starting with his first A-Class property, to building a portfolio with turnkey properties, to syndication and private placements.Ideal rent-to-value ratios should be at least 1% to invest for cash flow. (Rent to Value = Monthly rent/purchase price of the property)Typical conventional financing with Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac loans caps at ten properties per person.How working professionals can get started with investing, based on their financial situation.Building a portfolio quickly is about who you know. Build your network because that determines your net worth.Residential real estate is based on comps, while commercial real estate is about net operating income (NOI = income - expenses).If you raise rents by $100/property in a 100-unit apartment complex, that's $10,000 extra income/month = $120K extra NOI. Value increase = NOI/Cap rate, so $120K / 10% cap rate = $1.2 Million increase in value.The downside of using a Self-Directed IRA to invest in real estate is that y... In today’s podcast, we interview Lane Kawaoka, the “engineer passively investing in real estate”. He controls over 2600 units across ten states, and is the host of Simple Passive Cashflow. He recorded the show from Belize, where he was doing due diligence on some coffee and chocolate farms.

We’re discussing his journey to financial freedom and passive investing secrets for the working professional.

Where Cashflow Investing Fits Into the Cash Flow System

Building income from assets is a big part of creating financial freedom. Because when you have enough income from your investments to cover your monthly expenses, you’re financially free. However, cash flow investing is just one step in the bigger journey to time and money freedom. You have to have good money habits to produce wealth systematically.

Unique Ability Investing

That’s why we have created the 3-step Business Owner’s Cash Roadmap. It’s your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose, and financial freedom.

The first step is keeping more of the money you make by fixing money leaks, becoming more efficient and profitable. Then, you protect your money with insurance and legal protection and Privatized Banking. Finally, you put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets.

Who Is Lane Kawaoka

Lane Kawaoka is a Licensed Professional (PE) with a Masters degree in Civil Engineering with an emphasis in Construction Management. He also holds a Bachelors in Industrial Engineering, both from the University of Washington. As an engineer, Lane has managed over $230 million of capital construction projects in both the public and private sector. Aside from his day job, he controls two manufactured home parks and 15 apartment buildings, and one Assisted-Living Facility, totaling 2,600+ units in 10 US Markets.

Lane Kawaoka: Simple Passive Cashflow

Lane’s passion project, SimplePassiveCashflow.com, is a free podcast and online learning resource in passive real estate investing. Working as a high-paid professional in corporate America, and frustrated by the traditional wealth-building dogma, Lane was compelled to inspire and mentor other working professionals on how to do real estate investing and build their portfolios. Lane urges other working professionals to get started by utilizing their highest and best use (their day job) to save for the 20% down payment for a conventional loan to acquire a single-family home rental. The Simple Passive Cashflow method is to only buy investments with a healthy cashflow buffer that can withstand a market downturn.

In addition to mentoring, Lane Kawaoka also partners with beginning investors who want to build their portfolio, but are too busy to handle direct investments. He uses his engineering mind, investing knowledge, and network to crowdsource due-diligence through the 2600+ members of the Hui Deal Pipeline Club. Together they have placed over $15 Million worth of capital.

Conversation Highlights

  • Lane Kawaoka’s path to passive cashflow, starting with his first A-Class property, to building a portfolio with turnkey properties, to syndication and private placements.
  • Ideal rent-to-value ratios should be at least 1% to invest for cash flow. (Rent to Value = Monthly rent/purchase price of the property)
  • Typical conventional financing with Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac loans caps at ten properties per person.
  • How working professionals can get started with investing, based on their financial situation.
  • Building a portfolio quickly is about who you know. Build your network because that determines your net worth.
  • Residential real estate is based on comps, while commercial real estate is about net operating income (NOI = income – expenses).
  • If you raise rents by $100/property in a 100-unit apartment complex, that’s $10,000 extra income/month = $120K extra NOI. Value increase = NOI/Cap rate, so $120K / 10% cap rate = $1.2 Million increase in value.
  • The downside of using a Self-Directed IRA to invest in real estate is that you lose tax advantages like cost segregation and bonus depreciation. You also become subject to UDFI tax on the leveraged portion.

Connect with Lane Kawaoka and Simple Passive Cashflow

Find out more about Simple Passive Cashflow, learn about Lane’s investments through the HUI Deal Pipeline Club, or join the Passive Investor Accelerator and Mastermind.

Start Building Your Cash Flow Today

To personally implement Privatized Banking or discover cash flow strategies to keep more of the money you’re making, book a Strategy Call

You’ll discover the one thing that you should do right now to accelerate your path to financial freedom.

Success leaves clues. Model the successful few, not the crowd, and build a life and business you love.

]]>
In today's podcast, we interview Lane Kawaoka, the "engineer passively investing in real estate". He controls over 2600 units across ten states, and is the host of Simple Passive Cashflow. He recorded the show from Belize, In today's podcast, we interview Lane Kawaoka, the "engineer passively investing in real estate". He controls over 2600 units across ten states, and is the host of Simple Passive Cashflow. He recorded the show from Belize, where he was doing due diligence on some coffee and chocolate farms.



We're discussing his journey to financial freedom and passive investing secrets for the working professional.







Where Cashflow Investing Fits Into the Cash Flow System



Building income from assets is a big part of creating financial freedom. Because when you have enough income from your investments to cover your monthly expenses, you're financially free. However, cash flow investing is just one step in the bigger journey to time and money freedom. You have to have good money habits to produce wealth systematically.







That's why we have created the 3-step Business Owner's Cash Roadmap. It's your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose, and financial freedom.



The first step is keeping more of the money you make by fixing money leaks, becoming more efficient and profitable. Then, you protect your money with insurance and legal protection and Privatized Banking. Finally, you put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets.



Who Is Lane Kawaoka



Lane Kawaoka is a Licensed Professional (PE) with a Masters degree in Civil Engineering with an emphasis in Construction Management. He also holds a Bachelors in Industrial Engineering, both from the University of Washington. As an engineer, Lane has managed over $230 million of capital construction projects in both the public and private sector. Aside from his day job, he controls two manufactured home parks and 15 apartment buildings, and one Assisted-Living Facility, totaling 2,600+ units in 10 US Markets.







Lane's passion project, SimplePassiveCashflow.com, is a free podcast and online learning resource in passive real estate investing. Working as a high-paid professional in corporate America, and frustrated by the traditional wealth-building dogma, Lane was compelled to inspire and mentor other working professionals on how to do real estate investing and build their portfolios. Lane urges other working professionals to get started by utilizing their highest and best use (their day job) to save for the 20% down payment for a conventional loan to acquire a single-family home rental. The Simple Passive Cashflow method is to only buy investments with a healthy cashflow buffer that can withstand a market downturn.



In addition to mentoring, Lane Kawaoka also partners with beginning investors who want to build their portfolio, but are too busy to handle direct investments. He uses his engineering mind, investing knowledge, and network to crowdsource due-diligence through the 2600+ members of the Hui Deal Pipeline Club. Together they have placed over $15 Million worth of capital.



Conversation Highlights



* Lane Kawaoka's path to passive cashflow, starting with his first A-Class property, to building a portfolio with turnkey properties, to syndication and private placements.* Ideal rent-to-value ratios should be at least 1% to invest for cash flow. (Rent to Value = Monthly rent/purchase price of the property)* Typical conventional financing with Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac loans caps at ten properties per per...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 45:51
Why You Shouldn’t Cancel Your Whole Life Insurance https://themoneyadvantage.com/why-you-shouldnt-cancel-whole-life-insurance/ Mon, 12 Aug 2019 09:00:00 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=6109 Before you cancel your whole life insurance policy, read this first. No matter your reasons, you need to know what canceling means and why it's not usually your ideal move. At some point, you saw the value in owning whole life. You could have sought out the protection for your family, the cash storage, the tax-advantaged growth, or the Privatized Banking element. But now, you might be standing at a crossroads with a different perspective. If it's begun to feel like a burden and you're second-guessing your commitment to whole life insurance, you might be wondering how to break free. Or you might be reading this before you purchase to guarantee that you'll never wind up with those regrets. The good news is this: you never need to feel like you're stuck! Whole life insurance inherently has the flexibility to stick with you while accommodating your life changes. Rather than canceling your whole lie insurance policy if the going gets tough, you have several options to reduce payments or stop paying altogether, and still keep everything you love. We'll walk you through the many other options outside of canceling your whole life insurance policy. We'll answer: What if my whole life policy isn't ideal for Privatized Banking?What if it's too much for me to keep paying?Do I have options besides canceling my whole life insurance policy?How can I stop paying so much, but still keep the policy in force?What are the pros, cons, and impacts of each option?Under what circumstances might I want to consider these changes in funding my policy? This conversation will show you your options. Then you can stop feeling stuck and decide what's best for you to do. With the clarity, you'll be able to accomplish your immediate and long-term financial goals without sacrificing either. Where Whole Life Insurance Fits into the Cash Flow System Whole life insurance is just one part of a bigger journey to building time and money freedom. That's why we have created the 3-step Business Owner's Cash Flow System. It's your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose, and financial freedom. The first step is keeping more of the money you make by fixing money leaks. Then, you'll protect your wealth with insurance, legal protection, and Privatized Banking. Finally, you'll put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets. Whole life insurance is part of Stage 2: Protection. Why You Might Be Considering Canceling Your Whole Life Insurance Policy If you're considering canceling your whole life insurance policy, we know you've given it some thought. You didn't buy it on a whim, and chances are, you're not attempting to cancel it on a whim either. We talk with lots of people about their financial goals. Here are some of the reasons we've heard for canceling a whole life insurance policy. Perhaps your policy has slow cash value accumulation and isn't ideal for Privatized Banking. Maybe you bought it before you knew about the power of Specially Designed Whole Life Insurance. Perhaps your policy isn't designed for early cash value. Maybe it's with a stock company and you aren't earning the dividends you would as an owner of a mutual company. Or, you could feel tight paying the premiums each month, quarter, or year. If your policy is taking up too much cash flow, it could be stressful to make the payments. You may wish that instead of paying your premiums, you could do something else with that money. Maybe you would rather be paying off your mortgage or investing in something with a higher rate of return. Maybe your kids are grown and moved out, you're retired, your house is paid off, and you no longer feel the "need" for insurance. Or it could be that you're in a tight year, and don't have the cash to pay premiums right now. Perhaps a disability has caused income loss. With lower income, insurance might be a bill that's now "less of ... Before you cancel your whole life insurance policy, read this first. No matter your reasons, you need to know what canceling means and why it’s not usually your ideal move.

At some point, you saw the value in owning whole life. You could have sought out the protection for your family, the cash storage, the tax-advantaged growth, or the Privatized Banking element.

But now, you might be standing at a crossroads with a different perspective. If it’s begun to feel like a burden and you’re second-guessing your commitment to whole life insurance, you might be wondering how to break free.

Or you might be reading this before you purchase to guarantee that you’ll never wind up with those regrets.

The good news is this: you never need to feel like you’re stuck! Whole life insurance inherently has the flexibility to stick with you while accommodating your life changes. Rather than canceling your whole lie insurance policy if the going gets tough, you have several options to reduce payments or stop paying altogether, and still keep everything you love.

We’ll walk you through the many other options outside of canceling your whole life insurance policy.

We’ll answer:

  • What if my whole life policy isn’t ideal for Privatized Banking?
  • What if it’s too much for me to keep paying?
  • Do I have options besides canceling my whole life insurance policy?
  • How can I stop paying so much, but still keep the policy in force?
  • What are the pros, cons, and impacts of each option?
  • Under what circumstances might I want to consider these changes in funding my policy?

This conversation will show you your options. Then you can stop feeling stuck and decide what’s best for you to do. With the clarity, you’ll be able to accomplish your immediate and long-term financial goals without sacrificing either.

Where Whole Life Insurance Fits into the Cash Flow System

Whole life insurance is just one part of a bigger journey to building time and money freedom.

Livelihood Safeguard

That’s why we have created the 3-step Business Owner’s Cash Flow System. It’s your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose, and financial freedom.

The first step is keeping more of the money you make by fixing money leaks. Then, you’ll protect your wealth with insurance, legal protection, and Privatized Banking. Finally, you’ll put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets.

Whole life insurance is part of Stage 2: Protection.

Why You Might Be Considering Canceling Your Whole Life Insurance Policy

If you’re considering canceling your whole life insurance policy, we know you’ve given it some thought. You didn’t buy it on a whim, and chances are, you’re not attempting to cancel it on a whim either.

We talk with lots of people about their financial goals. Here are some of the reasons we’ve heard for canceling a whole life insurance policy.

Perhaps your policy has slow cash value accumulation and isn’t ideal for Privatized Banking.

Maybe you bought it before you knew about the power of Specially Designed Whole Life Insurance. Perhaps your policy isn’t designed for early cash value. Maybe it’s with a stock company and you aren’t earning the dividends you would as an owner of a mutual company.

Or, you could feel tight paying the premiums each month, quarter, or year. If your policy is taking up too much cash flow, it could be stressful to make the payments.

You may wish that instead of paying your premiums, you could do something else with that money. Maybe you would rather be paying off your mortgage or investing in something with a higher rate of return.

Maybe your kids are grown and moved out, you’re retired, your house is paid off, and you no longer feel the “need” for insurance.

Or it could be that you’re in a tight year, and don’t have the cash to pay premiums right now.

Perhaps a disability has caused income loss. With lower income, insurance might be a bill that’s now “less of a priority.”

What’s So Great About Whole Life Insurance Anyway?

When you’re having second thoughts about something, it’s often helpful to remember why you committed in the first place.

Here’s a line-up of all the things whole life insurance can do for you, even if the policy isn’t ideal:

Protection

Whole life insurance protects your family for your entire life. It gives your loved ones a death benefit to take care of them if you can’t. It fills up your net worth if you didn’t have time to create it. It’s the ideal legacy-transfer tool because your heirs don’t have to pay income tax on the proceeds.

But life insurance is not just an expense like a lifestyle cost; it’s a wealth-building cornerstone.

Cash Storage

Whole life insurance lives up to its name, giving you benefits that improve your life while you’re still alive, too!

It’s a tax-preferred savings tool, also referred to as a Rich Man’s Roth. With this cash storage system, you have money that’s liquid and usable when you want to get it quickly. That means you protect your peace of mind that you’ll always have cash value you can access. You won’t have to jump through hoops of having it stuck behind qualifications, taxes, and fees.

Whole life insurance is not an investment. It isn’t supposed to be a high-growth environment. Instead, it’s strong suits are safety and liquidity.

That being said, it does help you invest better by boosting your investment returns.

Privatized Banking

With cash value life insurance, you have money available when you find the perfect investment for you. You can borrow your cash value, using the Privatized Banking strategy to get your money working in two places at the same time.

Its guaranteed accessibility means that Privatized Banking is your ideal emergency/opportunity fund.

It helps you build your net worth and acquire cash-flowing assets, instead of focusing only on eliminating liabilities.

Additionally, in the course of living out your day-to-day life, if you find yourself in a year of tight income or facing unforeseen expenses, your cash value can come to the rescue.

Disability Benefits

And another advantage is that if you face a disability and have the waiver of premium rider on your policy, the insurance company will pay your premiums. This means that you’ll continue to enjoy all the benefits listed above, even if you can’t pay because you’re disabled.

Even if you missed adding the waiver of premium, you could still use the cash value to cover your expenses. That’s because you can use your policy’s cash value for anything, including everyday life expenses, under any circumstances.

Peace of Mind

And if your policy misses some of the high-performance design features, it still carries these pretty hefty benefits.

Cash-value life insurance gives you peace of mind, freedom, and flexibility for today and tomorrow. In fact, it’s one of the most valuable assets with the most benefits that you should keep the longest, even if immediate circumstances might make it challenging.

Canceling a Whole Life Insurance Policy

Your Policy Is a Contract

A life insurance policy is a contract between you and the insurance company.

Before Canceling Your Whole Life Insurance Read Why You Shouldn't Cancel Your Whole Life Insurance

You’ve committed to paying premiums as illustrated. They’ve committed to serving up the cash values and death benefit as shown, and scooping up the dividends on top.

Like a marriage, as long as you uphold your side of the contract, they uphold theirs. If you break your commitment to pay premiums, you’ve essentially asked for a divorce from the life insurance company. And once you drop your end of the deal, you release them from theirs. However, the policy only comes to a screeching halt if you drop them cold-turkey without warning, finding out what’s negotiable, or communicating what you want to happen.

That’s why it’s so important to communicate your wishes and intentions to the insurance company.

It’s like mediation. You want to find out what the company is willing to do, based on how long your policy has been in effect, how much cash value you have, what growth rate you have inside the policy, and the option you’ve selected for your dividends.

There are many ways to reduce payments or stop paying altogether that don’t end up terminating the policy.

What Does It Mean to Cancel a Whole Life Insurance Policy?

If you wish to break ties with the insurance company altogether and walk away from your policy, the separation is called “surrendering” your policy. At the point the policy is surrendered, the contract is void.

What Are the Downsides of Canceling Your Whole Life Insurance Policy?

When you surrender your policy, you give up your ownership rights and the policy’s assets forever. That means the insurance company is no longer on the hook to pay out the death benefit.

It also means you can’t change your mind and pick the policy back up where you left off because there are no reinstatement rights.

If you wanted life insurance again, you’d have to apply for a new policy. You’d have to go through underwriting again. Even if you’re still just as healthy as when you started the first policy, your new rates will be higher because you’re older. That means it will be more expensive for the same benefit level.

And then there’s the possibility that you haven’t maintained your health. If you’ve had a health condition crop up, it could cause your rates to go even higher or make you uninsurable.

But most importantly, since whole life insurance policies age like a fine wine, they perform better with time as they continue earning compound interest. So, trading in a whole life policy for a newer model would mean you’d be giving up the accelerated growth that comes from a tenured policy.

What Do You Get When You Cancel a Whole Life Insurance Policy?

At policy surrender, the insurance company will pay out the cash surrender value to you by check.

How much money you get back when you cancel a whole life insurance policy depends on several factors specific to your situation.

How long have you had the policy? What have you paid in? How has your policy grown? How much of your cash value have you used?

You’ll want to get an in-force illustration to find out what this dollar amount is because it could be more or less than what you’ve paid in.

Here’s why:

Over the years you owned the policy, you’ve paid in premiums. Those premiums first went to pay out the insurance company’s costs, and then were applied to the cost of insurance each year.

During the first years, you had less cash value than what you’d paid in, because of these costs. We call that a lack of liquidity in the early years.

But at some point in your policy’s life cycle, your cash value meets and then begins to exceed what you’ve paid in. The timing of this crossover point depends on many things, including your age, health, and policy design.

When you receive the check for the cash surrender value, anything you get back over and above what you put in (your cost basis), is taxable.

How Do You Cancel Your Whole Life Insurance Policy?

To cancel a whole life insurance policy, you would stop paying premiums and request a policy surrender. Your policy would then terminate immediately by nullifying the contract.

Options Besides Canceling Your Whole Life Policy

Rather than canceling your whole life insurance policy altogether, you have several options to reduce payments or stop paying altogether, while still keeping the contract intact.

Pay from Policy Values

If you have sufficient cash value and dividends, you can stop paying the premiums out of your pocket and let the policy pay for itself.

There are multiple options for this, including applying your dividends to pay the premiums or using up your cash value. In either case, the policy values will be consumed to pay the premiums.

You could pay from policy values on a short-term basis and then pick your premiums back up when your cash flow situation improves. Or you could continue paying from policy values until the money runs out.

If you opt to pay from policy values and never put in more premium, your contract will last as long as the policy values can sustain the policy.

Use a Policy Loan

Because of the guaranteed loan option, you can borrow against your cash value at any time, for any reason. That includes borrowing against your cash value to pay premiums on that same policy you borrowed against.

It could look like this. You have $100K in available cash value, with a $30K premium due. You could borrow the full premium from the insurance company, securing it against your cash value. Your entire $100K continues earning interest and dividends, but there’s a lien against $30K of that, meaning that you still have $70K in available and accessible cash value to use in another way. Your $30K policy loan will begin accruing interest, which will add to the lien.

Bonus: you don’t have to pay off the policy loan. As long as the combined total of the loan plus interest doesn’t exceed your cash value, your policy will stay in force.

When you’re ready to pay it off, you can pay interest only, installment payments, or all at once. And the portion you’ve repaid releases the lien so you can use that part of your cash value again.

Or, you could continue using policy loans to pay for your premiums, and never repay the loans. In this case, you’d extend the life of the policy a little longer, until the loan used up the full cash value.

Reduce to the Minimum Payment

There are many different ways to structure a whole life insurance policy. With most, you can pay less than the full premium.

We specially design our whole life policies for maximum early cash value and long-term growth so they can be used optimally for Privatized Banking. This design inherently provides the policy owner with lots of flexibility.

Our policies have a base premium, Paid-Up Additions (PUAs), and usually a term rider. And PUAs are not a required payment.

The minimum payment on most policies is to pay the base premium, the term rider premium, and a small portion of the PUA. That means that for a policy illustrated at $100K annual premium, if $70K of that is PUAs, the minimum premium may be approximately $30K.

Bear in mind that your PUAs contribute most to your cash values early in the policy. That means that if you don’t pay the full PUA premium, your cash value won’t grow as quickly. You also wouldn’t expect to have access to as high a percentage of your premiums.

Also, most companies require you to pay a small part of the PUA to maintain the rider. If you stop paying the PUAs altogether, you could lose the opportunity to put in the full premium in future years. I’ve seen some insurance companies require a $100 minimum PUA payment, or a minimum over a certain number of years to hold the rider open.

Reduced Paid-Up

One last resort option to end all premium payments from this day forward, without canceling your policy is to elect the reduce paid-up option in your contract.

Here’s how it works:

Paying for a whole life insurance policy is very similar to paying for a house with a mortgage. You have a $700K house that you make $3K monthly payments on. The longer you pay, the more of the house you own in terms of equity.

The death benefit is similar to the property value of the house. Your premiums are like the mortgage payment. Your cash value is like the home equity – the portion of the house you own, can use, borrow against, etc.

At any point, you can ask the insurance company how much death benefit you can purchase with your full cash value. This means the amount of death benefit that can be fully purchased, or “paid up,” with this lump sum today, so that no future premiums are due.

The insurance company will then reduce your death benefit to the level that will be fully funded at that time. You’ll see an immediate drop in death benefit. But in the years to come, you’ll see your death benefit continue to rise when you have your dividends set to purchase more PUAs.

The best thing about this is that your cash value will not drop in the process. You will see your cash value and dividend growth slow down at first when you exercise the reduced paid-up option. But fast forward a few years, and your cash value growth rate will accelerate again. It may even grow faster than if you’d continued to fund your policy fully. This is because less of your growth is paying for the cost of insurance.

A downside to using the reduced paid-up option in a policy is that you lose all of your policy riders. This includes your long term care benefits, waiver of premium, term riders, and Paid-Up Additions rider.

Avoid Losing Your Tax Advantages

Another concern is that you want to make sure you don’t MEC the policy when electing the reduced paid-up option.

A MEC stands for Modified Endowment Contract. A whole life insurance policy morphs into a MEC when you pay too much premium for that level of death benefit.

The difference is that with a non-MEC policy, loans are tax-free, as well as withdrawals up to the amount you put in. A MEC is taxable anytime you access the cash value while you’re living, whether through loans or withdrawals.

To maintain the tax-advantaged policy use, there are guidelines for how much premium can be paid per the amount of death benefit, over a given time period.

If you use the reduced paid-up option too early in the policy, you could reduce the death benefit so much that it’s not high enough in proportion to the premiums you’ve paid in.

Before electing the reduced paid-up option, you want to verify with the insurance company that doing so won’t MEC the policy.

1035 Exchange

You can use a 1035 Exchange to transfer the cash value in insurance products such as life insurance or annuities, without tax implications.

A 1035 Exchange might be a good option for you to trade out a non-ideal policy for a better one.

For instance, many IUL policies face a rate increase in later years to keep the policy in force. You may be required to pay higher premiums or cancel your policy and lose the death benefit. To make the most out of your situation, using your cash value to purchase a whole life policy may salvage your death benefit.

You would go through underwriting for the new policy, and your cost of insurance would be based on your new current age.

Life Settlement

Life settlements are an option to sell a cash value life insurance policy for more than the current cash value, but less than the death benefit.

With a life settlement, the contract is still in place on your life. But instead of you being the payor and selecting the beneficiary, another company steps into those two roles. They agree to take over your premium payments in exchange for receiving the death benefit when you pass away. To make it worthwhile to you, you’ll receive a payout of more than your cash value today, usually at least as much as you’ve paid in over the years.

This option could make financial sense for you if you’re in a policy with increasing cost of insurance and dwindling cash value (i.e., universal life policies). The premiums may be rising so quickly that they’re unaffordable, and you’d rather get something now instead of waiting and possibly end up with nothing.

Discover Your Life Insurance Policy Options

We hope that you can breathe a sigh of relief, knowing that, wherever you are with a policy today, you have options. The last thing you should feel is claustrophobic, stuck, or trapped in a dead-end.

Even if you need to change your pay structure, pay less, or stop paying altogether, you don’t have to cancel your insurance. There are many options to adjust your payments without divorcing the life insurance company and giving up the death benefit. You may even be able to use a strategic combination of the options we’ve discussed.

Specially designed whole life insurance is designed to be flexible. Its versatility allows it to fit your life changes, dancing with you, bending, dipping, and swaying right alongside you as your life changes.

If you already have a policy and have questions about your options, please reach out to us.

Your options and what’s best for you depends on your unique goals and circumstances, as well as your specific policy’s design and timing. You’ll want professional guidance to help you consider all the moving parts and the impact on your financial future.

If you want to know more about how life insurance or Privatized Banking can help you, book a Strategy Call. We’ll help you review your situation to help you decide what moves are best for you. You’ll also find out the one next thing you need to do to accelerate your path to time and money freedom.

Success leaves clues. Model the successful few, not the crowd, and build a life and business you love.

]]>
Before you cancel your whole life insurance policy, read this first. No matter your reasons, you need to know what canceling means and why it's not usually your ideal move. At some point, you saw the value in owning whole life. Before you cancel your whole life insurance policy, read this first. No matter your reasons, you need to know what canceling means and why it's not usually your ideal move.







At some point, you saw the value in owning whole life. You could have sought out the protection for your family, the cash storage, the tax-advantaged growth, or the Privatized Banking element.



But now, you might be standing at a crossroads with a different perspective. If it's begun to feel like a burden and you're second-guessing your commitment to whole life insurance, you might be wondering how to break free.



Or you might be reading this before you purchase to guarantee that you'll never wind up with those regrets.



The good news is this: you never need to feel like you're stuck! Whole life insurance inherently has the flexibility to stick with you while accommodating your life changes. Rather than canceling your whole lie insurance policy if the going gets tough, you have several options to reduce payments or stop paying altogether, and still keep everything you love.



We'll walk you through the many other options outside of canceling your whole life insurance policy.



We'll answer:



* What if my whole life policy isn't ideal for Privatized Banking?* What if it's too much for me to keep paying?* Do I have options besides canceling my whole life insurance policy?* How can I stop paying so much, but still keep the policy in force?* What are the pros, cons, and impacts of each option?* Under what circumstances might I want to consider these changes in funding my policy?



This conversation will show you your options. Then you can stop feeling stuck and decide what's best for you to do. With the clarity, you'll be able to accomplish your immediate and long-term financial goals without sacrificing either.



Where Whole Life Insurance Fits into the Cash Flow System



Whole life insurance is just one part of a bigger journey to building time and money freedom.







That's why we have created the 3-step Business Owner's Cash Flow System. It's your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose, and financial freedom.



The first step is keeping more of the money you make by fixing money leaks. Then, you'll protect your wealth with insurance, legal protection, and Privatized Banking. Finally, you'll put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets.



Whole life insurance is part of Stage 2: Protection.



Why You Might Be Considering Canceling Your Whole Life Insurance Policy



If you're considering canceling your whole life insurance policy, we know you've given it some thought. You didn't buy it on a whim, and chances are, you're not attempting to cancel it on a whim either.



We talk with lots of people about their financial goals. Here are some of the reasons we've heard for canceling a whole life insurance policy.



Perhaps your policy has slow cash value accumulation and isn't ideal for Privatized Banking.



Maybe you bought it before you knew about the power o...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 47:44
Done For You Real Estate, with Kevin Clayson https://themoneyadvantage.com/done-for-you-real-estate-with-kevin-clayson/ Mon, 05 Aug 2019 09:00:39 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=6066 Today’s interview is about turnkey investing with Done For You Real Estate (DFY).  We’ll also discuss the tips, tricks, and secrets of turnkey investing, and reveal how every investor can replace their income with rental real estate.  Where Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System As important as it is to invest in the right opportunities, it’s just one step in the bigger journey to time and money freedom. That’s why we have created the 3-step Business Owner’s Cash Flow System.  It’s your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose, and financial freedom. The first step is keeping more of the money you make by fixing money leaks, becoming more efficient and profitable.  Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance and legal protection, and Privatized Banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets. Who Is Kevin Clayson? You may remember Kevin from March 2018 when we talked about his life-changing book, FLIP the Gratitude Switch.  Go back and check it out here!  We like him so much that we’ve brought him back to talk about turnkey real estate, one of his other life missions.  Turnkey Real Estate Tips, Tricks, and Secrets Stop swinging for the fences, and hit consistent singles in real estate.Don’t focus on hitting the home run so much that you’re not focused on serving the people right in front of you.It’s possible to cut your down payment in half when you are looking at investment real estate.Use a transparent turnkey provider who is upfront with their fees.Find a turnkey provider who is willing to introduce you to their contacts, including other clients.Work with someone who helps with more than the transaction, but is part of a comprehensive strategy.A real estate company has to be more than education.Real estate can make you wealthy, but use a conservative strategy to replace your income first.Always have a “sleep well at night” account of reserves. Done For You Real Estate Conversation Highlights The complexities of investing in real estate on your own vs. working with a turnkey team. A turnkey provider does the research and handles the rehab, marketing, placing tenants, ensuring profitability, and successfully managing the property.  You still take title, ownership, and get tax benefits.  It’s an opportunity to have a team of experts do the hard stuff while staying in control.Real estate is a long-term strategy. It’s not just buying for the benefits today, but for a whole bunch of tomorrows.Done For You Real Estate uses a short-term buy-and-hold approach. They don’t just help you purchase one property.  They help you put together a game plan to know when that property will buy your next two, and when those two will buy your next four.  Then, you'll get an annual review to analyze the property and market performance and consider the options of continuing to hold, refinancing, or selling to help clients make the right decisions.The focus of DFY Real Estate is not to get a transaction, but to help a client replace their income.Real estate, like Privatized Banking, allows you to velocitize your dollars. You can invest one batch of capital in a tangible asset with multiple profit centers: generating cash flow, tax benefits, and appreciation.Real estate and Privatized Banking put you back in control, in the driver’s seat.The power of leverage.Done For You Real Estate has access to multiple markets of Phoenix, Las Vegas, Indianapolis, Memphis, Orlando, and Charlotte, based on analysis of appreciation, cash flow, and purchase price. They place clients based on how much you have to work with, your time table, and how much income you need to replace. DFY Real Estate buys properties on-demand. They don’t warehouse homes, so they’re able to customize their inventory. Find Out More About Kevin Clayson, or Invest with Done For You Real Estate Go to ReplacingYourIncome. Today’s interview is about turnkey investing with Done For You Real Estate (DFY).  We’ll also discuss the tips, tricks, and secrets of turnkey investing, and reveal how every investor can replace their income with rental real estate. 

Where Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System

As important as it is to invest in the right opportunities, it’s just one step in the bigger journey to time and money freedom.

Unique Ability Investing

That’s why we have created the 3-step Business Owner’s Cash Flow System.  It’s your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose, and financial freedom.

The first step is keeping more of the money you make by fixing money leaks, becoming more efficient and profitable.  Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance and legal protection, and Privatized Banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets.

Who Is Kevin Clayson?

You may remember Kevin from March 2018 when we talked about his life-changing book, FLIP the Gratitude Switch.  Go back and check it out here

We like him so much that we’ve brought him back to talk about turnkey real estate, one of his other life missions. 

Turnkey Real Estate Tips, Tricks, and Secrets

  • Stop swinging for the fences, and hit consistent singles in real estate.
  • Don’t focus on hitting the home run so much that you’re not focused on serving the people right in front of you.
  • It’s possible to cut your down payment in half when you are looking at investment real estate.
  • Use a transparent turnkey provider who is upfront with their fees.
  • Find a turnkey provider who is willing to introduce you to their contacts, including other clients.
  • Work with someone who helps with more than the transaction, but is part of a comprehensive strategy.
  • A real estate company has to be more than education.
  • Real estate can make you wealthy, but use a conservative strategy to replace your income first.
  • Always have a “sleep well at night” account of reserves.

Done For You Real Estate Conversation Highlights

Done For You Real Estate - Kevin Clayson
  • The complexities of investing in real estate on your own vs. working with a turnkey team. A turnkey provider does the research and handles the rehab, marketing, placing tenants, ensuring profitability, and successfully managing the property.  You still take title, ownership, and get tax benefits.  It’s an opportunity to have a team of experts do the hard stuff while staying in control.
  • Real estate is a long-term strategy. It’s not just buying for the benefits today, but for a whole bunch of tomorrows.
  • Done For You Real Estate uses a short-term buy-and-hold approach. They don’t just help you purchase one property.  They help you put together a game plan to know when that property will buy your next two, and when those two will buy your next four.  Then, you’ll get an annual review to analyze the property and market performance and consider the options of continuing to hold, refinancing, or selling to help clients make the right decisions.
  • The focus of DFY Real Estate is not to get a transaction, but to help a client replace their income.
  • Real estate, like Privatized Banking, allows you to velocitize your dollars. You can invest one batch of capital in a tangible asset with multiple profit centers: generating cash flow, tax benefits, and appreciation.
  • Real estate and Privatized Banking put you back in control, in the driver’s seat.
  • The power of leverage.
  • Done For You Real Estate has access to multiple markets of Phoenix, Las Vegas, Indianapolis, Memphis, Orlando, and Charlotte, based on analysis of appreciation, cash flow, and purchase price. They place clients based on how much you have to work with, your time table, and how much income you need to replace. 
  • DFY Real Estate buys properties on-demand. They don’t warehouse homes, so they’re able to customize their inventory.

Find Out More About Kevin Clayson, or Invest with Done For You Real Estate

Go to ReplacingYourIncome.com to get a handful of power-packed resources from Kevin Clayson and DFY Real Estate:

  • Income Replacement Estimate Report – a full-color, 40-page report showing how much residual income you can create over what timeframe from 1 property, 2 properties, etc. It includes the overall process of how real estate investing works, with sample properties.
  • Retirement Assessment Quiz – to find out in less than 60 seconds if you’re on track to reach time and money freedom. You’ll see how far behind you are and the deficit you need to make up, and how long it will take you with real estate to make up the difference.  And, you’ll get the outline of a plan to get there.
  • The Magical Multiplication Power of Mr. Washington– an article about the velocity and movement of dollars.
  • The Worst-Performing Investment in America– an article about how people hurt themselves with an over-conservative approach with their primary residence.

And make sure you check out Kevin’s book on the power of gratitude: FLIP the Gratitude Switch here.

Get Financial Clarity Today

To personally implement Privatized Banking or discover cash flow strategies to keep more of the money you’re making, book a Strategy Call

You’ll find out the one thing that you need to be doing right now to accelerate your path to time and money freedom.

Success leaves clues.  Model the successful few, not the crowd, and build a life and business you love.

]]>
Today’s interview is about turnkey investing with Done For You Real Estate (DFY).  We’ll also discuss the tips, tricks, and secrets of turnkey investing, and reveal how every investor can replace their income with rental real estate.  Today’s interview is about turnkey investing with Done For You Real Estate (DFY).  We’ll also discuss the tips, tricks, and secrets of turnkey investing, and reveal how every investor can replace their income with rental real estate. 







Where Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System



As important as it is to invest in the right opportunities, it’s just one step in the bigger journey to time and money freedom.







That’s why we have created the 3-step Business Owner’s Cash Flow System.  It’s your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose, and financial freedom.



The first step is keeping more of the money you make by fixing money leaks, becoming more efficient and profitable.  Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance and legal protection, and Privatized Banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets.



Who Is Kevin Clayson?



You may remember Kevin from March 2018 when we talked about his life-changing book, FLIP the Gratitude Switch.  Go back and check it out here



We like him so much that we’ve brought him back to talk about turnkey real estate, one of his other life missions. 



Turnkey Real Estate Tips, Tricks, and Secrets



* Stop swinging for the fences, and hit consistent singles in real estate.* Don’t focus on hitting the home run so much that you’re not focused on serving the people right in front of you.* It’s possible to cut your down payment in half when you are looking at investment real estate.* Use a transparent turnkey provider who is upfront with their fees.* Find a turnkey provider who is willing to introduce you to their contacts, including other clients.* Work with someone who helps with more than the transaction, but is part of a comprehensive strategy.* A real estate company has to be more than education.* Real estate can make you wealthy, but use a conservative strategy to replace your income first.* Always have a “sleep well at night” account of reserves.



Done For You Real Estate Conversation Highlights







* The complexities of investing in real estate on your own vs. working with a turnkey team. A turnkey provider does the research and handles the rehab, marketing, placing tenants, ensuring profitability, and successfully managing the property.  You still take title, ownership, and get tax benefits.  It’s an opportunity to have a team of experts do the hard stuff while staying in control.* Real estate is a long-term strategy. It’s not just buying for the benefits today, but for a whole bunch of tomorrows.* Done For You Real Estate uses a short-term buy-and-hold approach. They don’t just help you purchase one property.  They help you put together a game plan to know when that property will buy your next two, and when those two will buy your next four.  Then, you'll get an annual review to analyze the property and market performance and consider the options of continuing to hold, refinancing, or selling to help clients make the right decisions.]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 1:01:15
Why the Executive Bonus Plan Is the Ideal Golden Handcuffs https://themoneyadvantage.com/executive-bonus-plan-the-ideal-golden-handcuffs/ Mon, 29 Jul 2019 09:00:13 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=6002 The Executive Bonus Plan can be the ideal “golden handcuffs” for the top talent you can’t afford to lose.  In truth, associating long-term dedicated employment with slavery seems a bit archaic and melodramatic.  We all know you can’t keep good people by holding them hostage.  Instead, you’ve got to set the table that attracts them and makes them want to stay.  That’s where the Executive Bonus Plan rises to the occasion.  It can help you serve up a scrumptious benefits package to find and keep the best people so your business can fulfill its mission. In today’s show, we’ll discuss options for deferred compensation and fringe benefits that create a win-win for the employer and the employee.  And we’ll show how the Executive Bonus Plan is a recipe made with cash value life insurance.  That makes it the perfect way to offer something of future value that they’ll have to – and want to – maintain employment to get. The Competition Today’s Employers Faces In a growing economy with declining unemployment rates, everyone’s hiring, but few people are looking for work. So, employees, who have their pick of employers, are in the position of leverage.  Because the pool of available labor is smaller, it costs more.  So, companies have steeper competition to get the best employees.  They have to be willing to pay more, and often will have to do quite the song and dance to win them over.  That means paying more or offering more benefits and perks. The competition businesses face is compounded by the current mindset towards employment in general.   Company loyalty is a lower priority than personal advancement.  Long gone are the days when people worked for one company their whole life.  A good person needs to feel engaged, appreciated, rewarded, and fulfilled.  If not, there’s little stopping them from leaving in search of another place of employment where they’ll thrive. Fringe Benefits Help Employers Spend Less to Compete That also means that businesses are the ones with the most at stake if good people leave. They could lose contracts, revenue, and momentum when their intellectual capital walks out the front door.  And it could be difficult, time-consuming, and expensive to find a replacement. Therefore, the onus is on employers to create an employment dynamic that great people want to be a part of.  Offering high-quality fringe benefits is one way that employers can extend the handshake that turns into the ideal kind of loyalty. Employers have to exert more effort upfront – and more dollars – to reach ideal candidates to fill their most important roles.  And to keep them as long as possible. In “HR speak,” this is attracting and retaining top talent.  Where the Executive Bonus Plan Fits into the Cash Flow System Executive compensation and benefits are just one part of a bigger journey to building time and money freedom.  That’s why we have created the 3-step Business Owner’s Cash Flow System.  It's your roadmap to take you from just surviving financially, to living a life of significance, purpose, and financial freedom. The first step is keeping more of the money you make by fixing money leaks.  Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and Privatized Banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets. Executive Bonus Plans are part of Stage 2.  They help you attract and retain talent, drive down costs, and protect your business’s revenue production. If you utilize a Specially Designed Whole Life Insurance Policy, your Executive Bonus Plan can be a tool for Privatized Banking.  And this protection also touches Unique Ability Investing, because you’re securing the value of your business as one of your greatest assets. Deferred Compensation When you’re talking about benefits for the C-suite, most employers first think of deferred compensation.  It’s seen as a way to both help employees better prepar... The Executive Bonus Plan can be the ideal “golden handcuffs” for the top talent you can’t afford to lose.  In truth, associating long-term dedicated employment with slavery seems a bit archaic and melodramatic.  We all know you can’t keep good people by holding them hostage.  Instead, you’ve got to set the table that attracts them and makes them want to stay. 

That’s where the Executive Bonus Plan rises to the occasion.  It can help you serve up a scrumptious benefits package to find and keep the best people so your business can fulfill its mission.

In today’s show, we’ll discuss options for deferred compensation and fringe benefits that create a win-win for the employer and the employee.  And we’ll show how the Executive Bonus Plan is a recipe made with cash value life insurance.  That makes it the perfect way to offer something of future value that they’ll have to – and want to – maintain employment to get.

The Competition Today’s Employers Faces

In a growing economy with declining unemployment rates, everyone’s hiring, but few people are looking for work. So, employees, who have their pick of employers, are in the position of leverage.  Because the pool of available labor is smaller, it costs more. 

So, companies have steeper competition to get the best employees.  They have to be willing to pay more, and often will have to do quite the song and dance to win them over.  That means paying more or offering more benefits and perks.

The competition businesses face is compounded by the current mindset towards employment in general.  

Company loyalty is a lower priority than personal advancement.  Long gone are the days when people worked for one company their whole life.  A good person needs to feel engaged, appreciated, rewarded, and fulfilled.  If not, there’s little stopping them from leaving in search of another place of employment where they’ll thrive.

Fringe Benefits Help Employers Spend Less to Compete

That also means that businesses are the ones with the most at stake if good people leave. They could lose contracts, revenue, and momentum when their intellectual capital walks out the front door.  And it could be difficult, time-consuming, and expensive to find a replacement.

Therefore, the onus is on employers to create an employment dynamic that great people want to be a part of.  Offering high-quality fringe benefits is one way that employers can extend the handshake that turns into the ideal kind of loyalty.

Employers have to exert more effort upfront – and more dollars – to reach ideal candidates to fill their most important roles.  And to keep them as long as possible.

In “HR speak,” this is attracting and retaining top talent. 

Where the Executive Bonus Plan Fits into the Cash Flow System

Executive compensation and benefits are just one part of a bigger journey to building time and money freedom. 

That’s why we have created the 3-step Business Owner’s Cash Flow System.  It’s your roadmap to take you from just surviving financially, to living a life of significance, purpose, and financial freedom.

Livelihood Safeguard

The first step is keeping more of the money you make by fixing money leaks.  Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and Privatized Banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets.

Executive Bonus Plans are part of Stage 2.  They help you attract and retain talent, drive down costs, and protect your business’s revenue production.

If you utilize a Specially Designed Whole Life Insurance Policy, your Executive Bonus Plan can be a tool for Privatized Banking. 

And this protection also touches Unique Ability Investing, because you’re securing the value of your business as one of your greatest assets.

Deferred Compensation

When you’re talking about benefits for the C-suite, most employers first think of deferred compensation.  It’s seen as a way to both help employees better prepare for retirement and incentivize loyalty by offering future benefits at the same time.  Instead of paying everything in today’s salary, the business allocates a portion of pay to be delivered on a future date. 

Deferred compensation comes in two main varieties: qualified and non-qualified. 

Qualified plans, like the 401(k), are often insufficient for execs, because contribution limits make them seem like a drop in the bucket.  Not an enticing, high-quality benefit.

Non-qualified deferred compensation is more suitable for high-paid executives. 

The employer can pay into a defined benefit plan like Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERPs). 

Or, it can be set up as a deferred savings plan.  In this case, the executive would defer compensation through a salary reduction arrangement or bonus deferral plan.

Usually, there is a vesting schedule, so the employee would have to work a set number of years to receive the full benefit.

The Problems with Deferred Compensation for Execs

However, the main drawback to non-qualified deferred compensation is that the business doesn’t get an immediate tax deduction for money they put aside.

Also, the business needs reserves, an investment strategy, and often, life insurance to back the whole program. 

Then, there’s a future liability to pay out benefits, layering on risk.

Executive Bonus Plans solve the Problems of Deferred Compensation

Executive Bonus Plans solve the main problem of deferred compensation. They allows the employer to get an immediate tax deduction on the money they pay in.

Here’s how it works:

What Is an Executive Bonus Plan?

The Executive Bonus Plan is a way for you to provide permanent life insurance as a fringe benefit to your top execs. 

It’s surprisingly simple to administer and use. 

The business purchases life insurance on the life of the executive. 

As the policy payor, the employer can pay premiums directly or through a salary bonus. 

The executive, then, is the owner and insured of a personally-owned life insurance policy. 

Because Executive Bonus Plans aren’t subject to ERISA guidelines, employers don’t need IRS approval. 

And there’s no discrimination rules, so you can pick and choose who to reward. You even have the discretion to bonus different amounts for different execs. 

You Both Win with Executive Bonus Plans

Tax Treatment

Executive Bonus Plan: The Ideal Golden Handcuffs

As the employer, you now have a desirable benefit to offer, and you get an immediate tax deduction, too.

Because the premium is considered additional compensation for the executive, you write it off as an ordinary and necessary business expense.  This makes it tax-deductible to your business, giving you an immediate tax deduction on the money you pay in premiums today. 

At the same time, the premium is considered additional compensation to your exec. The executive pays income tax on the amount in the same year, just like they would on any other cash bonus they receive. 

Lower Risk

Because the insurance company provides the policy values, your responsibility ends with the premium payment.  You’ve defined your contribution and left the benefit up to the insurance provider. That means you don’t have a future liability to pay, so you’re in a safer financial position.

Huge Benefits for Your Executive

And with the Executive Bonus Plan, your best talent wins, too.

Because your employee is the owner of the policy, they have ownership and use rights. That means that they choose the beneficiary who will receive the death benefit.

They get tax-deferred policy growth and income-tax-free policy loans as long as the policy stays in force and doesn’t MEC.

That means that they gain access to use the available cash value, income-tax-free, for anything, including buying a house, a boat, vacation, or paying for kids’ college, or supplemental retirement income.

(The amount of cash value they have in the policy is based on their age and health when the policy began and how long you’ve been paying policy premiums.)

Policy ownership comes with an income-tax-free death benefit. So, you’re also giving them immediate peace of mind that their loved ones will be taken care of.

The Downside of Executive Bonus Plans

But, just as Executive Bonus Plans solve the main problems of deferred compensation, they create another.

Without adding in a legal agreement, you incur the following problems. But stay with us as we show you a solution for that too.

You forfeit control over the bonus once you’ve paid for the insurance premiums.  So, if you were hoping for benefits that your employee would need to stay with you to get, this wouldn’t automatically suffice.

That’s because the executive gets the ownership benefit right away.  If they quit, they’d take the policy with them.  That means they wouldn’t lose out on any of the benefits of the bonuses they’ve already received.

Sure, you wouldn’t continue funding future premiums, so the policy values wouldn’t continue to grow as illustrated.  And maybe that’s enough incentive to stay. 

But it doesn’t require loyalty or tenure to use the bonus you’ve already paid. 

How Executive Bonus Plans Can Be the Ideal Golden Handcuffs

Executive Bonus Plans aren’t a one-size-fits-all proposition.

Instead, there’s plenty of design options to completely customize the benefit. This flexibility makes Executive Bonus Plans that much sweeter. 

As the employer, you can’t own the policy, be the beneficiary, or have the right to cancel the policy. 

However, just about anything else is fair game, so long as all parties agree at the beginning.  And, it’s essential to set up a written legal agreement with an excellent attorney to lay out the terms of the bonus.

Custodial Executive Bonus

You can modify an Executive Bonus Plan to meet your needs with a wide range of special provisions.

Most notably, you can limit how your executive gets to use the policy.  And that puts you in control.

Employer controls are added with a Custodial Executive Bonus, also known as a Restricted Executive Bonus Plan.  

One way to do this is by requiring employer consent for your employee to access their cash values.  This gives you veto power over the timing or purpose of their request.  This could be especially valuable to you if you were concerned that your exec may leave your company and use their cash value to start a competing business.  

To set up a deferred benefit, you could require your employee to satisfy a length of service or wait until a stated retirement age before they can use the cash value.  This would prevent the employee’s use and access to the benefit until the future.

Another option would be to add a vesting schedule and forfeiture language. This would cause them to lose some of the benefits if they leave you before the full vesting schedule. 

Or you could require them to reimburse you for premiums paid if they leave you before a specific date.

The Flexibility of Executive Bonus Plans

To sweeten the pot and make Executive Bonus Plans even more incentivizing, you can add in a double bonus. In this case, you would pay the life insurance premiums and the corresponding income tax your employee will owe in that year.

Another option is to add an executive contribution provision. This would allow your employee to add premiums on top of what you pay in. This would build up a larger policy, with higher cash values and death benefits.

Solving the Most Problems with One Policy

To get the most out of one policy and serve up true deferred compensation, you could initiate a Key Man Life Insurance policy that later converts to an Executive Bonus Plan. Additionally, a policy set up as an Executive Bonus Plan could then be used in a one-way Buy-Sell Agreement where the key employee buys out the existing business owner.

You’d start a policy that insures your executive.

At the start, your business would be the owner and beneficiary, so that you have the financial protection against losing your top executive.  (Premiums would not be a tax deduction to the business in this case.) 

Then, that same policy would then transfer ownership to the employee at a later date. 

This would put you, the business, in the position to own and use the cash value upfront, and promise the use of the benefit to your employee later. 

You gain employer control by deferring the benefit.

The advantage to your exec will be even higher policy values when they receive ownership because the policy will have more years under its belt.

Executive Bonus Plans and Infinite Banking

An additional strength of Executive Bonus Plans is that they can be a storage house for the Infinite Banking Concept

In our opinion, the best type of policy you could use would be Specially Designed Whole Life Insurance.

If you use a Specially Designed Whole Life Insurance policy, the policy owner will have access to the guaranteed cash value that can serve as reserves. 

That means that if the policy is initially set up as a Key Man policy, with employer ownership, the business gets the added benefit of using the cash value as an emergency/opportunity fund. 

And if the policy is an Executive Bonus Plan, owned by the executive, they gain the benefit of stable, predictable reserves.

Infinite Banking is a platform to get high early cash value and long-term growth. Since you earn returns in two places at the same time, you’ve given your top talent a gift within a gift.  The bonus isn’t just one-dimensional money.  It’s some of the hardest-working dollars that will benefit their lives by serving as a foundation for their wealth creation. 

Getting Started with an Executive Bonus Plan

If you want to enhance your business’s competitive ability to find and keep great people, an Executive Bonus Plan may be your ideal solution.

To get started, you would need the names, gender, and date of birth for the vital executives you want to reward.  Decide your desired coverage amount or premium you’d like to allocate and find out the tax brackets for your business and the individual executives.

Armed with this information, you’re ready to book a call with our advisor team.  We’ll help you navigate your need to deliver attractive fringe benefits.  You’ll also find out the one next thing you need to do on your path to accelerate time and money freedom.

Success leaves clues.  Model the successful few, not the crowd, and build a life and business you love.

]]>
The Executive Bonus Plan can be the ideal “golden handcuffs” for the top talent you can’t afford to lose.  In truth, associating long-term dedicated employment with slavery seems a bit archaic and melodramatic. The Executive Bonus Plan can be the ideal “golden handcuffs” for the top talent you can’t afford to lose.  In truth, associating long-term dedicated employment with slavery seems a bit archaic and melodramatic.  We all know you can’t keep good people by holding them hostage.  Instead, you’ve got to set the table that attracts them and makes them want to stay. 



That’s where the Executive Bonus Plan rises to the occasion.  It can help you serve up a scrumptious benefits package to find and keep the best people so your business can fulfill its mission.



In today’s show, we’ll discuss options for deferred compensation and fringe benefits that create a win-win for the employer and the employee.  And we’ll show how the Executive Bonus Plan is a recipe made with cash value life insurance.  That makes it the perfect way to offer something of future value that they’ll have to – and want to – maintain employment to get.







The Competition Today’s Employers Faces



In a growing economy with declining unemployment rates, everyone’s hiring, but few people are looking for work. So, employees, who have their pick of employers, are in the position of leverage.  Because the pool of available labor is smaller, it costs more. 



So, companies have steeper competition to get the best employees.  They have to be willing to pay more, and often will have to do quite the song and dance to win them over.  That means paying more or offering more benefits and perks.



The competition businesses face is compounded by the current mindset towards employment in general.  



Company loyalty is a lower priority than personal advancement.  Long gone are the days when people worked for one company their whole life.  A good person needs to feel engaged, appreciated, rewarded, and fulfilled.  If not, there’s little stopping them from leaving in search of another place of employment where they’ll thrive.



Fringe Benefits Help Employers Spend Less to Compete



That also means that businesses are the ones with the most at stake if good people leave. They could lose contracts, revenue, and momentum when their intellectual capital walks out the front door.  And it could be difficult, time-consuming, and expensive to find a replacement.



Therefore, the onus is on employers to create an employment dynamic that great people want to be a part of.  Offering high-quality fringe benefits is one way that employers can extend the handshake that turns into the ideal kind of loyalty.



Employers have to exert more effort upfront – and more dollars – to reach ideal candidates to fill their most important roles.  And to keep them as long as possible.



In “HR speak,” this is attracting and retaining top talent. 



Where the Executive Bonus Plan Fits into the Cash Flow System



Executive compensation and benefits are just one part of a bigger journey to building time and money freedom. 



That’s why we have created the 3-step Business Owner’s Cash Flow System.  It's your roadmap to take you from just surviving financially, to living a life of significance, purpose, and financial freedom.





]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 28:01
Wellings Capital: Opportunities in Commercial Real Estate, with Paul Moore https://themoneyadvantage.com/wellings-capital-paul-moore/ Mon, 15 Jul 2019 09:00:36 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=5962 Wellings Capital provides access to value-add recession-resistant assets. They've accomplished this by partnering with expert operators in the storage facility, manufactured housing community, and multifamily apartment spaces.  Wellings Capital funds offer accredited investors 15%+ returns without having to work so hard to find great individual deals.  Today’s conversation unpacks the current trends in these commercial real estate sectors.  We’ll discuss their two accredited investment opportunities to help you achieve your objectives, whether your priority is income or growth. Where Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System As important as investing is, it’s just one step in the bigger journey to time and money freedom. That’s why we have created the 3-step Business Owner’s Cash Flow System. It's your roadmap to get from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose, and financial freedom. The first step is keeping more of the money you make by fixing money leaks.  Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance and legal protection, and Privatized Banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets. Who Is Paul Moore? Paul Moore is a second-time guest on The Money Advantage.  In his July 2018 interview, Lessons from a Commercial Multifamily Investor, with Paul Moore, we talked about his background as a commercial multifamily investor. He shared his most important lessons: high risk does not equal high returns, the importance of giving, and knowing when to quit.  You can grab more of his background and accomplishments there. After entering the real estate sector, Paul completed 85 real estate investments and exits, appeared on an HGTV Special, rehabbed and managed dozens of rental properties, developed a waterfront subdivision, and started two successful online real estate marketing firms. Three successful developments, including assisting with the development of a Hyatt hotel and a multifamily housing project, led him into the multifamily investment arena.  Paul is now the Managing Director of two commercial real estate funds at Wellings Capital.  He also co-hosts a wealth-building podcast called How to Lose Money and is a frequent contributor to BiggerPockets.  Paul is the author of The Perfect Investment – Create Enduring Wealth from the Historic Shift to Multifamily Housing (2016), and has a forthcoming book on self-storage investing.  Wellings Capital Conversation Highlights How hitting singles is more important than looking for a grand slam in your investing strategy.Why a multifamily investor left multifamily syndication behind to establish two commercial real estate investment funds.Why many multifamily investors are turning to self-storage and mobile home parks for double-digit returns.How the value creation formula maximizes income and grows the asset value in the self-storage and mobile home park sectors.Wellings Capital's funds that give accredited investors access to forced appreciation and income growth in real, non-correlated assets. Find Out More About Paul Moore or Investing with Wellings Capital Find out more about the Income Fund and the Growth Fund at Wellings Capital. To hear more from Paul Moore, get the webinar Why Is a Multi-Family Investor Investing in One of America’s Most Boring Real Estate Asset Classes? You can also listen to Paul’s podcast, How to Lose Money to gain valuable lessons of success from stories of failure.  Get Financial Clarity Today To personally implement Privatized Banking or discover your hidden money leaks, book a Strategy Call.  You’ll find out the one thing that you need to be doing right now to accelerate your path to financial freedom. Success leaves clues.  Model the successful few, not the crowd, and build a life and business you love. Wellings Capital provides access to value-add recession-resistant assets. They’ve accomplished this by partnering with expert operators in the storage facility, manufactured housing community, and multifamily apartment spaces.  Wellings Capital funds offer accredited investors 15%+ returns without having to work so hard to find great individual deals. 

Today’s conversation unpacks the current trends in these commercial real estate sectors.  We’ll discuss their two accredited investment opportunities to help you achieve your objectives, whether your priority is income or growth.

Where Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System

Unique Ability Investing

As important as investing is, it’s just one step in the bigger journey to time and money freedom.

That’s why we have created the 3-step Business Owner’s Cash Flow System. It’s your roadmap to get from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose, and financial freedom.

The first step is keeping more of the money you make by fixing money leaks.  Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance and legal protection, and Privatized Banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets.

Who Is Paul Moore?

Paul Moore is a second-time guest on The Money Advantage.  In his July 2018 interview, Lessons from a Commercial Multifamily Investor, with Paul Moore, we talked about his background as a commercial multifamily investor. He shared his most important lessons: high risk does not equal high returns, the importance of giving, and knowing when to quit.  You can grab more of his background and accomplishments there.

After entering the real estate sector, Paul completed 85 real estate investments and exits, appeared on an HGTV Special, rehabbed and managed dozens of rental properties, developed a waterfront subdivision, and started two successful online real estate marketing firms. Three successful developments, including assisting with the development of a Hyatt hotel and a multifamily housing project, led him into the multifamily investment arena. 

Paul is now the Managing Director of two commercial real estate funds at Wellings Capital.  He also co-hosts a wealth-building podcast called How to Lose Money and is a frequent contributor to BiggerPockets.  Paul is the author of The Perfect Investment – Create Enduring Wealth from the Historic Shift to Multifamily Housing (2016), and has a forthcoming book on self-storage investing. 

Wellings Capital Conversation Highlights

  • How hitting singles is more important than looking for a grand slam in your investing strategy.
  • Why a multifamily investor left multifamily syndication behind to establish two commercial real estate investment funds.
  • Why many multifamily investors are turning to self-storage and mobile home parks for double-digit returns.
  • How the value creation formula maximizes income and grows the asset value in the self-storage and mobile home park sectors.
  • Wellings Capital’s funds that give accredited investors access to forced appreciation and income growth in real, non-correlated assets.

Find Out More About Paul Moore or Investing with Wellings Capital

Find out more about the Income Fund and the Growth Fund at Wellings Capital.

To hear more from Paul Moore, get the webinar Why Is a Multi-Family Investor Investing in One of America’s Most Boring Real Estate Asset Classes?

You can also listen to Paul’s podcast, How to Lose Money to gain valuable lessons of success from stories of failure. 

Get Financial Clarity Today

To personally implement Privatized Banking or discover your hidden money leaks, book a Strategy Call

You’ll find out the one thing that you need to be doing right now to accelerate your path to financial freedom.

Success leaves clues.  Model the successful few, not the crowd, and build a life and business you love.

]]>
Wellings Capital provides access to value-add recession-resistant assets. They've accomplished this by partnering with expert operators in the storage facility, manufactured housing community, and multifamily apartment spaces. Wellings Capital provides access to value-add recession-resistant assets. They've accomplished this by partnering with expert operators in the storage facility, manufactured housing community, and multifamily apartment spaces.  Wellings Capital funds offer accredited investors 15%+ returns without having to work so hard to find great individual deals. 



Today’s conversation unpacks the current trends in these commercial real estate sectors.  We’ll discuss their two accredited investment opportunities to help you achieve your objectives, whether your priority is income or growth.







Where Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System







As important as investing is, it’s just one step in the bigger journey to time and money freedom.



That’s why we have created the 3-step Business Owner’s Cash Flow System. It's your roadmap to get from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose, and financial freedom.



The first step is keeping more of the money you make by fixing money leaks.  Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance and legal protection, and Privatized Banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets.



Who Is Paul Moore?



Paul Moore is a second-time guest on The Money Advantage.  In his July 2018 interview, Lessons from a Commercial Multifamily Investor, with Paul Moore, we talked about his background as a commercial multifamily investor. He shared his most important lessons: high risk does not equal high returns, the importance of giving, and knowing when to quit.  You can grab more of his background and accomplishments there.



After entering the real estate sector, Paul completed 85 real estate investments and exits, appeared on an HGTV Special, rehabbed and managed dozens of rental properties, developed a waterfront subdivision, and started two successful online real estate marketing firms. Three successful developments, including assisting with the development of a Hyatt hotel and a multifamily housing project, led him into the multifamily investment arena. 



Paul is now the Managing Director of two commercial real estate funds at Wellings Capital.  He also co-hosts a wealth-building podcast called How to Lose Money and is a frequent contributor to BiggerPockets.  Paul is the author of The Perfect Investment – Create Enduring Wealth from the Historic Shift to Multifamily Housing (2016), and has a forthcoming book on self-storage investing. 



Wellings Capital Conversation Highlights



* How hitting singles is more important than looking for a grand slam in your investing strategy.* Why a multifamily investor left multifamily syndication behind to est...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 53:39
15 vs. 30 Year Mortgage: Myths About Paying Off Your Mortgage https://themoneyadvantage.com/paying-off-your-mortgage-15-vs-30-year/ Mon, 08 Jul 2019 09:00:02 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=5846 When it comes to paying off your mortgage, the 15 vs. 30-year mortgage question can stop you in your tracks.  Chances are, you’re probably trying to figure out how to get a better interest rate, pay less interest, or get out of debt sooner. But to make the decision that puts you in the most financial control, you have to fully understand what’s at stake.  And to do that, you have to peel back and peer under layers of pretty compelling myth and misinformation. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TK94hJDMgW4 It sounds harder than it is.  You just have to be willing to see things for what they are, ask questions, and challenge popular assumptions.  If that seems scary or hard or strange, when did taking the easy path of shortcut thinking ever create your finest moments? (Like never.)  Unfortunately, mainstream financial thinking has millions of Americans making decisions that take away their control.  There’s an unspoken rule that’s seeped into our psyche.  It’s that smart people pay off their mortgages quickly.  But could our bondage to what we feel we ought to do be turning our American Dream into our American nightmare?  In today’s conversation, we’ll uncover the biggest myths about paying your mortgage. We’ll show you why the focus on paying off your mortgage the quickest will handicap your cash flow and control.  After we’ve unpacked the facts, you’ll know with confidence and clarity what’s best for you and be able to make mortgage financing decisions without second-guessing yourself. Where Paying Off Your Mortgage Fits into the Cash Flow System Owning a home requires paying for it.  And paying for anything, no matter how you do so, affects how much of your money you keep. Making the best financing decisions increases your cash flow, so you have more to keep and put to work.  But no matter how much money you keep, it’s just one small part in the bigger picture of building time and money freedom. That’s why we have created the 3-step Business Owner’s Cash Flow System, your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose, and financial freedom. The first step is keeping more of the money you make by fixing money leaks, becoming more efficient and profitable.  Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and Privatized Banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets. Paying your mortgage happens right here in The Money Finder step of your financial foundation.  When you find, recover, and keep more of the money you’re making, you put more gas into your cash flow machine. Where We Got the Idea That You Should Pay Off Your House Quickly Many Americans are so focused on paying off their mortgages for a variety of reasons, many of which they probably are not aware of. During the Great Depression, mortgages were typically 5-year notes that were “callable.”  This meant that, at any time, the bank could ask for the remaining balance.  If you couldn’t pay up, the bank would foreclose, taking the house and property.   Consequently, many people personally experienced losing their home.  That generation has, in turn, instilled the mindset and expectation in their children and grandchildren that they need to pay off their mortgage as quickly as possible. Mortgages today are no longer “callable,” but many people are making decisions based on what happened during the Great Depression and what most “Financial Experts” are telling them. Myths and Truths About Paying Off Your Mortgage Paying Off Your Mortgage Myth 1: Having a Mortgage Means You Are in Debt Truth: Having a Mortgage Does Not Mean You are In Debt Debt is a function of net worth, which is calculated as follows: Assets – Liabilities = Equity or Net Worth Debt is a position of negative equity, where your liabilities exceed assets, and you owe more than you own.  Yes, avoid debt. However, When it comes to paying off your mortgage, the 15 vs. 30-year mortgage question can stop you in your tracks.  Chances are, you’re probably trying to figure out how to get a better interest rate, pay less interest, or get out of debt sooner.

But to make the decision that puts you in the most financial control, you have to fully understand what’s at stake.  And to do that, you have to peel back and peer under layers of pretty compelling myth and misinformation.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TK94hJDMgW4

It sounds harder than it is. 

You just have to be willing to see things for what they are, ask questions, and challenge popular assumptions.  If that seems scary or hard or strange, when did taking the easy path of shortcut thinking ever create your finest moments? (Like never.) 

Unfortunately, mainstream financial thinking has millions of Americans making decisions that take away their control. 

There’s an unspoken rule that’s seeped into our psyche.  It’s that smart people pay off their mortgages quickly. 

But could our bondage to what we feel we ought to do be turning our American Dream into our American nightmare? 

In today’s conversation, we’ll uncover the biggest myths about paying your mortgage. We’ll show you why the focus on paying off your mortgage the quickest will handicap your cash flow and control.  After we’ve unpacked the facts, you’ll know with confidence and clarity what’s best for you and be able to make mortgage financing decisions without second-guessing yourself.

Where Paying Off Your Mortgage Fits into the Cash Flow System

Owning a home requires paying for it.  And paying for anything, no matter how you do so, affects how much of your money you keep. Making the best financing decisions increases your cash flow, so you have more to keep and put to work.  But no matter how much money you keep, it’s just one small part in the bigger picture of building time and money freedom.

Money Finder

That’s why we have created the 3-step Business Owner’s Cash Flow System, your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose, and financial freedom.

The first step is keeping more of the money you make by fixing money leaks, becoming more efficient and profitable.  Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and Privatized Banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets.

Paying your mortgage happens right here in The Money Finder step of your financial foundation.  When you find, recover, and keep more of the money you’re making, you put more gas into your cash flow machine.

Where We Got the Idea That You Should Pay Off Your House Quickly

Many Americans are so focused on paying off their mortgages for a variety of reasons, many of which they probably are not aware of.

During the Great Depression, mortgages were typically 5-year notes that were “callable.”  This meant that, at any time, the bank could ask for the remaining balance.  If you couldn’t pay up, the bank would foreclose, taking the house and property.  

Consequently, many people personally experienced losing their home.  That generation has, in turn, instilled the mindset and expectation in their children and grandchildren that they need to pay off their mortgage as quickly as possible.

Mortgages today are no longer “callable,” but many people are making decisions based on what happened during the Great Depression and what most “Financial Experts” are telling them.

Myths and Truths About Paying Off Your Mortgage

Paying Off Your Mortgage Myth 1: Having a Mortgage Means You Are in Debt

Truth: Having a Mortgage Does Not Mean You are In Debt

Debt is a function of net worth, which is calculated as follows:

Assets – Liabilities = Equity or Net Worth

Debt is a position of negative equity, where your liabilities exceed assets, and you owe more than you own.  Yes, avoid debt.

However, simply having a liability – in this case, a mortgage – doesn’t put you in debt. It just means you have a liability.

If you do have negative net worth, there are two ways to right the equation and get “out of debt.” 

One is to reduce or remove your liabilities. 

The other is to increase your assets. 

Most people focus on paying off liabilities, but the far safer path is to increase your assets. When you have sufficient assets that you could pay off your liability if you wanted to, you are debt free.

However, either way you achieve it, debt freedom is not financial freedom

Financial freedom is a position where your income from assets like real estate and businesses more than covers your cost of living.  And on the path to create that, you first need cash to be able to invest in those cash-flowing assets.  You’ll get there much quicker by saving and investing, than by making all your liabilities disappear.

Paying Off Your Mortgage Myth 2: Your House is a Great Investment

Truth: Your House Is Not an Investment

I know, it sounds entirely un-American to dare break the news that your house is not a good investment.  But I’ll go one step further: your home is not even an investment at all.

The reason we get it mixed up and started thinking of our a home as an investment is because 1) most Americans have the majority of their net worth inside the four walls of their home, 2) real estate is a legitimate asset class, and 3) over time, usually real estate, including your home, appreciates in value.

Truth: Your House Is an Expense

However, investments make money.  Expenses use up money.  Your home is the latter.  It’s a “cost” of living.

Housing is a basic human need.  You have to live somewhere, and that “somewhere” costs money.    

More honestly, housing is a part of your lifestyle that consumes pretty darn good chunk of your resources. 

If your home were an investment, you’d buy the property based on mathematical analysis and calculated returns.  But in actuality, you buy based on sentiment, school districts, or “falling in love with” your “dream kitchen.”

If your home were an investment, you’d expect your house to make you money. 

Truth: Appreciation on Your House Isn’t Great After All

We know that the house we live in doesn’t hand out paychecks.  But if my house appreciates between my purchase date and when I sell it, doesn’t that mean I made money? 

If you make a few quick calculations with a time value of money calculator, you’ll see why appreciation on your house isn’t much to write home about.

Consider a $700K house.  To have earned a 10% rate of return over 30 years, the property value would have to have gone up to a whopping $13,186,180.  Now while property value going from under a million to over 13 million in 30 years isn’t completely impossible, it’s definitely not the overwhelming experienceof most homeowners.

For a more achievable 5% return, your $700K home would still need to be worth $3,025,359.66 at the 30-year mark.

In fact, if your $700K home wound up appraising at $900K 30 years later, your home itself would have only earned 0.841%.

Truth: The Opportunity Cost of Paying Off Your Mortgage is High

If you make one decision with your money, you give up the ability to use your money in another opportunity.  The difference in earnings is called opportunity cost.

So, if you could have invested $700K and earned 5% each year over those same 30 years and made $2,325,359.66, but you instead used it to pay cash for the house that increased in value by $200K over the same timeframe, you’ve made a significant error of judgment. 

The mistake caused you to lose out on over $2 Million you could have earned but gave up instead.

That’s a pretty significant opportunity cost, when you consider all the ways that you could have earned much more on your money had you invested it well over all those years.

Truth: You Might Just Be Breaking Even

But even if the property does appreciate, have you really made money at all?

The cost of owning your home is much greater than your purchase price.

Consider all the money you’ve put into your house, including the payments you’ve made – principal and interest – plus annual taxes, homeowner’s insurance, and then all the maintenance, repairs, and improvement projects along the way.  Add in the roof, windows, and AC you’ve replaced. The fence you repaired.  The landscaping you’ve done, including weekly lawn maintenance.  The kitchen upgrades.  Add in labor costs for any contractors you’ve hired contractors.  If you’ve DIY’ed, add up the value of the time you spent.

If you think I’m going too far, consider the cost of renting.  The owner must pay for all of the expenses mentioned above.  They can only calculate profits after accounting for all of the expenses, not just the mortgage.  If they’re a wise owner, they’ve likely pushed that cost down to you by charging more in rent than they pay in a monthly mortgage payment.

Likewise, you too, as the property owner of your home, must calculate all the costs of home ownership to discover your real cost before attempting to find the rate of return.

When you consider all the dollars you put in, the inputs are much higher, meaning your returns will be even skimpier, if they exist at all.

Truth: Home Equity Is Not an Investment or Savings

Yes, it’s true that for many Americans, their home is their primary asset of value.  Meaning that if you conducted an assessment of where their dollars “live,” you’d find most of them hanging out in home equity. We call dollars that are camped out in home equity to be “in the four walls of the house.”

This wouldn’t be a problem if your home were an investment.  But as we just discovered, your home is far from an investment.

This also wouldn’t be a problem if your home were a great piggy bank, where you could put your dollars for safekeeping, and then pull them back out whenever you need them. But money in the four walls of your house isn’t easily accessible.  Worse yet, an adjustment in the housing market could cause your hard-earned dollars to evaporate if your property value drops below what you’ve paid in.

Truth: It’s Inconvenient to Use Your Equity

15 vs 30 Year Mortgage - Myths About Paying Off Your Mortgage

Even if your house is fully paid off and you have maximum equity, if you’re occupying your primary asset, it’s a little inconvenient to access the appreciation. It’s either expensive, time-consuming, or not a guarantee.

If you want to experience the returns by taking out a home equity loan or line of credit, you’ll have to apply and pass the bank’s qualification process first.

To refinance instead, you’ll have to qualify first, and then pay the refinance costs.

If you opt to sell, you’ll probably pay for repairs and home improvements before you list, wait for a qualified buyer, and then pay closing costs.  Once you’ve sold, you’ll then have to find another place to live, which often costs the majority of what you made in the original house.

So, no matter how you look at it, it’s not easy to get access to your equity if you want to use it for something else. 

That means dollars in the four walls of your house are not dollars in your control.

Paying Off Your Mortgage Myth 3: You’re Safer When Your House is Paid Off

Truth: Putting Your Cash into the Four Walls of Your House Means Less to Save and Invest

Most people think they’ll save themselves from money worries and anxiety when their house is paid off.  After all, not having a monthly payment in the future does seem pretty attractive.

That’s the reason for larger down payments, extra payments, and shorter mortgages.

But let’s walk this story out to its end point and see where it takes us. 

If your house is paid off, your cash is now inside the four walls of your house. That means you don’t have the money elsewhere to invest or use as you wish.

Home equity is not the ideal storage tool for an emergency/opportunity fund, because you can’t access it easily. 

And it’s not the ideal investment, as we discussed earlier.

That means you’ve sacrificed building savings or investing well and ignored two of the main components of wealth building, all because you’ve believed the narrative that you’re safer with a paid-off house.

Truth: The Slower You Pay Off Your House, the More Cash You Keep

With a longer 30-year mortgage, you have smaller monthly payments, and consequently, more cash flow. 

With a shorter-term 15-year mortgage, the payments are concentrated into fewer years, meaning you pay more each month and keep less of your money each month.

Japan breaks our American mold and offers 100-year mortgages.  If given the opportunity, I’d take that option all day every day, because with the payments stretched more than 3X longer, the payment would be far lower, and I’d keep way more of my money.

When you have more cash flow each month, you can store it somewhere outside the asset of your house.  And when you decide where you put your cash, you have more control. 

Truth: With a 30-Year Mortgage, You’re in a Safer Position During the Entire 30 Years

The thought pattern of the person with the 15-year mortgage is: I’ll chunk my financial goals into two different timeframes.  With the cash I have available, first, I’ll pay off my house. Then, after my house is paid off, I’ll save and invest.  It’s the process-oriented thinking of popular financial teacher, Dave Ramsey.

The person with a 30-year mortgage can do both at the same time.  They start right away paying for the house.  But, because they have a smaller payment, they have cash left over that’s not allocated to housing costs.  They can begin simultaneously building savings and investments.

Here’s the interesting thing.  If both mortgages had the same interest rate (i.e., 4%), and both people saved in identical accounts earning the same interest rate (i.e., 6%), both would end up with a paid-off house and equal dollar amounts in their account at year 30.

It looks like either strategy gets the same results from that vantage point.

But if you look at every one of the 29 years, 11 months, and 30 days along the way, the person with the 30-year mortgage had more cash they controlled the whole time. 

With more cash in their control, they were in the safer position, because they had reserves they could use.  If they had an emergency or wanted to invest in an opportunity, they could do so right away, without having to apply and qualify first.

Truth: Wealthy People Don’t Always Pay Everything They’re Capable Of

If paying off your mortgage as quickly as possible was always the best move, the smartest, wealthiest, most financially savvy and successful people would do it all the time.  They would consistently pay off their mortgages as quickly as possible.  If they could pay cash instead of getting a mortgage, they would.  If they had extra cash, they’d make extra payments. 

But they don’t.

Just because you have the cash to pay in full for your house, or pay it off early, doesn’t mean it’s the best use of your resources.

Well-known billionaire Mark Zuckerberg has a 30-year mortgage on his house, even though he could have easily paid cash.  Why would he make that move?

He knows that he can do much more with his money when it’s not locked up in the four walls of his house.  He understands having cash that he controls puts him at an advantage.  He’s likely also calculating the opportunity cost on his money.  If he knows he can use or invest his capital to earn exponential returns but decides instead to tuck it away into his house where it earns less than 1% return, he’s forfeiting his stewardship and giving up dollars he could have earned.

Truth: Today’s Dollars Are Worth More than Tomorrow’s Dollars

Anytime you pay today when you could pay tomorrow, inflation works against you.

Because of the invisible erosion of the purchasing power of our dollars, our dollars shrink in value over time. 

I always remember the story in Little House on the Prairie where Laura and Mary got 2 pennies each for Christmas, and they used their money to buy candy.  Even hearing this story when I was a little 5-year old girl, I knew that if I purchased a piece of candy, it would cost way more than $0.01.  Today, the same candy probably would cost closer to $2. 

Inflation mysteriously works for and against us over time. 

Earning $100K feels like less and less, hurting us since we have less income. 

But paying $1K each month feels like less and less, benefiting us because usually, our income rises over time (due to said inflation), so we now have proportionally more of our money to keep.

Inflation works in our favor with a mortgage, because it locks in a fixed payment that will never rise during the term of the agreement.  This makes future payments seem smaller and smaller.

For instance, a $1K monthly payment, at a generally accepted 3% annual inflation rate will feel like just $412/month when you get 30 years out.

So why would you put today’s most valuable dollars into the control of the bank and mortgage company by paying off your mortgage more quickly than necessary? 

Truth: When You Pay Off Your House More Quickly, You Give Up Your Most Valuable Dollars

Any time you pay more today than you must, whether through overpaying each month, having a shorter mortgage than required, or making extra payments, you are choosing to pay now rather than later.

And when you give up dollars today instead of later, you give your most valuable dollars to someone else.  By paying them to your mortgage, you put them into the four walls of your house.  This gives control of your most valuable dollars to the bank.  If you want to use them later, you’ll need the bank to grant you permission to use your own dollars that will then be less valuable.

Truth: The Closer You Are To Paying Off Your Loan, The Greater the Risk of Foreclosure If You Stop Making Payments

At any point along the path to paying off your house, you aren’t able to make the payments, the bank will treat you differently, based on what they have at stake.

If you’re close to paying off your house, they’ve already got most of the cash. Working with you to stay in your home is a low priority, and they’ll foreclose on you quickly.

However, if you have a brand new mortgage, and can’t make payments, losing your payments is of much greater importance. The bank will be much more lenient in renegotiating the terms of the loan to keep you in the house.

Truth: Your Home Value Has Nothing to Do with Your Equity

If you’re still set on grabbing as much appreciation as you can with your home, consider that the value of your home goes up with orwithout a loan.

If you and your neighbor have identical houses with equal property values, and new development in the community raises the value of your homes, the appreciation won’t discriminate based on how much of your loan you’ve paid off compared to your neighbor.

This means that your appreciation has nothing to do with how much you’ve put in. 

Stated differently, appreciation is independent of equity.  Meaning that even if you pay off your home fully, you’re not going to get any better appreciation or returns on your house than if you still have an outstanding loan.

Paying Off Your Mortgage Myth 4: A Lower Interest Rate Costs You Less

Truth: Banks Set Interest Rates Based on What’s Best for Them

But doesn’t a lower interest rate mean I pay less interest and keep more of my money?

Here’s the most important thing to realize about interest rates: they are the bank’s incentivizing tactics. 

The bank sets interest rates based on what’s best for them, not what’s best for you.

When you’re earning, you want to get higher interest.  That’s why the banks pay higher interest rates for what benefits them more greatly.  They’ll pay more on longer-term CDs than on short-term CDs.  But to get the higher interest rate, you have to give up control and liquidity of your money for longer.  Giving you a higher interest rate, in this case, means the bank gains control of more money for longer, so they win.

Conversely, when you’re paying, lower interest rates seem best.  But to pay lower interest, you’ll have to opt for the shorter loan. Why?  For the bank, it means they get the money back faster, in bigger chunks. Again, they win.

In each case, it’s to the bank’s benefit when they control capital, because that’s more money they can put to work.

Controlling your own capital like banks do puts you in the position of advantage.

This is why paying a point less in interest isn’t the top priority.  The interest rate deflects your attention from what really matters, which is having more cash in your control.

Keep in mind that mortgage interest is tax-deductible, IF you have sufficient deductions to itemize (more than the $24K standard deduction for a couple), and your mortgage loan is under $750K for new loans since 2017).  So, paying more interest may earn you a bigger tax deduction. This means that paying more interest may actually keep more dollars in your pocket than if you’d paid less.

Truth: To Be in Control, Model the Bank

In Be the Bank: The Biggest Thing You Can Do to Increase Your Cash Flow, we talked in-depth about how to increase your cash flow by following the rules of the bank, not the rules they give their customers.

Rather than directing all cash flow to pay for the lifestyle expense of my own mortgage, I want to direct as much cash flow to cash-flowing assets.  In this position, I advance towards time and money freedom.

In Conclusion

The American Dream of home ownership can turn into an American nightmare if you pay off your house as quickly as possible, because you lose financial control and security instead of gaining it.

To maintain as much cash flow and financial control, get the longest mortgage possible. You’ll have the lowest monthly payment, and you can keep and control more dollars to put to work somewhere else.

You’re safest having your cash where you control it and can access it along the way. Then, you have the resources to begin building time and money freedom.

Math vs. Emotion

As compelling as math and logic are, we humans are not robots or machines.  We want to think we make completely rational financial decisions, but money choices are driven primarily by our individual and highly complex emotions, which often lead to entirely different conclusions.

Even with the compelling logic of why you don’t want to pay off your house quickly, make extra payments, or get a shorter mortgage, some people may feel at risk living with an outstanding mortgage.  This may create uncertainty and defeat their peace of mind.  They may not trust themselves to make wise decisions with the extra cash flow and worry about spending it instead of saving or investing.

Financial choices must be personalized.  With that in mind, the mathematically correct decision may not always be the best one for you.

What to Do Next 

When should you pay off your house?  If you have the cash to be able to pay off your house, you could do so, but only if that’s the best stewardship of your cash at that time.  Should you keep the money in savings to maintain the protection of peace of mind?  Could you invest the money in a cash-flowing asset you know and control that will further your financial freedom?

If you’re buying a new house or an investment property, are there times to get a 15-year mortgage?  It’s better to have lower required payments, pay slowly, and keep as much of your money in your control as possible. However, if emotionally, a 15-year mortgage is the best thing for your peace of mind, then yes.

Are there times to pay off your house early?  Yes, only if that’s the highest and best stewardship you can exercise over your resources.

If you already have a 15-year mortgage, what are your options to reduce your payment?  You might consider refinancing to a 30-year mortgage but would need to carefully weigh all of your costs first.  Your payments will be reduced based on how much equity you have in the home vs. your remaining balance, as well as your credit score and the resulting interest rate on the new loan.  You can usually expect to pay closing costs between 2% – 4% of your total loan amount. You may consider taking equity out as well with a cash-out refinance, or simply maintaining your loan amount and restructuring the payments.

Oh One More Thing…

If you really want to know how to stop money flowing out of your control so you can build the time and money freedom you deserve, then book a Strategy Call today.

You’ll find out how to start keeping more of the money you already make, so you can have more to save and invest.  And you’ll get clear on the one next thing you need to do, based on your unique situation, to accelerate financial freedom.

Success leaves clues.  Model the successful few, not the crowd, and build a life and business you love.

]]>
When it comes to paying off your mortgage, the 15 vs. 30-year mortgage question can stop you in your tracks.  Chances are, you’re probably trying to figure out how to get a better interest rate, pay less interest, or get out of debt sooner. When it comes to paying off your mortgage, the 15 vs. 30-year mortgage question can stop you in your tracks.  Chances are, you’re probably trying to figure out how to get a better interest rate, pay less interest, or get out of debt sooner.



But to make the decision that puts you in the most financial control, you have to fully understand what’s at stake.  And to do that, you have to peel back and peer under layers of pretty compelling myth and misinformation.




https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TK94hJDMgW4




It sounds harder than it is. 



You just have to be willing to see things for what they are, ask questions, and challenge popular assumptions.  If that seems scary or hard or strange, when did taking the easy path of shortcut thinking ever create your finest moments? (Like never.) 



Unfortunately, mainstream financial thinking has millions of Americans making decisions that take away their control. 



There’s an unspoken rule that’s seeped into our psyche.  It’s that smart people pay off their mortgages quickly. 



But could our bondage to what we feel we ought to do be turning our American Dream into our American nightmare? 



In today’s conversation, we’ll uncover the biggest myths about paying your mortgage. We’ll show you why the focus on paying off your mortgage the quickest will handicap your cash flow and control.  After we’ve unpacked the facts, you’ll know with confidence and clarity what’s best for you and be able to make mortgage financing decisions without second-guessing yourself.







Where Paying Off Your Mortgage Fits into the Cash Flow System



Owning a home requires paying for it.  And paying for anything, no matter how you do so, affects how much of your money you keep. Making the best financing decisions increases your cash flow, so you have more to keep and put to work.  But no matter how much money you keep, it’s just one small part in the bigger picture of building time and money freedom.







That’s why we have created the 3-step Business Owner’s Cash Flow System, your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose, and financial freedom.



The first step is keeping more of the money you make by fixing money leaks, becoming more efficient and profitable.  Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and Privatized Banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets.



Paying your mortgage happens right here in The Money Finder step of your financial foundation.  When you find, recover, and keep more of the money you’re making, you put more gas into your cash flow machine.



Where We Got the Idea That You Should Pay Off Your House Quickly



Many Americans are so focused on paying off their mortgages for a variety of reasons, many of which they probably are not aware of.



During the Great Depression,]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 48:01
Stacey Brown Randall, Generating Business Referrals Without Asking https://themoneyadvantage.com/stacey-brown-randall-generating-business-referrals-without-asking/ Mon, 01 Jul 2019 09:00:15 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=5521 Stacey Brown Randall teaches you how to generate referrals to grow and scale your business, without asking. Better yet, she's uncovered the reason most referral systems fail miserably. Instead of asking, paying, or following gimmicky techniques that make everyone uncomfortable, she knows exactly what to do instead. You might be wondering just how she created a system to get referrals without asking? It was out of sheer necessity. After one business failure with no referrals, she received 112 referrals in the first year of business #2. She single-handedly proved that you can generate business referrals WITHOUT ASKING. In fact, her clients were amazed at her success and started asking her to teach them how she did it. She then reverse-engineered her techniques, creating a system for relationship-based expertise-centric businesses to follow her lead. The result: Stacey Brown Randall has perfected her 5-step process that generates her over 100 referrals every year. And now, she's on a mission to help other small business owners and solopreneurs build a business with ease, avoid overwhelm, and finally enjoy growing their business. If you'd rather focus on doing great work than being a hustling salesperson, this may truly be your answer. Find out how to get referrals, and you'll have prospects that are easier to close. Where Business Referrals Fit into the Cash Flow System As crucial as it is to build your business, it’s just one step in the bigger journey to time and money freedom. That’s why we have created the 3-step Business Owner’s Cash Flow System, your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose and financial freedom. The first step is keeping more of the money you make by fixing money leaks, becoming more efficient and profitable.  Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance and legal protection, and Privatized Banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets. Today’s conversation will focus on gaining referrals in business to help you build one of your best investments.  Because your business is the one thing, outside of yourself, where you have the most knowledge and control, it deserves your full attention in every way. With each stride in business mastery, you gain the capacity to maximize your cash flow from your business.  Who Is Stacey Brown Randall? Stacey Brown Randall is a member of the business failure club, a contrarian on how to generate referrals and a supporter of the entrepreneurial dream. Through her programs, she provides a roadmap to take control of your business.  Stacey is a three-time entrepreneur, author of Generating Business Referrals … Without Asking, and host of the Roadmap to Grow Your Business podcast. If corporate America is a cruise liner, then small business is a dinghy. Stacey jumped ship from her uninspiring corporate job to launch her own business at the encouragement of a client. The first two years were smooth sailing.  However, the tides changed when her strongest client suddenly left and broke their contract. With such a detrimental blow to the hull of her business, Stacey could not remain afloat just four years after launching the business. Having learned how to bounce back from failure, Stacey now works with businesses to help them grow by racking up referrals without having to ask for them.  Stacey has taught her “no asking” referral generation strategy to hundreds of companies, small businesses, and solopreneurs.  She received her Master’s in Organizational Communication and is married with three kids, a 10-year-old son, 8-year-old daughter, and she and her husband have the privilege of raising their 10-year-old nephew. Stacey Brown Randall Conversation Highlights What’s wrong with the typical referral building methodology, and how to get real referrals instead.What a referral is and what it’s not. Stacey Brown Randall teaches you how to generate referrals to grow and scale your business, without asking. Better yet, she's uncovered the reason most referral systems fail miserably. Instead of asking, paying, Stacey Brown Randall teaches you how to generate referrals to grow and scale your business, without asking. Better yet, she's uncovered the reason most referral systems fail miserably. Instead of asking, paying, or following gimmicky techniques that make everyone uncomfortable, she knows exactly what to do instead.



You might be wondering just how she created a system to get referrals without asking? It was out of sheer necessity.



After one business failure with no referrals, she received 112 referrals in the first year of business #2. She single-handedly proved that you can generate business referrals WITHOUT ASKING. In fact, her clients were amazed at her success and started asking her to teach them how she did it. She then reverse-engineered her techniques, creating a system for relationship-based expertise-centric businesses to follow her lead. The result: Stacey Brown Randall has perfected her 5-step process that generates her over 100 referrals every year. And now, she's on a mission to help other small business owners and solopreneurs build a business with ease, avoid overwhelm, and finally enjoy growing their business.



If you'd rather focus on doing great work than being a hustling salesperson, this may truly be your answer. Find out how to get referrals, and you'll have prospects that are easier to close.







Where Business Referrals Fit into the Cash Flow System



As crucial as it is to build your business, it’s just one step in the bigger journey to time and money freedom.



That’s why we have created the 3-step Business Owner’s Cash Flow System, your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose and financial freedom.







The first step is keeping more of the money you make by fixing money leaks, becoming more efficient and profitable.  Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance and legal protection, and Privatized Banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets.



Today’s conversation will focus on gaining referrals in business to help you build one of your best investments.  Because your business is the one thing, outside of yourself, where you have the most knowledge and control, it deserves your full attention in every way. With each stride in business mastery, you gain the capacity to maximize your cash flow from your business. 



Who Is Stacey Brown Randall?



Stacey Brown Randall is a member of the business failure club, a contrarian on how to generate referrals and a supporter of the entrepreneurial dream. Through her programs, she provides a roadmap to take control of your business.  Stacey is a three-time entrepreneur, author of Generating Business Referrals … Without Asking, and host of the Roadmap to Grow Your Business podcast.







If corporate America is a cruise liner, then small business is a dinghy. Stacey jumped ship from her uninspiring corporate job to launch her own business at the encouragement of a client. The first two years were smooth sailing.  However, the tides changed when her strongest client suddenly left and broke their contract. With such a detrimental blow to the hull of her business,]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 57:11
Key Man Insurance: Protecting Your Business, Profits, and Livelihood https://themoneyadvantage.com/key-man-insurance-protecting-your-business-profits-and-livelihood/ Mon, 24 Jun 2019 09:00:51 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=5587 Key Man Insurance is a life preserver for your business.  It can prevent the devastating impact of losing a key employee on your business, your revenue, and you personally. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cBEB56hfKEM It can mean the difference between your business collapsing or rising like a phoenix from the ashes. At one of your most vulnerable moments, Key Man Insurance can be the infusion of capital needed to create longevity, sustainability, and viability of your business. But as you’re busy in the day-to-day of your business, this element of business planning often gets forgotten.  It often gets stuck in the mental file of nice to have, but I’ll get to it later.  And that can be a fatal mistake. Instead, we’ll have a conversation about how to make sure you and your business can keep moving forward, no matter what happens.  And we'll help you prevent the loss of a key person from threatening your business, your profits, and your livelihood.  Where Key Man Insurance Fits into the Cash Flow System Protecting your business from financial threats is just one part of a bigger journey to building time and money freedom.  That’s why we have created the 3-step Business Owner’s Cash Flow System. This is your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose and financial freedom. The first step is keeping more of the money you make by fixing money leaks.  Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and Privatized Banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets. Key Man Insurance is part of Stage 2.  It helps you protect the wealth you’ve created so that no event has the power to sweep it away.  It’s part of your livelihood safeguard, ensuring that your business continues producing your income.  Your Key Employees Are Your Most Valuable Business Assets Where does the value of your business come from?  If you started naming your business assets off the top of your head, you’d probably list your real estate first. Then, perhaps your cash, inventory, equipment, accounts receivable, clients, goodwill, and your reputation. But topping that list is your people.  People make all the things happen.  And you know that great people are worth their weight in gold.  Your business would be nothing without the people who add their knowledge, skill, and expertise to create what everyone knows as your business. What Makes a Key Person, in Fact, “Key?” For one POS company that provided machines and merchant services, one salesperson brought in 75% of the business’s revenue.  The salesperson is the ultimate example of a key person – someone you would rather not have to imagine your business without.  Losing that person would mean lost sales, a floundering business, and significantly less personal income to you.  It might cause you to struggle to pay your overhead and other employee’s salaries. And because of their unique abilities and talents, the cost of replacing them would be tremendously high. Perhaps they have the Midas touch in sales or marketing, bringing in the majority of your new accounts. It could be the VP of operations or a high-level manager who is largely responsible for the efficiency and processes your business is known for.  Or maybe it’s your #1 technician, with the wealth of knowledge, skill, and expertise that has built your company’s reputation.  Without them, you may be unable to deliver on your company’s promises.  A key person is indispensable to the business because of their talents or even their reputation. Their judgment is invaluable to the company.  They usually hold decision-making power, have a high-level salary, and are often central to the company’s vision and direction. Impact of Losing a Key Person If your key person passed away unexpectedly, you would have a gaping hole.  Aside from the emotional toll that would hit your company, Key Man Insurance is a life preserver for your business.  It can prevent the devastating impact of losing a key employee on your business, your revenue, and you personally. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cBEB56hfKEM Key Man Insurance is a life preserver for your business.  It can prevent the devastating impact of losing a key employee on your business, your revenue, and you personally.




https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cBEB56hfKEM




It can mean the difference between your business collapsing or rising like a phoenix from the ashes. At one of your most vulnerable moments, Key Man Insurance can be the infusion of capital needed to create longevity, sustainability, and viability of your business.



But as you’re busy in the day-to-day of your business, this element of business planning often gets forgotten.  It often gets stuck in the mental file of nice to have, but I’ll get to it later.  And that can be a fatal mistake.



Instead, we’ll have a conversation about how to make sure you and your business can keep moving forward, no matter what happens.  And we'll help you prevent the loss of a key person from threatening your business, your profits, and your livelihood. 







Where Key Man Insurance Fits into the Cash Flow System



Protecting your business from financial threats is just one part of a bigger journey to building time and money freedom. 



That’s why we have created the 3-step Business Owner’s Cash Flow System. This is your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose and financial freedom.







The first step is keeping more of the money you make by fixing money leaks.  Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and Privatized Banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets.



Key Man Insurance is part of Stage 2.  It helps you protect the wealth you’ve created so that no event has the power to sweep it away.  It’s part of your livelihood safeguard, ensuring that your business continues producing your income. 



Your Key Employees Are Your Most Valuable Business Assets



Where does the value of your business come from?  If you started naming your business assets off the top of your head, you’d probably list your real estate first. Then, perhaps your cash, inventory, equipment, accounts receivable, clients, goodwill, and your reputation.



But topping that list is your people.  People make all the things happen.  And you know that great people are worth their weight in gold.  Your business would be nothing without the people who add their knowledge, skill, and expertise to create what everyone knows as your business.



What Makes a Key Person, in Fact, “Key?”



For one POS company that provided machines and merchant services, one salesperson brought in 75% of the business’s revenue.  The salesperson is the ultimate example of a key person – someone you would rather not have to imagine your business without. 



Losing that person would mean lost sales, a floundering business, and significantly less personal income to you.  It might cause you to struggle to pay your overhead and other employee’s salaries. And because of their unique abilities and talents, the cost of replacing them would be tremendously high.



Perhaps they have the Midas touch in sales or marketing,]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 23:38
Never Split the Difference, with Chris Voss https://themoneyadvantage.com/never-split-the-difference-chris-voss/ Mon, 17 Jun 2019 09:00:48 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=5487 Never Split the Difference is making waves in the business world by demonstrating that negotiation starts with the most counterintuitive skill of empathy.  That's because author Chris Voss is likely the most qualified person to be teaching negotiation.  With a long history in international crisis and high stakes negotiations as the FBI’s lead international kidnapping negotiator, and a member of the New York City Joint Terrorist Task Force, Chris has negotiated some of the most hostile and challenging situations imaginable.  He’s not only achieved a successful resolution in many cases. More importantly, he has distilled a depth of wisdom that comes from being in the trenches.  And he has now translated his experience to help you negotiate as if your life depended on it. Why We Need to Improve our Negotiation Skills Opportunities for negotiation enter our lives every day.  You’ll see it as you’re building your business and working with clients, team members, and consultants.  Even in your everyday life with your family and loved ones, negotiation plays a massive role.  Your goal is to get things done that you want and need to happen, in a way that everyone wins. But, almost always, that’s easier said than done.  Your technician wants to do things their way.  HR doesn’t agree with operations.  A prospect says yes, then drags their feet.  A vendor doesn’t follow through on their promises.  Your 6-year-old doesn’t want to brush his teeth. Enter the need for you to become a skilled negotiator. However, we create bigger problems when we approach negotiation in the wrong way.  First, we usually avoid negotiation, sidestepping it altogether because we’re afraid of conflict.  Our next approach is usually fighting a battle of wits.  This turns into a dueling match over who has the stronger argument of reason and logic.  Finally, and embarrassingly, we resort to discovering who has the louder voice. But none of these methods work to get cooperation, collaboration, commitment, and follow-through we want. Tune in to Learn How to Never Split the Difference In this episode of The Money Advantage podcast, we interview Chris Voss. Chris says that we should “never split the difference.”  It’s code for letting the other side have your way. To accomplish this, he says that we should approach the conversation with emotional intelligence, tactical empathy, and listening, to build relationships and make deals with people, not against them. Listen to the conversation here: Where Negotiation Fits into the Cash Flow System Today’s conversation will home in on negotiating and deal-making to help you build one of your best investments.  Because your business is the one thing, outside of yourself, where you have the most knowledge and control, it deserves your full attention to improving in every way.  With each stride in business mastery, you gain the capacity to maximize your cash flow from your business.  So, that’s why you must master the art of negotiation. As crucial as it is to improve your business, it’s just one step in the bigger journey to time and money freedom. That’s why we have created the 3-step Business Owner’s Cash Flow System.  It's your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose and financial freedom. The first step is keeping more of the money you make by fixing money leaks.  Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and Privatized Banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work, to increase your income with cash-flowing assets. Who Is Chris Voss, Author of Never Split the Difference? Chris Voss is CEO of the Black Swan Group and author of the national best-seller Never Split The Difference: Negotiating As If Your Life Depended On It, which was named one of the seven best books on negotiation. A 24-year veteran of the FBI, Chris retired as the lead international kidnapping negotiator... Never Split the Difference is making waves in the business world by demonstrating that negotiation starts with the most counterintuitive skill of empathy.  That's because author Chris Voss is likely the most qualified person to be teaching negotiation.... Never Split the Difference is making waves in the business world by demonstrating that negotiation starts with the most counterintuitive skill of empathy.  That's because author Chris Voss is likely the most qualified person to be teaching negotiation.  With a long history in international crisis and high stakes negotiations as the FBI’s lead international kidnapping negotiator, and a member of the New York City Joint Terrorist Task Force, Chris has negotiated some of the most hostile and challenging situations imaginable. 



He’s not only achieved a successful resolution in many cases. More importantly, he has distilled a depth of wisdom that comes from being in the trenches.  And he has now translated his experience to help you negotiate as if your life depended on it.



Why We Need to Improve our Negotiation Skills



Opportunities for negotiation enter our lives every day.  You’ll see it as you’re building your business and working with clients, team members, and consultants.  Even in your everyday life with your family and loved ones, negotiation plays a massive role.  Your goal is to get things done that you want and need to happen, in a way that everyone wins.



But, almost always, that’s easier said than done. 







Your technician wants to do things their way.  HR doesn’t agree with operations.  A prospect says yes, then drags their feet.  A vendor doesn’t follow through on their promises.  Your 6-year-old doesn’t want to brush his teeth.



Enter the need for you to become a skilled negotiator.



However, we create bigger problems when we approach negotiation in the wrong way. 



First, we usually avoid negotiation, sidestepping it altogether because we’re afraid of conflict. 



Our next approach is usually fighting a battle of wits.  This turns into a dueling match over who has the stronger argument of reason and logic. 



Finally, and embarrassingly, we resort to discovering who has the louder voice.



But none of these methods work to get cooperation, collaboration, commitment, and follow-through we want.



Tune in to Learn How to Never Split the Difference



In this episode of The Money Advantage podcast, we interview Chris Voss.



Chris says that we should “never split the difference.”  It’s code for letting the other side have your way.



To accomplish this, he says that we should approach the conversation with emotional intelligence, tactical empathy, and listening, to build relationships and make deals with people, not against them.



Listen to the conversation here:







Where Negotiation Fits into the Cash Flow System



Today’s conversation will home in on negotiating and deal-making to help you build one of your best investments.  Because your business is the one thing, outside of yourself, where you have the most knowledge and control, it deserves your full attention to improving in every way.  With each stride in business mastery, you gain the capacity to maximize your cash flow from your business. 







So, that’s why you must master the art of negotiation.



As crucial as it is to improve your business, it’s just one step in the bigger journey to time and money freedom.



That’s why we have created the 3-step clean 56:05
The Night I Almost Died, and Why My Family Wouldn’t Need a GoFundMe https://themoneyadvantage.com/the-night-i-almost-died-and-why-my-family-wouldnt-need-a-gofundme/ Mon, 10 Jun 2019 09:00:48 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=5702 You can survive dying without needing a GoFundMe.  I’m living proof.  Three weeks ago, I almost died in an emergency operation after childbirth. Today, I’m looking down at the fluttering eyelashes of my snoring newborn, and my heart swells with enormous gratitude for the privilege of being alive to witness her life. In today’s podcast, my husband Lucas and I tell you our very personal story of harrowing trauma and crisis, miraculous healing and recovery, redemption, and the eternal treasures we’ve gained.  And we share the four pillars of protection that carried us through the scariest and hardest week of our lives. Through our story, I want to show you how you can build the bunker of protection to survive life’s worst moments. Where Protection Fits into the Cash Flow System Protecting your financial life is just one part of a bigger journey to building time and money freedom.  That’s why we have created the 3-step Business Owner’s Cash Flow System, your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose, and financial freedom. The first step is keeping more of the money you make by fixing money leaks, becoming more efficient and profitable.  Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and Privatized Banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work, increase your income with cash-flowing assets. When you fully protect the wealth you’ve built, no event has the power to sweep away what you’ve created.  Then, you can experience peace of mind and relieve the anxiety, even during life’s worst moments. How I Almost Died After Childbirth At 38 weeks and 2 days into pregnancy, I had a visit Monday morning, May 20th, 2019, at 9:30 am. We were going in for a nonstress test, ultrasound, and an appointment with the midwife.  The test showed baby’s heart rate too high.  She was in distress.  A rushed ultrasound showed that she was now in the 3rd percentile, diagnosing her as Intrauterine Growth Restricted (IUGR).  My blood pressure classified me as having Pregnancy Induced Hypertension.  Basically, my placenta was calcifying and not allowing baby to get enough blood flow and nourishment.  They said we needed to induce right away to allow baby to tolerate labor.  I was wheeled to labor and delivery, admitted, and began induction at 1:30 pm. I still wanted to maintain an as low-intervention birth as possible. Even though I was on Pitocin to jumpstart labor, I had requested no pain medication.  Active labor finally kicked in about 8:30 pm and my doula returned at 9 pm. In 43 minutes, I dilated from 4 to 10 cm. Baby was born after an intense, fast, and shocking labor at 9:43 pm.  Problems in the Third Stage of Labor Afterward, the midwife and OBGYN kept asking me to push out the placenta.  I pushed and pushed through a pounding headache. Only there was nothing to push. This was due to a “retained” or “sticky” placenta, which wouldn’t detach from my uterine wall. Over the next hour, I pushed, and then the midwife and then the doctor tried a manual extraction. Without pain medication, my body was nearly going into shock. At 10:45 pm, they decided to take me to the operating room to surgically remove my placenta. They gave me some initial anesthesia and wheeled me out of my baby’s room.  In the Operating Room During surgery, I hemorrhaged, losing at least 2 liters of blood.  They placed a balloon into my uterus to stop the bleeding, but the bleeding wouldn’t stop.  They did a blood transfusion, but the blood they were giving me was flowing right back out.  At 1:30 am, the doctor told Lucas that they hadn’t been able to stop the bleeding. Then, my uterus wouldn’t clamp. Once the bleeding got under control, I ended up in something called DIC, where my blood wouldn’t clot. In the ICU By 1:45 am, I had arrived in the ICU, but my blood pressure was falling, and I became unconscious for at least 45 min.  You can survive dying without needing a GoFundMe.  I’m living proof.  Three weeks ago, I almost died in an emergency operation after childbirth. Today, I’m looking down at the fluttering eyelashes of my snoring newborn, You can survive dying without needing a GoFundMe.  I’m living proof.  Three weeks ago, I almost died in an emergency operation after childbirth. Today, I’m looking down at the fluttering eyelashes of my snoring newborn, and my heart swells with enormous gratitude for the privilege of being alive to witness her life.



In today’s podcast, my husband Lucas and I tell you our very personal story of harrowing trauma and crisis, miraculous healing and recovery, redemption, and the eternal treasures we’ve gained.  And we share the four pillars of protection that carried us through the scariest and hardest week of our lives.



Through our story, I want to show you how you can build the bunker of protection to survive life’s worst moments.







Where Protection Fits into the Cash Flow System



Protecting your financial life is just one part of a bigger journey to building time and money freedom. 



That’s why we have created the 3-step Business Owner’s Cash Flow System, your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose, and financial freedom.







The first step is keeping more of the money you make by fixing money leaks, becoming more efficient and profitable.  Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and Privatized Banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work, increase your income with cash-flowing assets.



When you fully protect the wealth you’ve built, no event has the power to sweep away what you’ve created.  Then, you can experience peace of mind and relieve the anxiety, even during life’s worst moments.



How I Almost Died After Childbirth



At 38 weeks and 2 days into pregnancy, I had a visit Monday morning, May 20th, 2019, at 9:30 am. We were going in for a nonstress test, ultrasound, and an appointment with the midwife. 



The test showed baby’s heart rate too high.  She was in distress.  A rushed ultrasound showed that she was now in the 3rd percentile, diagnosing her as Intrauterine Growth Restricted (IUGR).  My blood pressure classified me as having Pregnancy Induced Hypertension.  Basically, my placenta was calcifying and not allowing baby to get enough blood flow and nourishment.  They said we needed to induce right away to allow baby to tolerate labor. 



I was wheeled to labor and delivery, admitted, and began induction at 1:30 pm. I still wanted to maintain an as low-intervention birth as possible. Even though I was on Pitocin to jumpstart labor, I had requested no pain medication. 



Active labor finally kicked in about 8:30 pm and my doula returned at 9 pm. In 43 minutes, I dilated from 4 to 10 cm. Baby was born after an intense, fast, and shocking labor at 9:43 pm. 



Problems in the Third Stage of Labor



Afterward, the midwife and OBGYN kept asking me to push out the placenta.  I pushed and pushed through a pounding headache. Only there was nothing to push. This was due to a “retained” or “sticky” placenta, which wouldn’t detach from my uterine wall.



Over the next hour, I pushed, and then the midwife and then the doctor tried a manual extraction. Without pain medication, my body was nearly going into shock.



At 10:45 pm, they decided to take me to the operating room to surgically remove my placenta.]]> Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 43:18 Scott Carson, We Close Notes https://themoneyadvantage.com/scott-carson-we-close-notes/ Mon, 03 Jun 2019 09:00:40 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=5202 Scott Carson is the Founder and CEO of We Close Notes. He’s a distressed note buyer, real estate investor, entrepreneur, educator and podcast host. If you’ve heard of investing in non-performing notes and would like to gain an insider’s perspective, this is your opportunity to learn.  As you expand into any asset class, the first step is education.  Building the knowledge, so you gain control and can invest according to your unique ability is critical to minimizing risk and increasing your returns.  Where Note Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System As important as selecting the right investments are to building time and money freedom, investing is just one step in the bigger journey. Our 3-step Business Owner's Cash Flow System first helps you keep more of the money you make.  We do this through tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and alternative savings strategies.  You’ll free up and increase your cash flow, so you have more to invest. Then, we help you protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and privatized banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more. You’ll invest in cash-flowing assets like your business and real estate to build financial freedom and leave a rich legacy. Who Is Scott Carson? Scott Carson is the owner and managing member of We Close Notes, an Austin-based, defaulted note buying company.  He specializes in finding non-performing notes on residential and commercial properties and purchasing these notes for his portfolio.  He also teaches Note Buying for Dummies, a 3-day workshop for investors on buying defaulted notes and has been a featured speaker and educator at dozens of investment clubs and real estate workshops across the country. Scott Carson has been in the mortgage, finance, and banking industry since 2001, and an active real estate investor since 2002.  He has been actively buying notes on residential and commercial properties since 2005.  Scott was previously the Sr. Real Estate Coach for RealEstateProfitCoach.com and a Mortgage Banker and VP with JPMorgan Chase. Scott Carson Conversation Highlights Why Scott Carson finds a way to make experiences and memories happen.How Scott Carson's entrepreneurial journey started while working in his dad’s hardware store.Scott’s start in real estate began with investing mistakes, mortgage, options, wholesaling, flipping, and then buying distressed debt.The note investing value proposition for banks, the investor, and the homeowner to gain a win-win-win.Investor returns example showing borrower negotiations, and how it can create a 14%+ yield during the hold period, and the appreciation when you sell the newly-performing mortgage to a fund or other investor.Foreclosure options for homeowners that don’t pay to provide an exit strategy for the note investor, including cash for keys, short sale, or have someone else take over the mortgage.The return on investment (ROI) and return on time (ROT) in note investing.How We Close Notes locates hot markets for non-performing notes.How to minimize five top risks in note investing: only buy non-performing 1stposition liens, buy at 50% as-is value or less, ensure taxes are paid, check for a clear title, be flexible and don’t force foreclosure, and build a great team.What to say and how to work with banks to buy their non-performing notes.The role of the borrower filing bankruptcy, and how it creates an additional opportunity for a note investor.How you can buy notes with none of your own money by raising private money for your deals.The first step to note investing is education. Learn from someone experienced who can give you counsel, not just advice.The value of learning marketing, so you can have a one-to-many conversation that leads to one-to-one conversations. Connect with Scott Carson and We Close Notes Get more note investing education, connect with the note mastermind, Scott Carson is the Founder and CEO of We Close Notes. He’s a distressed note buyer, real estate investor, entrepreneur, educator and podcast host. If you’ve heard of investing in non-performing notes and would like to gain an insider’s perspective,... Scott Carson is the Founder and CEO of We Close Notes. He’s a distressed note buyer, real estate investor, entrepreneur, educator and podcast host.



If you’ve heard of investing in non-performing notes and would like to gain an insider’s perspective, this is your opportunity to learn. 



As you expand into any asset class, the first step is education.  Building the knowledge, so you gain control and can invest according to your unique ability is critical to minimizing risk and increasing your returns. 







Where Note Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System



As important as selecting the right investments are to building time and money freedom, investing is just one step in the bigger journey.



Our 3-step Business Owner's Cash Flow System first helps you keep more of the money you make.  We do this through tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and alternative savings strategies.  You’ll free up and increase your cash flow, so you have more to invest.







Then, we help you protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and privatized banking. 



Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more. You’ll invest in cash-flowing assets like your business and real estate to build financial freedom and leave a rich legacy.



Who Is Scott Carson?



Scott Carson is the owner and managing member of We Close Notes, an Austin-based, defaulted note buying company.  He specializes in finding non-performing notes on residential and commercial properties and purchasing these notes for his portfolio. 







He also teaches Note Buying for Dummies, a 3-day workshop for investors on buying defaulted notes and has been a featured speaker and educator at dozens of investment clubs and real estate workshops across the country.



Scott Carson has been in the mortgage, finance, and banking industry since 2001, and an active real estate investor since 2002.  He has been actively buying notes on residential and commercial properties since 2005. 



Scott was previously the Sr. Real Estate Coach for RealEstateProfitCoach.com and a Mortgage Banker and VP with JPMorgan Chase.



Scott Carson Conversation Highlights



* Why Scott Carson finds a way to make experiences and memories happen.* How Scott Carson's entrepreneurial journey started while working in his dad’s hardware store.* Scott’s start in real estate began with investing mistakes, mortgage, options, wholesaling, flipping, and then buying distressed debt.* The note investing value proposition for banks, the investor, and the homeowner to gain a win-win-win.* Investor returns example showing borrower negotiations, and how it can create a 14%+ yield during the hold period, and the appreciation when you sell the newly-performing mortgage to a fund or other investor.* Foreclosure options for homeowners that don’t pay to provide an exit strategy for the note investor, including cash for keys, short sale, or have someone else take over the mortgage.* The return on investment (ROI) and return on time (ROT) in note investing.* How We Close Notes locates hot markets for non-performing notes.]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 51:27
Profit Maximization: Find and Fix Your Money Leaks https://themoneyadvantage.com/profit-maximization-find-and-fix-your-money-leaks/ Mon, 20 May 2019 09:00:23 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=5429 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T4j_gEU3Wto The best profit maximization strategies are the ones nobody’s talking about.  Why?  Because everyone is looking for the hardest, most challenging, and over-complicated techniques.  Maybe it’s our human tendency to believe that everything worthwhile has to be difficult. Or perhaps, we like the bragging rights we get after surviving the most grueling, tortuous feats. Like cutting all carbs, sugar, and flavor for seven years with no cheat days. Or making getting fit as hard as running the Boston Marathon. When it comes to your money, you’re working hard to make it in the first place.  You’re balancing enjoying life today with making sure tomorrow is secure, and taking care of your future needs, like cars, college, weddings, vacations, and personal income.  As most people do their best to cover all the bases, they usually fall into one of three self-defeating traps. The Three Profit Maximization Traps The first trap is trying to work harder to make more money.  But this quickly turns into a rat race to stay ahead.  Often lifestyle expenses creep up along with income, and they wake up to realize they’re using up the same portion of a bigger pie. This frantic, unsustainable pace of outworking your spending can lead to burnout. The second trap is feeling the need to take on more risk to grow money faster.  But high risk doesn’t equal high returns.  It really means a greater potential for loss. Following this path can wind up causing you to lose money and end up back at square one, empty-handed. The third trap that lures and then confounds even the most financially disciplined is cutting back.  They try to live on less, but end up chasing pennies while stepping over dollars in the process.  The scarcity mindset has them hog-tied, limiting the good they can do. They end up feeling miserable and hating life. Profit Maximization Is Easier Than You Think Instead of falling into those traps, thankfully, the keys to profit maximization are more like finding out that to be the healthiest and most fit, you can eat, drink, sleep, and exercise however much or as little as you want.  Well, almost that easy.  (And, of course, health doesn’t work that way.) The best-kept secret to profit maximization is that keeping more of your money can be effortless and painless.  You just have to know what most people don’t: how to find and fix your money leaks. That’s why it’s our mission to help business owners increase profits by doing just that.  We’ll help you avoid the self-defeating traps that will have you burned out, losing money, and hating life.  Instead, we’ll show you the most common money leaks and how they siphon away your cash flow.  You’ll quickly see how to make strategic changes to maximize profit in your business. And you'll see how to apply these strategies to your personal finances as well.  Then, you’ll be able to maximize your profit and keep more of the money you make. Where Profit Maximization Fits into the Cash Flow System Maximizing your profit, so more of the money you make is yours to keep, is just one part of a bigger journey to building time and money freedom.  You could be making a great income, but still, be missing key components of creating a sustainable lifetime of wealth.  No matter how big your business grows and how much money you make, if it’s all leaking out between your fingers, you’ll never be free of just working harder and harder to make more money.  You’ll never build the peace of mind that comes from having reserves, protection, and assets that work harder for you than you can work for yourself.  At some point, the job of earning money is a baton that you need to pass to cash-flowing assets that can keep chugging along, spitting out income the rest of your life so that you can enjoy time freedom. That’s why we have created the 3-step Business Owner’s Cash Flow System, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T4j_gEU3Wto The best profit maximization strategies are the ones nobody’s talking about.  Why?  Because everyone is looking for the hardest, most challenging, and over-complicated techniques.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T4j_gEU3Wto




The best profit maximization strategies are the ones nobody’s talking about.  Why?  Because everyone is looking for the hardest, most challenging, and over-complicated techniques.  Maybe it’s our human tendency to believe that everything worthwhile has to be difficult. Or perhaps, we like the bragging rights we get after surviving the most grueling, tortuous feats. Like cutting all carbs, sugar, and flavor for seven years with no cheat days. Or making getting fit as hard as running the Boston Marathon.



When it comes to your money, you’re working hard to make it in the first place.  You’re balancing enjoying life today with making sure tomorrow is secure, and taking care of your future needs, like cars, college, weddings, vacations, and personal income.  As most people do their best to cover all the bases, they usually fall into one of three self-defeating traps.







The Three Profit Maximization Traps



The first trap is trying to work harder to make more money.  But this quickly turns into a rat race to stay ahead.  Often lifestyle expenses creep up along with income, and they wake up to realize they’re using up the same portion of a bigger pie. This frantic, unsustainable pace of outworking your spending can lead to burnout.



The second trap is feeling the need to take on more risk to grow money faster.  But high risk doesn’t equal high returns.  It really means a greater potential for loss. Following this path can wind up causing you to lose money and end up back at square one, empty-handed.



The third trap that lures and then confounds even the most financially disciplined is cutting back.  They try to live on less, but end up chasing pennies while stepping over dollars in the process.  The scarcity mindset has them hog-tied, limiting the good they can do. They end up feeling miserable and hating life.



Profit Maximization Is Easier Than You Think



Instead of falling into those traps, thankfully, the keys to profit maximization are more like finding out that to be the healthiest and most fit, you can eat, drink, sleep, and exercise however much or as little as you want.  Well, almost that easy.  (And, of course, health doesn’t work that way.)



The best-kept secret to profit maximization is that keeping more of your money can be effortless and painless.  You just have to know what most people don’t: how to find and fix your money leaks.



That’s why it’s our mission to help business owners increase profits by doing just that. 



We’ll help you avoid the self-defeating traps that will have you burned out, losing money, and hating life. 



Instead, we’ll show you the most common money leaks and how they siphon away your cash flow.  You’ll quickly see how to make strategic changes to maximize profit in your business. And you'll see how to apply these strategies to your personal finances as well.  Then, you’ll be able to maximize your profit and keep more of the money you make.



Where Profit Maximization Fits into the Cash Flow System



Maximizing your profit, so more of the money you make is yours to keep, is just one part of a bigger journey to building time and money freedom.  You could be making a great income, but still, be missing key components of creating a sustainable lifetime of wealth. 



]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 48:22
Marco Santarelli, Norada Real Estate Investments https://themoneyadvantage.com/marco-santarelli-norada-real-estate-investments/ Mon, 13 May 2019 09:00:09 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=5138 Marco Santarelli is a real estate investor, author, and founder of Norada Real Estate Investments, a nationwide provider of turnkey cash-flow investment property. Turnkey real estate may be an excellent opportunity for you to create cash flow from assets.  With turnkey, you purchase property that’s already cash-flowing, reducing your barrier to entry into real estate investing. Where Real Estate Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System But real estate investing is just one part of a bigger journey to financial freedom. Our 3-step Business Owner's Cash Flow System first helps you keep more of the money you make.  We do this through tax planning, debt restructuring, and cash flow awareness.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to invest. Then, we help you protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and privatized banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work by investing in cash-flowing assets. This is how you'll build financial freedom and leave a rich legacy. Who Is Marco Santarelli? Marco Santarelli is the host of the Passive Real Estate Investing Podcast. He is also the founder of Norada Real Estate, a premier real estate investment firm.  Marco’s mission is to help people create financial freedom by taking the guesswork out of investing.  The Norada team is dedicated to researching top real estate growth markets. They structure complete turnkey real estate investments to minimize risk and maximize profitability. Marco Santarelli began investing in real estate at the age of 18 with a single townhouse. He bought, renovated, leased and managed it himself.  He then continued building his portfolio over the years up to 84 units with additional single-family homes, duplexes, and apartments. Marco Santarelli is an expert in the ins and outs of real estate investing. He has been helping investors create wealth and passive income for the past 15 years through Norada Real Estate.  He is honored to have been named the 2017 Think Realty Master Investor of the Year. Conversation Highlights Marco Santarelli’s early start in real estate, entrepreneurship, and sales.What it means to “never sell” your real estate and why you should leverage or exchange it instead to maximize tax benefits and build generational wealth.How Marco Santarelli learned the value of revenue and cash flow through a $9.5 Million capital raise.How Marco Santarelli provides education to help those interested in real estate investing be able to pull the trigger.Neighborhood classifications, and why Norada focuses on B, B+, and A- neighborhoods.How real estate investing starts with your goals before you decide which markets to invest in.Cash flow analysis of individual properties, and why cash-on-cash returns provide a more valuable assessment than using only capitalization rates.When considering the benefits of investing in real estate, including depreciation, amortization, appreciation, leverage, and cash flow, your total return on investment easily jumps into the 30 – 40% return range.The DealGrader scoring system that Norada uses to measure the profitability and risk of a real estate investment.An example of the properties needed to create an annual income stream.With advanced strategies, you can move equity to other markets through tax-deferred exchange, leveraging the equity into a larger portfolio to accelerate passive income growth.The value of educating yourself. Connect with Marco Santarelli Check out the Passive Real Estate Investing Podcast.  Find out more about Norada Real Estate. Get the Ultimate Guide to Passive Real Estate Investing, or check out the 10 Rules of Successful Real Estate Investing. Create Your Time and Money Freedom Do you want to begin building capital, putting it to work, and accelerating time and money freedom?  To find out the one thing you should be doing to increase your cash flow and keep more of the money you make, Marco Santarelli is a real estate investor, author, and founder of Norada Real Estate Investments, a nationwide provider of turnkey cash-flow investment property. Turnkey real estate may be an excellent opportunity for you to create cash flow from a... Marco Santarelli is a real estate investor, author, and founder of Norada Real Estate Investments, a nationwide provider of turnkey cash-flow investment property.



Turnkey real estate may be an excellent opportunity for you to create cash flow from assets.  With turnkey, you purchase property that’s already cash-flowing, reducing your barrier to entry into real estate investing.







Where Real Estate Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System



But real estate investing is just one part of a bigger journey to financial freedom.







Our 3-step Business Owner's Cash Flow System first helps you keep more of the money you make.  We do this through tax planning, debt restructuring, and cash flow awareness.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to invest.



Then, we help you protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and privatized banking. 



Finally, you’ll put your money to work by investing in cash-flowing assets. This is how you'll build financial freedom and leave a rich legacy.



Who Is Marco Santarelli?



Marco Santarelli is the host of the Passive Real Estate Investing Podcast. He is also the founder of Norada Real Estate, a premier real estate investment firm.  Marco’s mission is to help people create financial freedom by taking the guesswork out of investing.  The Norada team is dedicated to researching top real estate growth markets. They structure complete turnkey real estate investments to minimize risk and maximize profitability.







Marco Santarelli began investing in real estate at the age of 18 with a single townhouse. He bought, renovated, leased and managed it himself.  He then continued building his portfolio over the years up to 84 units with additional single-family homes, duplexes, and apartments. Marco Santarelli is an expert in the ins and outs of real estate investing. He has been helping investors create wealth and passive income for the past 15 years through Norada Real Estate.  He is honored to have been named the 2017 Think Realty Master Investor of the Year.



Conversation Highlights



* Marco Santarelli’s early start in real estate, entrepreneurship, and sales.* What it means to “never sell” your real estate and why you should leverage or exchange it instead to maximize tax benefits and build generational wealth.* How Marco Santarelli learned the value of revenue and cash flow through a $9.5 Million capital raise.* How Marco Santarelli provides education to help those interested in real estate investing be able to pull the trigger.* Neighborhood classifications, and why Norada focuses on B, B+, and A- neighborhoods.* How real estate investing starts with your goals before you decide which markets to invest in.* Cash flow analysis of individual properties, and why cash-on-cash returns provide a more valuable assessment than using only capitalization rates.* When considering the benefits of investing in real estate, including depreciation, amortization, appreciation, leverage, and cash flow, your total return on investment easily jumps into the 30 – 40% return range.* The DealGrader scoring system that Norada uses to measure the profitability and risk of a real estate investment.* An example of the properties needed to create an annual income stream.]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 53:38
How to Wean Grown Kids Off Your Payroll, Freeing Up Retirement Cash (Reviewed) https://themoneyadvantage.com/how-to-wean-grown-kids-off-your-payroll/ Mon, 06 May 2019 09:00:14 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=5303 Many people get stuck paying their kids’ bills long after the kids are grown and moved out of the house.  Often, it’s to the tune of hundreds, if not thousands of dollars each month.  Even commitments you initially made because you love your kids and want to help them can begin to feel like a burden with no end in sight.  It's time to get your grown kids off your payroll. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gMiHxOpWG70 The unwanted obligation can cause financial tension, strained relationships with your children, and even marital strife.  It sucks up your cash flow, limiting your ability to create your financial freedom.  And, it handicaps your kids, preventing their financial savvy you may have been trying to develop in the first place. According to USA Today article, How to Wean Grown Kids Off Your Payroll, Freeing Up More Retirement Cash, by Adam Shell, having adult kids on your payroll is way more common than you’d think. In fact, Just because your kids have moved out of the house doesn’t mean they’re out of your financial life. Six out of 10 (61 percent) parents with at least one adult child over 18 said they provided them financial help, according to a Pew Research Center survey.-Adam Shell, How to Wean Grown Kids Off Your Payroll, Freeing Up More Retirement Cash How to Draw the Line in the Sand and Get Your Kids Off Your Payroll So how do you draw a line in the sand? How do you break free and get your life back without damaging the relationship?  More importantly, how do you prevent the overextended welcome and accompanying resentment from becoming a problem in the first place? If you’re a new or young parent, this conversation will help you think differently to create successful, self-sustaining kids.  If you’re finding yourself in the position of still paying bills for your kids today, even though you’re an empty nester, you’ll get great tips to cut the cord and transition your kids off your payroll. Our review of this article, along with our personal experience and client conversations will help you unravel this delicate challenge.  It will pave the way to healthier communication, stronger family relationships, and greater financial confidence. Where Weaning Your Grown Kids Off Your Payroll Fits in the Cash Flow System We’ve put together the Business Owner’s Cash Flow System to help you through all three steps of achieving a life of significance as you create financial freedom.  First, you build a foundation to help you keep more of the money you make. Then you protect your money. Finally, you get it working for you to increase your cash flow from assets. So where do your financial decisions about your kids fit into the big picture? Transitioning your kids off your payroll is a complex topic that connects to multiple parts of your financial life.  Most directly, we’re talking about how to increase your cash flow, so you have more to protect and invest.  But moving your kids out of your financial life also has roots in your mindset and long-term impacts on your legacy. Why It Becomes Necessary to Wean Your Grown Kids Off Your Payroll in the First Place Knowing what to do to correct a problem is much easier when you understand why the problem exists in the first place.  So why is paying for grown kids’ expenses so common, even after they move out of the house?  The Complexity of Financial Decisions We’d like to think that the way we make decisions is 100% logical and always consistent with our value system.  However, our financial choices are extremely personal and emotional. They’re based on your personality, identity, and relationship factors.  Often, we do what seems easiest or feels best in the moment without much critical thinking or self-awareness at all. Reasons We Keep Paying Kid’s Expenses Because we’ve been financially responsible for these humans in our life from the start, it’s not always self-evident where the responsibility s... Many people get stuck paying their kids’ bills long after the kids are grown and moved out of the house.  Often, it’s to the tune of hundreds, if not thousands of dollars each month.  Even commitments you initially made because you love your kids and w... Many people get stuck paying their kids’ bills long after the kids are grown and moved out of the house.  Often, it’s to the tune of hundreds, if not thousands of dollars each month.  Even commitments you initially made because you love your kids and want to help them can begin to feel like a burden with no end in sight.  It's time to get your grown kids off your payroll.




https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gMiHxOpWG70




The unwanted obligation can cause financial tension, strained relationships with your children, and even marital strife.  It sucks up your cash flow, limiting your ability to create your financial freedom.  And, it handicaps your kids, preventing their financial savvy you may have been trying to develop in the first place.



According to USA Today article, How to Wean Grown Kids Off Your Payroll, Freeing Up More Retirement Cash, by Adam Shell, having adult kids on your payroll is way more common than you’d think.



In fact,



Just because your kids have moved out of the house doesn’t mean they’re out of your financial life. Six out of 10 (61 percent) parents with at least one adult child over 18 said they provided them financial help, according to a Pew Research Center survey.-Adam Shell, How to Wean Grown Kids Off Your Payroll, Freeing Up More Retirement Cash







How to Draw the Line in the Sand and Get Your Kids Off Your Payroll



So how do you draw a line in the sand? How do you break free and get your life back without damaging the relationship?  More importantly, how do you prevent the overextended welcome and accompanying resentment from becoming a problem in the first place?



If you’re a new or young parent, this conversation will help you think differently to create successful, self-sustaining kids. 



If you’re finding yourself in the position of still paying bills for your kids today, even though you’re an empty nester, you’ll get great tips to cut the cord and transition your kids off your payroll.



Our review of this article, along with our personal experience and client conversations will help you unravel this delicate challenge.  It will pave the way to healthier communication, stronger family relationships, and greater financial confidence.



Where Weaning Your Grown Kids Off Your Payroll Fits in the Cash Flow System



We’ve put together the Business Owner’s Cash Flow System to help you through all three steps of achieving a life of significance as you create financial freedom.  First, you build a foundation to help you keep more of the money you make. Then you protect your money. Finally, you get it working for you to increase your cash flow from assets.







So where do your financial decisions about your kids fit into the big picture?



Transitioning your kids off your payroll is a complex topic that connects to multiple parts of your financial life. 



Most directly, we’re talking about how to increase your cash flow, so you have more to protect and invest. 



But moving your kids out of your financial life also ha...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 48:58
The 7-Hour Book, Nick Raithel https://themoneyadvantage.com/nick-raithel-the-7-hour-book/ Mon, 29 Apr 2019 09:00:22 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=4907 Nick Raithel, creator of The 7-Hour Book, is helping entrepreneurs and thought leaders get their message out in record time.  He’s reducing the barrier to becoming an author, establishing credibility that comes along with it, and increasing your business visibility. We often talk about building a life and business you love.  Let’s focus in on the business part. To invest well in your business and build it into a self-sustaining, cash-flow producing asset, you need people to serve.  To do that, you want to stand out and attract the right clients who you can help. Then give them the steps to take action in working with you.  This is the sole purpose of your marketing strategy.  One element or tactic is writing a book, earning you the acclaimed title of “author,” and ratcheting up your credibility factor. Where Your Marketing Strategy Fits into the Cash Flow System Writing a book as part of your business marketing strategy to build your business is just one part of a bigger journey to financial freedom. Our 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System first helps you keep more of the money you make.  We do this through tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and alternative savings strategies.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to invest. Then, we help you protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and privatized banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more.  You increase your cash flow by investing in cash-flowing assets like your business and real estate to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy. Who Is Nick Raithel? Nick Raithel is the creator of the 7-Hour Book. This proven system allows any entrepreneur to write their own professionally-published book while spending only 7 hours of their time on it. With the 7-Hour Book, Nick Raithel is on a mission to help entrepreneurs and others in business finally get the recognition they deserve. Time and again, he’s seen those in nearly every community who have incredible stories and knowledge to share. A book may be the ultimate way for them to share their insights and, in doing so, increase their cash flow. Yet the issue always seems to be that no one has any time.      Seeing this, Nick Raithel combined advanced time management strategies with his own experiences in publishing and marketing. The result was The 7-Hour Book, a service that’s been delighting clients ever since. Conversation Highlights How authoring a book gives you a platform to stand head and shoulders above your competitors and gives you a business card that people won’t throw away.How to decide if writing a book is the best tactic in your marketing strategy.The two things you need to have in place before deciding to write a book.How The 7-Hour Book helps you create a finished product from idea to published book.The Nick Raithel process includes structuring, guided interviews, book creation, formatting, and design.How numbers in your title tend to be easier to organize, stretch ideas across, and connect the dots between.What best-seller ratings actually mean and why they aren’t as important as you think.Why you need marketers, not copywriters, ghostwriters, or English majors on your book-writing team.Nick Raithel’s podcast, 7 Rules for Real Estate Investing. Connect with Nick Raithel to Write Your 7-Hour Book If you’ve decided that writing a book makes sense in your marketing strategy and you’d like to connect with Nick Raithel to write your book, learn more about how The 7-Hour Book can help you.  When you’re ready, fill out the contact form to start a conversation. Create Your Time and Money Freedom Do you want to begin building capital, putting it to work, and accelerating financial freedom?  To find out the one thing you should be doing to increase your cash flow by keeping more of the money you make, book a Strategy Call with us today. Nick Raithel, creator of The 7-Hour Book, is helping entrepreneurs and thought leaders get their message out in record time.  He’s reducing the barrier to becoming an author, establishing credibility that comes along with it, Nick Raithel, creator of The 7-Hour Book, is helping entrepreneurs and thought leaders get their message out in record time.  He’s reducing the barrier to becoming an author, establishing credibility that comes along with it, and increasing your business visibility.



We often talk about building a life and business you love.  Let’s focus in on the business part.



To invest well in your business and build it into a self-sustaining, cash-flow producing asset, you need people to serve. 



To do that, you want to stand out and attract the right clients who you can help. Then give them the steps to take action in working with you.  This is the sole purpose of your marketing strategy. 



One element or tactic is writing a book, earning you the acclaimed title of “author,” and ratcheting up your credibility factor.







Where Your Marketing Strategy Fits into the Cash Flow System



Writing a book as part of your business marketing strategy to build your business is just one part of a bigger journey to financial freedom.







Our 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System first helps you keep more of the money you make.  We do this through tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and alternative savings strategies.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to invest.



Then, we help you protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and privatized banking. 



Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more.  You increase your cash flow by investing in cash-flowing assets like your business and real estate to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy.



Who Is Nick Raithel?



Nick Raithel is the creator of the 7-Hour Book. This proven system allows any entrepreneur to write their own professionally-published book while spending only 7 hours of their time on it.







With the 7-Hour Book, Nick Raithel is on a mission to help entrepreneurs and others in business finally get the recognition they deserve. Time and again, he’s seen those in nearly every community who have incredible stories and knowledge to share. A book may be the ultimate way for them to share their insights and, in doing so, increase their cash flow. Yet the issue always seems to be that no one has any time.     



Seeing this, Nick Raithel combined advanced time management strategies with his own experiences in publishing and marketing. The result was The 7-Hour Book, a service that’s been delighting clients ever since.



Conversation Highlights



* How authoring a book gives you a platform to stand head and shoulders above your competitors and gives you a business card that people won’t throw away.* How to decide if writing a book is the best tactic in your marketing strategy.* The two things you need to have in place before deciding to write a book.* How The 7-Hour Book helps you create a finished product from idea to published book.* The Nick Raithel process includes structuring, guided interviews, book creation, formatting, and design.* How numbers in your title tend to be easier to organize, stretch ideas across, and connect the dots between.* What best-seller ratings actually mean and why they aren’t as important as you think.* Why you need marketers, not copywriters, ghostwriters,]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 42:58
Economic Value Added (EVA) and Infinite Banking https://themoneyadvantage.com/economic-value-added-eva-and-infinite-banking/ Sun, 21 Apr 2019 18:45:30 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=5407 Economic Value Added (EVA) is a little-known, but impressively effective measure to boost your profitability. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b317Ifo_2kI Coca-Cola, AT&T, Quaker Oats, CSX, and Briggs and Stratton helped the term rise to prominence when they adopted EVA in the 80s and 90s.  Focus on this insightful accounting measure resulted in an overwhelming increase in business value, stock price, and profits. Because of attention to increasing EVA, Quaker Oats shifted their production schedule. Rather than using big sales promotions to spike production at each quarter's end, they leveled out with more consistent production.  Then, instead of requiring large warehouse volume they more efficiently used their real estate, by stocking more consistently. With fewer warehouses and staff, they reduced costs. This put their company on the map as they launched into long-term sustainability. CSX implemented Economic Value Added by shrinking labor and fuel costs, along with the number of containers, trailers and locomotive fleet. At the same time, they boosted freight volume, significantly enhancing profits.  In each case, the shift to improving EVA had more invested capital working harder, more of the time. This increased the productivity of each dollar at work. Over time, different consulting firms have called this profit measurement by different names. But Stern Stewart & Co. of New York City popularized the term Economic Value Added. Article Overview What does it mean and why does this matter to you?  Well, if you want to put more dollars in your pocket, there’s a better way than spending a bunch of money and believing the expansion will create additional production that generates revenue and hopefully turns a profit. In today’s article, we’ll answer: What is Economic Value Added?Why is it important to me and my business?How do I determine the cost of capital?What should I do to increase my EVA and profitability?What is the connection between the Infinite Banking Concept and Economic Value Added?How does Infinite Banking improve EVA? Economic Value Added will help you accurately assess and increase your real profitability. It will also increase the value of your company and give you a competitive advantage in your market.  This conversation will show you how. Where Economic Value Added Fits into the Cash Flow System Profit maximization is just one part of the bigger picture of building time and money freedom. That’s why we have created the 3-step Business Owner’s Cash Flow System.  It’s your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose and financial freedom. The first step is keeping more of the money you make by fixing money leaks, becoming more efficient and profitable.  Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and Privatized Banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets. When you increase your cash flow from current income, it’s like you have more gas feeding your financial freedom machine. And this accelerates your results. So, let’s get more gas flowing into your Cash Flow System, shall we? What Is Economic Value Added? Economic value added (EVA) is a measure of a company's financial performance based on the residual wealth calculated by deducting its cost of capital from its operating profit, adjusted for taxes on a cash basis. Investopedia Here, the magic is in the details.  More specifically, in the understanding of the term cost of capital. What made EVA such a savior was the profound insight that cash has a cost. Therefore, we should treat it accordingly.  Without EVA, companies were accounting for a cost of debt capital, but treating equity capital as free.  And understandably so! While interest expense shows up on your Profit and Loss Statement, the cost of cash is mysteriously absent. Economic Value Added (EVA) is a little-known, but impressively effective measure to boost your profitability. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b317Ifo_2kI Coca-Cola, AT&T, Quaker Oats, CSX, and Briggs and Stratton helped the term rise to promine... Economic Value Added (EVA) is a little-known, but impressively effective measure to boost your profitability.




https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b317Ifo_2kI




Coca-Cola, AT&T, Quaker Oats, CSX, and Briggs and Stratton helped the term rise to prominence when they adopted EVA in the 80s and 90s.  Focus on this insightful accounting measure resulted in an overwhelming increase in business value, stock price, and profits.



Because of attention to increasing EVA, Quaker Oats shifted their production schedule. Rather than using big sales promotions to spike production at each quarter's end, they leveled out with more consistent production.  Then, instead of requiring large warehouse volume they more efficiently used their real estate, by stocking more consistently. With fewer warehouses and staff, they reduced costs. This put their company on the map as they launched into long-term sustainability.







CSX implemented Economic Value Added by shrinking labor and fuel costs, along with the number of containers, trailers and locomotive fleet. At the same time, they boosted freight volume, significantly enhancing profits. 



In each case, the shift to improving EVA had more invested capital working harder, more of the time. This increased the productivity of each dollar at work.



Over time, different consulting firms have called this profit measurement by different names. But Stern Stewart & Co. of New York City popularized the term Economic Value Added.



Article Overview



What does it mean and why does this matter to you?  Well, if you want to put more dollars in your pocket, there’s a better way than spending a bunch of money and believing the expansion will create additional production that generates revenue and hopefully turns a profit.



In today’s article, we’ll answer:



* What is Economic Value Added?* Why is it important to me and my business?* How do I determine the cost of capital?* What should I do to increase my EVA and profitability?* What is the connection between the Infinite Banking Concept and Economic Value Added?* How does Infinite Banking improve EVA?



Economic Value Added will help you accurately assess and increase your real profitability. It will also increase the value of your company and give you a competitive advantage in your market.  This conversation will show you how.



Where Economic Value Added Fits into the Cash Flow System



Profit maximization is just one part of the bigger picture of building time and money freedom.



That’s why we have created the 3-step Business Owner’s Cash Flow System.  It’s your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose and financial freedom.



The first step is keeping more of the money you make by fixing money leaks, becoming more efficient and profitable. 







Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and Privatized Banking



Finally, you’ll put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets.



When you increase your cash flow from current income,]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 26:50
Profit First, with Mike Michalowicz https://themoneyadvantage.com/profit-first-with-mike-michalowicz/ Mon, 15 Apr 2019 09:00:40 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=5349 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2E54K2bTyR8 Mike Michalowicz is a champion of profitability, on a mission to eradicate entrepreneurial poverty.  Mike is the author of Profit First, Transform Your Business from a Cash-Eating Monster to a Money-Making Machine. He helps business owners realize their need for making a profit and design a practical, working system that doesn’t take ironman willpower to accomplish.  His Profit First System has improved tens of thousands of businesses owners, saving them from the “doom spiral” to achieve instant profitability.  The Profitability Crisis Building a life and business you love means you have to be making money.  More specifically, you need to be making a profit, keeping more of the money you make in your business.  It doesn’t matter how much is coming in the front door if it’s all draining right out the back door. Many business owners wake up to find themselves as slaves to their business.  Rather than improving their lives and fulfilling their dreams, their business has grown into a beast with an insatiable appetite for cash.  The demand to spend more to keep things running requires the next sale, just to stay afloat.  Instead of working because they want to, they chase sales to pacify the business and its ride-along companion of anxiety.  Welcome to a business out of control. If this is you, you’re not alone.  Eight out of ten businesses fail because they lack profitability.  All the income is gobbled up in expenses, and there’s no cold hard cash in the coffers at the end of the month.  Often the business owner isn’t paying themselves at all, there are no reserves, and hello reactive mode when it comes to tax season.  And this problem tends to worsen, not self-correct, the larger the business grows. Tune in to Hear the Full Conversation About Profit First In this episode of The Money Advantage podcast, we interview Mike Michalowicz. While business panic and frustration might be your current chapter, it doesn’t have to be the end of the story.  You can improve the health and sustainability of your business overnight by focusing in on profitability.  And it isn’t as painful as you might think! Listen to the conversation here: Where Profitability Fits into the Cash Flow System As crucial as keeping more of the money you make is, it’s just one step in a bigger journey. That’s why we have created the 3-step Business Owner’s Cash Flow System, your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, and time and money freedom. The first step is keeping more of the money you make by fixing money leaks, becoming more efficient and profitable.  Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance and legal protection, and Privatized Banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets. Business profitability intersects the roadmap in two places.  First, it’s part of The Money Finder step in Stage 1, where you fix the money leaks that are siphoning off your cash flow.  Secondly, it’s part of Investing in Stage 3, the part of the process where you craft your business into a self-sustaining, cash-flow producing asset that’s one of your very best investments. Who Is Mike Michalowicz? Mike Michalowicz is the entrepreneur behind three multi-million-dollar companies and is the author of Profit First, The Pumpkin Plan, and what BusinessWeek deemed the entrepreneur’s cult classic, The Toilet Paper Entrepreneur. Mike Michalowicz is a former small business columnist for The Wall Street Journal and the former business makeover specialist on MSNBC.  Today, Mike travels the world as an entrepreneurial advocate, speaking to groups just like The Money Advantage community.  He is globally recognized as the guys who “challenges outdated business beliefs” and teaches us what to do about it. Mike Michalowicz Conversation Highlights Mike’s accomplishments and backstory. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2E54K2bTyR8 Mike Michalowicz is a champion of profitability, on a mission to eradicate entrepreneurial poverty.  Mike is the author of Profit First, Transform Your Business from a Cash-Eating Monster to a Money-Makin...
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2E54K2bTyR8




Mike Michalowicz is a champion of profitability, on a mission to eradicate entrepreneurial poverty.  Mike is the author of Profit First, Transform Your Business from a Cash-Eating Monster to a Money-Making Machine. He helps business owners realize their need for making a profit and design a practical, working system that doesn’t take ironman willpower to accomplish.  His Profit First System has improved tens of thousands of businesses owners, saving them from the “doom spiral” to achieve instant profitability. 



The Profitability Crisis



Building a life and business you love means you have to be making money.  More specifically, you need to be making a profit, keeping more of the money you make in your business.  It doesn’t matter how much is coming in the front door if it’s all draining right out the back door.



Many business owners wake up to find themselves as slaves to their business.  Rather than improving their lives and fulfilling their dreams, their business has grown into a beast with an insatiable appetite for cash.  The demand to spend more to keep things running requires the next sale, just to stay afloat.  Instead of working because they want to, they chase sales to pacify the business and its ride-along companion of anxiety. 



Welcome to a business out of control.



If this is you, you’re not alone. 



Eight out of ten businesses fail because they lack profitability.  All the income is gobbled up in expenses, and there’s no cold hard cash in the coffers at the end of the month.  Often the business owner isn’t paying themselves at all, there are no reserves, and hello reactive mode when it comes to tax season.  And this problem tends to worsen, not self-correct, the larger the business grows.



Tune in to Hear the Full Conversation About Profit First



In this episode of The Money Advantage podcast, we interview Mike Michalowicz.



While business panic and frustration might be your current chapter, it doesn’t have to be the end of the story.  You can improve the health and sustainability of your business overnight by focusing in on profitability.  And it isn’t as painful as you might think!



Listen to the conversation here:







Where Profitability Fits into the Cash Flow System



As crucial as keeping more of the money you make is, it’s just one step in a bigger journey.







That’s why we have created the 3-step Business Owner’s Cash Flow System, your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, and time and money freedom.



The first step is keeping more of the money you make by fixing money leaks, becoming more efficient and profitable.  Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance and legal protection, and Privatized Banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work, increasing your income with cash-flowing assets.



Business profitability intersects the roadmap in two places. 



First, it’s part of The Money Finder step in Stage 1, where you clean 49:48
Business Growth: The Counterintuitive Approach that Actually Works https://themoneyadvantage.com/business-growth-the-counterintuitive-approach-that-actually-works/ Mon, 08 Apr 2019 09:00:09 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=5336 Business growth is often the commonly accepted end goal of all entrepreneurship.  And growth usually means higher earnings, sales, and revenue.  After all, you want to reap the rewards of more income and gain a better lifestyle. As a business owner, the path to get there seems to be generating more clients and more dollars. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1myH18J9_o4 But there’s a darker side to business growth.  As the business grows, so do the cost, complexity and time commitment.  You may have more employees to manage, a bigger org chart, more departments, more red tape, more training, more meetings…  And this all adds up to more time and headaches for you.  It can leave you as the business owner in a hurricane of endless activity and frustration, wondering who’s the boss of who.  Is the business running your life, or are you running your business? What if the things you actually want – a life of more meaning, satisfaction, enjoyment, purpose, and fulfillment – could be achieved by doing just the opposite? Margo Aaron writes about this idea in a thought-provoking Inc.com article titled Bigger Is Not Always Better: 5 Reasons Your Business Should Stay Small on Purpose.  She lays out the advantages you achieve by not hyper-focusing on business growth in the traditional sense, saying, If you want to build a business around your life and happiness, growth might be the least viable option.Margo Aaron Behind this article is a book, Company of One: Why Staying Small Is the Next Big Thing for Business, by Paul Jarvis.  He shares his life learning that keeping his business smaller made it more sustainable, creating more freedom and flexibility for him.  Scaling down, rather than up, is what created clarity, freedom from distractions, and a connection to why he was working in the first place. What We Think More important than whether you stay small or grow, is how streamlined, profitable, sustainable, and fulfilling your work is. In this episode of The Money Advantage podcast, we discuss our take. You’ll find out how to grow a life and business you LOVE, not just one that’s bigger. Listen to the conversation here: Where Business Growth Fits into the Cash Flow System Business growth, however you define it, is just one part of a bigger journey to building time and money freedom.  You could have a high-revenue business, but still, be missing key components of creating a sustainable lifetime of wealth.  No matter how big your business grows and how much money you make, if it’s all leaking out between your fingers, you’ll never be free of just working harder and harder to make more money.  You’ll never build the peace of mind that comes from having reserves, protection, and assets that work harder for you than you can work for yourself.  At some point, the job of earning money is a baton that you need to pass to cash-flowing assets that can keep chugging along, spitting out income the rest of your life so that you can enjoy time freedom. That’s why we have created the 3-step Business Owner’s Cash Flow System, your roadmap to take you from just surviving, to a life of significance, purpose and financial freedom. The first step is keeping more of the money you make by fixing money leaks, becoming more efficient and profitable.  Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance and legal protection, and Privatized Banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work, increase your income with cash-flowing assets. Business growth connects to the roadmap in two places.  First, the way you think about your business, life, and money is part of your Entrepreneurial Mindset in Stage 1.  Secondly, building a business that’s a good investment for you –– that’s part of Investing in Stage 3. To go from business’s slave to its master, you need the right goals, processes, and systems so that it becomes self-sustaining.  Then it can become an asset that’s producing cash flow independent of the... Business growth is often the commonly accepted end goal of all entrepreneurship.  And growth usually means higher earnings, sales, and revenue.  After all, you want to reap the rewards of more income and gain a better lifestyle. As a business owner, Business growth is often the commonly accepted end goal of all entrepreneurship.  And growth usually means higher earnings, sales, and revenue.  After all, you want to reap the rewards of more income and gain a better lifestyle. As a business owner, the path to get there seems to be generating more clients and more dollars.




https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1myH18J9_o4




But there’s a darker side to business growth.  As the business grows, so do the cost, complexity and time commitment.  You may have more employees to manage, a bigger org chart, more departments, more red tape, more training, more meetings…  And this all adds up to more time and headaches for you.  It can leave you as the business owner in a hurricane of endless activity and frustration, wondering who’s the boss of who.  Is the business running your life, or are you running your business?



What if the things you actually want – a life of more meaning, satisfaction, enjoyment, purpose, and fulfillment – could be achieved by doing just the opposite?



Margo Aaron writes about this idea in a thought-provoking Inc.com article titled
Bigger Is Not Always Better: 5 Reasons Your Business Should Stay Small on Purpose.  She lays out the advantages you achieve by not hyper-focusing on business growth in the traditional sense, saying,



If you want to build a business around your life and happiness, growth might be the least viable option.Margo Aaron



Behind this article is a book, Company of One: Why Staying Small Is the Next Big Thing for Business, by Paul Jarvis.  He shares his life learning that keeping his business smaller made it more sustainable, creating more freedom and flexibility for him.  Scaling down, rather than up, is what created clarity, freedom from distractions, and a connection to why he was working in the first place.



What We Think



More important than whether you stay small or grow, is how streamlined, profitable, sustainable, and fulfilling your work is.



In this episode of The Money Advantage podcast, we discuss our take.



You’ll find out how to grow a life and business you LOVE, not just one that’s bigger.



Listen to the conversation here:







Where Business Growth Fits into the Cash Flow System



Business growth, however you define it, is just one part of a bigger journey to building time and money freedom.  You could have a high-revenue business, but still, be missing key components of creating a sustainable lifetime of wealth. 



No matter how big your business grows and how much money you make, if it’s all leaking out between your fingers, you’ll never be free of just working harder and harder to make more money.  You’ll never build the peace of mind that comes from having reserves, protection, and assets that work harder for you than you can work for yourself.  At some point, the job of earning money is a baton that you need to pass to cash-flowing assets that can keep chugging along, spitting out income the rest of your life so that you can enjoy time freedom.







That’s why we have created the 3-step clean 38:39 Building Relationship Capital, with Nicole Holland https://themoneyadvantage.com/nicole-holland-building-relationship-capital/ Mon, 01 Apr 2019 09:00:38 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=4855 Nicole Holland has one goal: to help established business owners and entrepreneurs make more money fast.  How?  By increasing their visibility, credibility, and profitability. Nicole is a first-rate podcaster, publicist, marketing strategist, and master connector of incredible humans.  She has built her business by building authentic relationships.  Nicole strategically teaches, and equips other entrepreneurs to do the same.  Because building powerful, vibrant connections accelerates your relationship capital, it's key to your business and financial success.  That's why she now uses her podcast, masterclasses, dinners, summits, a podcast guesting agency, and one-on-one work with clients to help others build authentic relationships.   In This Episode Whether it's developing joint ventures, finding a coach or mentor, connecting with a mastermind, hiring, or serving clients directly, relationships are the real value in your business.  In fact, your business will absolutely fail without successful relationships.  And, while there is a certain mojo to mastering the art of building relationships, most people do it completely wrong.  All the right tactics will fall flat if you start with the wrong motives.  In this episode, Nicole Holland shares the secret to developing authentic relationships We often talk about your thinking in your life, business, and financial life.  Choosing the right mindset, and then lining up your actions with your mindset will lead you to flourish.  That’s how you’ll create a life you love and truly enjoy it.  You’ll also be able to recalibrate your business to become a self-sustaining, cash-flow-producing asset. Remember that wealth creation rests on the governing principle that dollars follow value?  Today, we’ll unpack strategies to increase the value you provide through your business.  We’ll take this entrepreneurial thinking down into the tactical.  We'll discuss ways to expand your relationships, up level your impact and influence, increase your contribution, and build a platform to serve more people with more value. Where Your Entrepreneurial Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System As important as cultivating the right mindset and investing in your business are, they are just one step in a greater journey of financial freedom.  Our 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System first helps you keep more of the money you make.  We do this through tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and alternative savings strategies.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to invest. Then, we help you protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and privatized banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more. You increase your cash flow by investing in cash-flowing assets like your business and real estate to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy. Who Is Nicole Holland? After spending the majority of her career working with at-risk children and youth in roles ranging from advisor and coach to crisis support worker, to foster parent, to correctional officer, Nicole Holland decided to cut the cord and quit her "stable" government job at the end of 2014 after becoming disillusioned and frustrated working in the bureaucracy. Today Nicole is the known as the foremost expert on "Podcast Guesting." She has been recognized in the Huffington Post as one of “50 Must-Follow Women Entrepreneurs in 2017”, interviewed on over 100 trending podcasts, and featured in well-respected publications such as Forbes and Entrepreneur Magazines. Her podcast, The Nicole Holland Show, is a daily podcast aimed to inspire, educate, and entertain high achieving business owners and entrepreneurs. In her business, Nicole helps disruptors, innovators, thought leaders, and change-makers increase their brand recognition, credibility, and profitability exponentially. Conversation Highlights Nicole Holland has one goal: to help established business owners and entrepreneurs make more money fast.  How?  By increasing their visibility, credibility, and profitability. Nicole is a first-rate podcaster, publicist, marketing strategist, Nicole Holland has one goal: to help established business owners and entrepreneurs make more money fast.  How?  By increasing their visibility, credibility, and profitability.



Nicole is a first-rate podcaster, publicist, marketing strategist, and master connector of incredible humans.  She has built her business by building authentic relationships.  Nicole strategically teaches, and equips other entrepreneurs to do the same.  Because building powerful, vibrant connections accelerates your relationship capital, it's key to your business and financial success. 



That's why she now uses her podcast, masterclasses, dinners, summits, a podcast guesting agency, and one-on-one work with clients to help others build authentic relationships.  







In This Episode



Whether it's developing joint ventures, finding a coach or mentor, connecting with a mastermind, hiring, or serving clients directly, relationships are the real value in your business.  In fact, your business will absolutely fail without successful relationships.  And, while there is a certain mojo to mastering the art of building relationships, most people do it completely wrong.  All the right tactics will fall flat if you start with the wrong motives.  In this episode, Nicole Holland shares the secret to developing authentic relationships



We often talk about your thinking in your life, business, and financial life.  Choosing the right mindset, and then lining up your actions with your mindset will lead you to flourish.  That’s how you’ll create a life you love and truly enjoy it.  You’ll also be able to recalibrate your business to become a self-sustaining, cash-flow-producing asset.



Remember that wealth creation rests on the governing principle that
dollars follow value?  Today, we’ll unpack strategies to increase the value you provide through your business. 



We’ll take this entrepreneurial thinking down into the tactical.  We'll discuss ways to expand your relationships, up level your impact and influence, increase your contribution, and build a platform to serve more people with more value.



Where Your Entrepreneurial Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System



As important as cultivating the right mindset and investing in your business are, they are just one step in a greater journey of financial freedom. 







Our 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System first helps you keep more of the money you make.  We do this through tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and alternative savings strategies.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to invest.



Then, we help you protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and privatized banking. 



Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more. You increase your cash flow by investing in cash-flowing assets like your business and real estate to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy.



Who Is Nicole Holland?



]]> Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 44:15 10 Top Mistakes Buying Life Insurance https://themoneyadvantage.com/10-mistakes-buying-life-insurance/ Sun, 24 Mar 2019 10:30:57 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=5128 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E3AzQpUL16Y When buying life insurance, most people don’t have a complete map.  Without all the information to make the best decisions, many people make mistakes that lead to buyer’s remorse.  But you don’t have to worry, you can recognize and sidestep the common pitfalls people make. Don’t end up frustrated, discouraged, unsatisfied, or without protection in your greatest hour of need. If so, what you buy won't serve you the way you thought it would.  Instead, you can make the best life insurance decisions by learning what not to do.  What We’ll Cover Today, we’ll simply answer the question: What are the most common mistakes people make when buying life insurance? We’ll help you avoid the pitfalls and win at purchasing life insurance.  With this information, you’ll get the protection that serves you the most. Then, you'll have the greatest peace of mind and best accomplish your goals. Where Buying Life Insurance Fits into the Cash Flow System Buying insurance is just one small step in the greater journey of building time and money freedom.  That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.  The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings. This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to invest. Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance and legal protection, and Privatized Banking.  This second stage is where all aspects of insurance and Privatized Banking live. Here, you’ll create the right canopy of protection in your financial life. And, you'll secure your ability to control your access to capital, by being your own banker.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more. You'll invest in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy. As you are empowered to make the best life insurance decisions, you’ll move beyond analysis paralysis and make forward traction. Then, you’ll gain momentum on your journey to building time and money freedom. The Top 10 Mistakes When Buying Life Insurance #1) Not Getting Your Full Human Life Value Many people get less than the maximum insurance they qualify for, leaving them underinsured.  You wouldn’t want to insure your car or your house for only half its value. So why would you leave your most valuable asset only partly protected? You are the originator of all of your other assets, the producer of your life’s wealth.  Insurance protection should start at the source.  This widely common mistake stems from mainstream skepticism about insurance. Upon further investigation, these ideas come from one of the top three myths about insurance. Myth: Worth More Dead Than Alive One of the reasons many people are underinsured is a misconception that you could leave too much for your family, or “be worth more dead than alive.”  However, the life insurance company will not over-insure you.  They carefully calculate your life in economic terms. This calculation measures your income and assets you’ve built to determine the wealth potential of your life, based on what you’ve produced up to this point.  The maximum amount of coverage you can qualify for is called your Human Life Value (HLV). Life insurance protects your income. Just like a home insurer wouldn’t insure a $100K home for $3 Million, the life insurer will not insure you for more than they believe you could produce during your lifetime.  Insurance simply takes on the risk of filling up your wealth reservoirs to the level you would have, if you do not get the chance to actualize your production by living out your full life expectancy. With less life insurance than your HLV limit, you’re underinsured. If they lost you, family members would be left in a financial crisis, in addition to the grief they’d experience. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E3AzQpUL16Y When buying life insurance, most people don’t have a complete map.  Without all the information to make the best decisions, many people make mistakes that lead to buyer’s remorse.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E3AzQpUL16Y




When buying life insurance, most people don’t have a complete map.  Without all the information to make the best decisions, many people make mistakes that lead to buyer’s remorse.  But you don’t have to worry, you can recognize and sidestep the common pitfalls people make.



Don’t end up frustrated, discouraged, unsatisfied, or without protection in your greatest hour of need. If so, what you buy won't serve you the way you thought it would. 



Instead, you can make the best life insurance decisions by learning what not to do. 







What We’ll Cover



Today, we’ll simply answer the question:



* What are the most common mistakes people make when buying life insurance?



We’ll help you avoid the pitfalls and win at purchasing life insurance.  With this information, you’ll get the protection that serves you the most. Then, you'll have the greatest peace of mind and best accomplish your goals.



Where Buying Life Insurance Fits into the Cash Flow System



Buying insurance is just one small step in the greater journey of building time and money freedom. 



That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System







The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings. This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to invest.



Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance and legal protection, and Privatized Banking.  This second stage is where all aspects of insurance and Privatized Banking live. Here, you’ll create the right canopy of protection in your financial life. And, you'll secure your ability to control your access to capital, by being your own banker. 



Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more. You'll invest in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy.



As you are empowered to make the best life insurance decisions, you’ll move beyond analysis paralysis and make forward traction. Then, you’ll gain momentum on your journey to building time and money freedom.



The Top 10 Mistakes When Buying Life Insurance



#1) Not Getting Your Full Human Life Value



Many people get less than the maximum insurance they qualify for, leaving them underinsured. 



You wouldn’t want to insure your car or your house for only half its value. So why would you leave your most valuable asset only partly protected? You are the originator of all of your other assets, the producer of your life’s wealth.  Insurance protection should start at the source. 



This widely common mistake stems from mainstream skepticism about insurance. Upon further investigation, these ideas come from one of the top three myths about insurance.



Myth: Worth More Dead Than Alive



One of the reasons many people are underinsured is a misconception that you could leave too much for your family, or “be worth more dead than alive.]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 52:29
Pat Hiban, Six Steps to Seven Figures https://themoneyadvantage.com/pat-hiban-six-steps-to-seven-figures/ Mon, 18 Mar 2019 09:00:18 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=5007 As a residential agent, Pat Hiban sold over 6,000 residential homes, earning the title of Billion Dollar Agent.  He’s also the host of Real Estate Rockstar Radio, best-selling author of Six Steps to Seven Figures: A Real Estate Professional’s Guide to Building Wealth and Creating Your Destiny, founder of Rebus University and Big Profit Agents Community, and co-founder of GoBundance. Pat Hiban is a business owner who has created a life and business he loves.  Not only that, but he’s also built an investment portfolio of cash-flowing assets.  Putting these steps in place requires the right mindset.  Through this conversation, you have the opportunity to learn from his journey, model the successful few, and accelerate your success. Where Your Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System As important as your mindset, your business success, and your investing strategy are, they are part of the bigger picture of building time and money freedom.  Our 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System first helps you keep more of the money you make.  We do this through tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and alternative savings strategies.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to invest. Then, we help you protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and privatized banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more.  You increase your cash flow by investing in cash-flowing assets like your business and real estate to financial freedom and leave a rich legacy. Who Is Pat Hiban? After being labeled “learning disabled with speech deficiencies” in the 2nd grade, Pat Hiban struggled through public school and graduated college in 1987 with a 2.6 GPA. After college, Pat jumped into the sales industry with the least barrier to entry – Real Estate!!!  In his first year, Pat struggled and almost quit, making just a little over $13,000 in commissions.  For the last 30 years, Pat has been heavily involved in the Real Estate industry as a top agent, broker, and investor in residential and commercial properties. Throughout his career, he has sold over one billion dollars in Real Estate, including over 500 homes in a single year, and 14 homes in a single day. He has been recognized by both Re/Max and Keller Williams as their number one agent in the world!  In 2010, he sold his team business to his longtime partner, Mike Sloan, and went on a book tour to promote his book 6 steps to 7 figures: A Real Estate Professional’s Guide to Building Wealth and Creating Your Destiny. With the help of an introduction written personally by Gary Keller, the book went on to sell over 20,000 copies, hitting #6 on the New York Times Best Seller list and #1 on Amazon and Barnes and Noble. He is an active investor with over 40 lines of passive income (mostly Real Estate).  In 2014, Pat Hiban launched his podcast Real Estate Rockstars, which has had close to 3 million unique downloads by Real Estate Agents from 108 countries. He currently owns and operates Rebus University and Big Profit Agents which are training platforms for active Real Estate salespeople. He has 2 daughters in their 20’s and resides in Folly Beach South Carolina with his wife of 25 years. Conversation Highlights It wasn’t a passion for real estate, but the desire to make more money than his peers and not have a boss that drew Pat Hiban into real estate for himself, his life, and his finances.Pat Hiban went through several shifts on his way to success. The first was from a salary job to commissions with higher potential earning capacity.  Then, he shifted from being a buyer’s agent to a listing agent.  When he lost a million dollars in the stock market, he decided to invest his money in real estate instead.  Finally, he decided to build businesses, rather than just a job.To turn his work into a business, Pat leveraged teams. His objective was to buy time. As a residential agent, Pat Hiban sold over 6,000 residential homes, earning the title of Billion Dollar Agent.  He’s also the host of Real Estate Rockstar Radio, best-selling author of Six Steps to Seven Figures: A Real Estate Professional’s Guide to ... As a residential agent, Pat Hiban sold over 6,000 residential homes, earning the title of Billion Dollar Agent.  He’s also the host of Real Estate Rockstar Radio, best-selling author of Six Steps to Seven Figures: A Real Estate Professional’s Guide to Building Wealth and Creating Your Destiny, founder of Rebus University and Big Profit Agents Community, and co-founder of GoBundance.



Pat Hiban is a business owner who has created a life and business he loves.  Not only that, but he’s also built an investment portfolio of cash-flowing assets. 



Putting these steps in place requires the right mindset.  Through this conversation, you have the opportunity to learn from his journey, model the successful few, and accelerate your success.







Where Your Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System



As important as your mindset, your business success, and your investing strategy are, they are part of the bigger picture of building time and money freedom. 







Our 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System first helps you keep more of the money you make.  We do this through tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and alternative savings strategies.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to invest.



Then, we help you protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and privatized banking. 



Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more.  You increase your cash flow by investing in cash-flowing assets like your business and real estate to financial freedom and leave a rich legacy.



Who Is Pat Hiban?



After being labeled “learning disabled with speech deficiencies” in the 2nd grade, Pat Hiban struggled through public school and graduated college in 1987 with a 2.6 GPA.



After college, Pat jumped into the sales industry with the least barrier to entry – Real Estate!!!  In his first year, Pat struggled and almost quit, making just a little over $13,000 in commissions. 



For the last 30 years, Pat has been heavily involved in the Real Estate industry as a top agent, broker, and investor in residential and commercial properties. Throughout his career, he has sold over one billion dollars in Real Estate, including over 500 homes in a single year, and 14 homes in a single day. He has been recognized by both Re/Max and Keller Williams as their number one agent in the world! 







In 2010, he sold his team business to his longtime partner, Mike Sloan, and went on a book tour to promote his book 6 steps to 7 figures: A Real Estate Professional’s Guide to Building Wealth and Creating Your Destiny. With the help of an introduction written personally by Gary Keller, the book went on to sell over 20,000 copies, hitting #6 on the New York Times Best Seller list and #1 on Amazon and Barnes and Noble.



He is an active investor with over 40 lines of passive income (mostly Real Estate). 



In 2014, Pat Hiban launched his podcast Real Estate Rockstars, which has had close to 3 million unique downloads by Real Estate Agents from 108 countries.



He currently owns and operates Rebus University and Big Profit Agents which are training platforms for active Real Estate salespeople.

]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 48:53
Don’t Step Over Dollars to Chase Pennies https://themoneyadvantage.com/step-over-dollars-to-chase-pennies/ Mon, 11 Mar 2019 09:00:03 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=5004 One of the biggest mistakes people make in saving money is stepping over dollars to chase pennies.  This happens any time you put so much time and energy into cost-cutting tactics to save a few cents, that you ignore the greater opportunities to make money. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EG9TtjM2wHE The reason this is so attractive is that it takes less mental energy to remove something than it does to add. However, the glamour stops there, because you can’t shrink your way to wealth.  For your efforts to result in the freedom you crave, you must stay in the right mindset of abundance, creation, innovation, and production. Two Mindsets About Saving Money You want to save more in your business and personal life.  But when it comes to saving money, there are two methods.  And these camps are about as opposite as can be. The Procrastinators On one extreme, there are the procrastinators.  (Newsflash: if you’re reading this article, this probably isn’t you.) This is the mindset of the person who lives it up today, overspending and overleveraging but attempting to outrun the mess by making more money.  They think that higher income will solve all their problems.  They’re partially right.  If they did make more money, they could build savings.  However, Parkinson’s Law takes over and finds a way to spend the new income before they have a chance to save it.  Unfortunately, this strategy comes with some pretty hefty baggage.  Stress and worry become constant adversaries when you’re not being honest with yourself. Instead of creating solid wealth habits, those who follow this method continually spend tomorrow fixing today’s mistakes. The Misers: Experts in Stepping Over Dollars to Chase Pennies In the other camp, we have the misers, the experts in stepping over dollars to chase pennies. These people try to spend as little as possible.  In fact, they seem to think spending nothing at all is akin to godliness or some kind of financial nirvana.  They scrutinize every decision, always opting for the cheapest option. The end game of this mindset isn’t pretty either.  Imagine the miser invented a way to live with zero expense.  What then? They may have all the money in the world, but they'd be stunted in their ability to enjoy life. Life and Business Examples of Stepping Over Dollars to Chase Pennies The misers will drive six miles out of the way to save two cents per gallon on gasoline.  They’ll fail to hire a needed accountant, administrative assistant, marketing strategist, or business coach because they “can’t afford to pay someone else to do it.”  They buy from the cheapest suppliers and brag about how little they spend. How do I know?  I’m embarrassed to admit that I used to live here.  About 7 years ago, right as I was starting out in business, I attended an extreme couponing class.  I then spent several months zealously clipping and organizing coupons in a thick binder full of baseball card holders.  I then planned my meals and weekly shopping around the coupons and sales and rejoiced when my bill was smaller than my savings.  The problem was, I filled the pantry and closets with huge stashes of toothpaste and Worcestershire sauces we’d never use, just because they were “basically free.”  And the time I spent conserving dollars could have been used to work in the business, increasing my production, and consequently, my income. Here’s one business owner’s story about how she stepped over dollars to chase pennies.  Doing everything herself to save money capped her business potential.  After she allocated the money she did have accordingly to hire and spend where the most help and resources were needed, she had the time and energy to excel and grow her business. How to Escape the Naivety of the Procrastinator, Without Falling into the Trap of the Miser Neither the procrastinator or the miser have solid money habits that lead to wealth production.  Yes, One of the biggest mistakes people make in saving money is stepping over dollars to chase pennies.  This happens any time you put so much time and energy into cost-cutting tactics to save a few cents, that you ignore the greater opportunities to make m... One of the biggest mistakes people make in saving money is stepping over dollars to chase pennies.  This happens any time you put so much time and energy into cost-cutting tactics to save a few cents, that you ignore the greater opportunities to make money.




https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EG9TtjM2wHE




The reason this is so attractive is that it takes less mental energy to remove something than it does to add. However, the glamour stops there, because you can’t shrink your way to wealth. 



For your efforts to result in the freedom you crave, you must stay in the right mindset of abundance, creation, innovation, and production.



Two Mindsets About Saving Money



You want to save more in your business and personal life.  But when it comes to saving money, there are two methods.  And these camps are about as opposite as can be.







The Procrastinators



On one extreme, there are the procrastinators.  (Newsflash: if you’re reading this article, this probably isn’t you.)



This is the mindset of the person who lives it up today, overspending and overleveraging but attempting to outrun the mess by making more money.  They think that higher income will solve all their problems. 



They’re partially right.  If they did make more money, they could build savings.  However, Parkinson’s Law takes over and finds a way to spend the new income before they have a chance to save it. 



Unfortunately, this strategy comes with some pretty hefty baggage.  Stress and worry become constant adversaries when you’re not being honest with yourself. Instead of creating solid wealth habits, those who follow this method continually spend tomorrow fixing today’s mistakes.



The Misers: Experts in Stepping Over Dollars to Chase Pennies



In the other camp, we have the misers, the experts in stepping over dollars to chase pennies.



These people try to spend as little as possible.  In fact, they seem to think spending nothing at all is akin to godliness or some kind of financial nirvana.  They scrutinize every decision, always opting for the cheapest option.



The end game of this mindset isn’t pretty either.  Imagine the miser invented a way to live with zero expense.  What then? They may have all the money in the world, but they'd be stunted in their ability to enjoy life.



Life and Business Examples of Stepping Over Dollars to Chase Pennies



The misers will drive six miles out of the way to save two cents per gallon on gasoline.  They’ll fail to hire a needed accountant, administrative assistant, marketing strategist, or business coach because they “can’t afford to pay someone else to do it.”  They buy from the cheapest suppliers and brag about how little they spend.



How do I know?  I’m embarrassed to admit that I used to live here. 



About 7 years ago, right as I was starting out in business, I attended an extreme couponing class.  I then spent several months zealously clipping and organizing coupons in a thick binder full of baseball card holders.  I then planned my meals and weekly shopping around the coupons and sales and rejoiced when my bill was smalle...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 35:09
Smart Asset Opportunities, with Ross Stryker https://themoneyadvantage.com/ross-stryker-smart-asset-opportunities/ Mon, 04 Mar 2019 10:00:37 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=4747 Ross Stryker, CEO of Smart Asset Opportunities, is the poster child for taking control of your life and financial destiny.  In fact, just 4 years after he made a shift from typical thinking to investing in cash-flowing assets, he achieved financial freedom.  He was liberated by the power of his choices.  His key decisions to direct his mindset and investing strategy are what made all the difference for him.  His story proves that financial freedom is possible for you too. Ross Stryker models the way and offers a hand up to anyone who would like to follow.  He's now helping others create financial freedom through alternative investments, real estate, and cash flow. Where Mindset and Investing Fit into the Cash Flow System We often talk about mindset. Every action you take has its roots in your thinking.  Therefore, your mindset is the initiation, hinge, and critical entry point to building time and money freedom.  But you don’t build something great just with your mind.  You must take action towards your goal. Finding the right investments is one of those action steps.  It’s how you create financial freedom with cash flow from assets.  As you can see, both your mindset and your investing strategy are just two steps in the bigger journey to time and money freedom. Our 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System first helps you keep more of the money you make. From cultivating the right mindset to strategic moves in tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings to where you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund, this step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to invest. Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance and legal protection, and Privatized Banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets.  This empowers you to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy. Who Is Ross Stryker, of Smart Asset Opportunities? After 12 years serving in the military and over 20 years running a successful private practice, Ross Stryker realized if he didn’t alter his course, he’d be trading hours for dollars forever.  It was this belief that led him to launch Smart Asset Opportunities. He’s been involved in projects totaling over $100 million and owns 40+ single family homes, 14 ATM’s, a coffee farm in Panama, apartment complexes, office parks, storage units, and ownership in a Belizean resort.  Ross is living proof that your money is better off of Wall Street, and that you can achieve financial freedom. Just four years after his “awakening,” Ross’s investments and passive real estate income streams have surpassed his former transactional income (i.e., hours for dollars).  With over $2.5 million out in total commercial project loans, Ross has an eye for tangible assets that have a proven tax advantage, high returns, and allow for stable, continuous cash flow.  Ross shares his wealth of real estate knowledge in a weekly blog and in his two books, including The Ultimate Freedom Prescription: Secrets from 14 Doctors … How They Created Generational Wealth in Less Than 5 Years.  To be an SAO investor is to understand your “why,” beyond extra zeros in your bank account.  For Ross, it’s sharing everything he knows, so that others may find their own financial success and freedom.  When he’s not working in real estate deals, you might find him boating with Robert Kiyosaki, better known as Rich Dad Poor Dad. The Definition of Accredited Investor Most of the investments offered to the Smart Asset Opportunity community are for accredited investors only. If you do not know what accredited means, here’s a quick definition.   An accredited investor has at least $1 Million of net worth, not including the value of their home, or is making at least $200K if single, or $300K if married. Most of our listeners fall into this category and are actively looking f... Ross Stryker, CEO of Smart Asset Opportunities, is the poster child for taking control of your life and financial destiny.  In fact, just 4 years after he made a shift from typical thinking to investing in cash-flowing assets, Ross Stryker, CEO of Smart Asset Opportunities, is the poster child for taking control of your life and financial destiny.  In fact, just 4 years after he made a shift from typical thinking to investing in cash-flowing assets, he achieved financial freedom.  He was liberated by the power of his choices.  His key decisions to direct his mindset and investing strategy are what made all the difference for him.  His story proves that financial freedom is possible for you too.



Ross Stryker models the way and offers a hand up to anyone who would like to follow.  He's now helping others create financial freedom through alternative investments, real estate, and cash flow.







Where Mindset and Investing Fit into the Cash Flow System



We often talk about mindset. Every action you take has its roots in your thinking.  Therefore, your mindset is the initiation, hinge, and critical entry point to building time and money freedom. 



But you don’t build something great just with your mind.  You must take action towards your goal.



Finding the right investments is one of those action steps.  It’s how you create financial freedom with cash flow from assets. 







As you can see, both your mindset and your investing strategy are just two steps in the bigger journey to time and money freedom.



Our 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System first helps you keep more of the money you make. From cultivating the right mindset to strategic moves in tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings to where you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund, this step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to invest.



Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance and legal protection, and Privatized Banking



Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets.  This empowers you to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy.



Who Is Ross Stryker, of Smart Asset Opportunities?



After 12 years serving in the military and over 20 years running a successful private practice, Ross Stryker realized if he didn’t alter his course, he’d be trading hours for dollars forever.  It was this belief that led him to launch Smart Asset Opportunities.



He’s been involved in projects totaling over $100 million and owns 40+ single family homes, 14 ATM’s, a coffee farm in Panama, apartment complexes, office parks, storage units, and ownership in a Belizean resort.  Ross is living proof that your money is better off of Wall Street, and that you can achieve financial freedom.







Just four years after his “awakening,” Ross’s investments and passive real estate income streams have surpassed his former transactional income (i.e., hours for dollars).  With over $2.5 million out in total commercial project loans, Ross has an eye for tangible assets that have a proven tax advantage, high returns, and allow for stable, continuous cash flow. 



Ross shares his wealth of real estate knowledge in a weekly blog and in his two b...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 59:21
Privatized Banking: The Best Life Insurance Companies https://themoneyadvantage.com/best-life-insurance-companies-privatized-banking/ Mon, 25 Feb 2019 10:00:30 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=4703 How do you find the best life insurance companies?  You want only the strongest, most stable companies to ensure the best results over the long-term.  But what criteria do you use to evaluate and discover which companies are, in fact, the best?  https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f8ZIDLY10uM Is there an objective measure, or is it a matter of personal opinion and preference?  Do you investigate their portfolio, their tenure in business, their size?  Do you base your decision on the illustration or the company’s financial strength?  And if you’re going with the illustration, should you look at the guaranteed rates, cash value, or the dividend scale?  And is the near-term performance more important, or the figures listed out 50 years from now? With so many factors to consider and so many figures on the illustration, how do you decide what to evaluate?  Should you pick the one variable most important to you? Or do you try to analyze the big picture to find the company most likely to perform best over time?  Do you get illustrations from multiple companies and compare them?  And how long do you want to spend on your calculations? Or do you give up the evaluation and just go with name recognition, or a trusted friend’s recommendation who is already with a company they like? What We’ll Cover In today’s conversation, we’ll give you the criteria to pick the best providers of life insurance.  Instead of guessing, you’ll be able to know for sure so you can make decisions for yourself. We’ll answer: What should you look for to get the best life insurance company?How do you objectively rate all the data to know you’re with the best company for you? You’ll get the criteria to evaluate life insurance companies to find out which one you should use. What This Article Won’t Tell You You may have come here looking for the list of all-stars and hoping we’d list out the top life insurance companies by name.  Sorry to disappoint.  We will not be listing actual companies.  Actually, that’s for your benefit.  Not all life insurance companies work best in every state and region.  Not all will resonate with your particular end goals. Your unique situation makes one company better for you, and another better for someone else. We do, however, promise to disclose the criteria for evaluating life insurance companies. Then, you can make sense of it all and decide for yourself.  We firmly believe that you are the best person to direct your financial life.  Therefore, we aim to provide you the education, tools, and resources to empower you to do just that. Where Insurance and Privatized Banking Fit into the Cash Flow System Picking the best insurance company is a huge step towards implementing your Infinite Banking Concept private wealth system.  But it is only one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.  That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.  The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to invest. Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and Privatized Banking.  This second stage is where all aspects of insurance and Privatized Banking live.  Here, you’ll create the right canopy of protection in your financial life.  And, you'll secure your ability to control your access to capital by being your own banker.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more.  You'll invest in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom so you can leave a rich legacy. As you are empowered to make the best decisions for you, you’ll move beyond analysis paralysis and make forward traction. Then, you’ll gain momentum on your journey to building time and money freedom... How do you find the best life insurance companies?  You want only the strongest, most stable companies to ensure the best results over the long-term.  But what criteria do you use to evaluate and discover which companies are, in fact, the best?  How do you find the best life insurance companies?  You want only the strongest, most stable companies to ensure the best results over the long-term.  But what criteria do you use to evaluate and discover which companies are, in fact, the best? 




https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f8ZIDLY10uM




Is there an objective measure, or is it a matter of personal opinion and preference?  Do you investigate their portfolio, their tenure in business, their size?  Do you base your decision on the illustration or the company’s financial strength?  And if you’re going with the illustration, should you look at the guaranteed rates, cash value, or the dividend scale?  And is the near-term performance more important, or the figures listed out 50 years from now?



With so many factors to consider and so many figures on the illustration, how do you decide what to evaluate?  Should you pick the one variable most important to you? Or do you try to analyze the big picture to find the company most likely to perform best over time? 



Do you get illustrations from multiple companies and compare them? 



And how long do you want to spend on your calculations?



Or do you give up the evaluation and just go with name recognition, or a trusted friend’s recommendation who is already with a company they like?







What We’ll Cover



In today’s conversation, we’ll give you the criteria to pick the best providers of life insurance.  Instead of guessing, you’ll be able to know for sure so you can make decisions for yourself.



We’ll answer:



* What should you look for to get the best life insurance company?* How do you objectively rate all the data to know you’re with the best company for you?



You’ll get the criteria to evaluate life insurance companies to find out which one you should use.



What This Article Won’t Tell You



You may have come here looking for the list of all-stars and hoping we’d list out the top life insurance companies by name.  Sorry to disappoint.  We will not be listing actual companies. 



Actually, that’s for your benefit.  Not all life insurance companies work best in every state and region.  Not all will resonate with your particular end goals. Your unique situation makes one company better for you, and another better for someone else.



We do, however, promise to disclose the criteria for evaluating life insurance companies. Then, you can make sense of it all and decide for yourself.  We firmly believe that you are the best person to direct your financial life.  Therefore, we aim to provide you the education, tools, and resources to empower you to do just that.



Where Insurance and Privatized Banking Fit into the Cash Flow System



Picking the best insurance company is a huge step towards implementing your Infinite Banking Concept private wealth system.  But it is only one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom. 



That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System







]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 34:09
Strategic Realty Holdings, with Eddie Lorin https://themoneyadvantage.com/strategic-realty-holdings-eddie-lorin/ Mon, 18 Feb 2019 10:00:05 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=4258 Eddie Lorin has been building a real estate portfolio over the past 30 years. He has successfully purchased and transformed $3 billion worth of multifamily real estate.  That amounts to more than 180 thriving communities with approximately 40,000 apartment units throughout the United States.  Now, as the Managing Director and Founder of Strategic Realty Holdings, Eddie provides accredited investors with a great opportunity. Eddie Lorin is using his unique ability well.  He has a knack of turning distressed properties into thriving communities.  By providing Class A amenities and revived LIHTC (Low-Income Housing Tax Credits) to Section 8 residents within state-designated Opportunity Zones, he’s doing just that on a grand scale. Champion of impact investing, Eddie believes you can do well for yourself by doing good.  He models and encourages investors to seek profit with a purpose. The Definition of Accredited Investor If you don't know what accredited means, here’s a quick definition.  An accredited investor has at least $1 Million of net worth, not including the value of their home, or is making at least $200K if single, or $300K if married. We know that a majority of our listeners and audience fall into this category.  You're actively looking for ways to put your cash to work earning a return most productively.   If you aren’t accredited yet, this will be an excellent opportunity to expand your knowledge in preparation. Where Real Estate Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System As you take control of your life and financial destiny, you’re continually searching for the right investments.  You want assets you know and control that match your investor identity.  Today’s conversation introduces you to key insights on real estate investing opportunities in a new sector.  As exciting as the right investments are, they’re just one piece of a greater process of building time and money freedom.  Our 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System first helps you keep more of the money you make.  We do this through tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings to where you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to invest. Then, we help you protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and privatized banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more.  You increase your cash flow by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy. Who Is Eddie Lorin and Strategic Realty Holdings? Since a young age, Eddie Lorin has been a dreamer, a doer, and a proponent of the underdog.  As one of four boys raised by a single mother in southern California, Eddie grew up with modest means.  After losing his father as an infant and his mother at age 17, Eddie strove to create a life and home for himself that was better than the one he was given.  Additionally, he was motivated to help others living in similarly tight financial situations to do the same. Eddie has made it his life mission to fix the housing affordability crisis in America.  He wants to make safe, quality housing and community support available and affordable for all.  Eddie is taking his experience and leading and intergenerational movement tired of inflated housing prices to do the same through his work with Strategic Realty Holdings.  SRH is the perfect marriage of impact investing and multifamily real estate providing a “triple bottom line” of financial, environmental, and social returns to its investors.  Open to accredited investors and institutions, SRH delivers market rate returns to investors while providing more affordable, better quality housing to those who need it most. Eddie Lorin is also making strides in philanthropy. He and his wife have co-founded the Healthy Apartment Property Initiative. Eddie Lorin has been building a real estate portfolio over the past 30 years. He has successfully purchased and transformed $3 billion worth of multifamily real estate.  That amounts to more than 180 thriving communities with approximately 40, Eddie Lorin has been building a real estate portfolio over the past 30 years. He has successfully purchased and transformed $3 billion worth of multifamily real estate.  That amounts to more than 180 thriving communities with approximately 40,000 apartment units throughout the United States.  Now, as the Managing Director and Founder of Strategic Realty Holdings, Eddie provides accredited investors with a great opportunity.



Eddie Lorin is using his unique ability well.  He has a knack of turning distressed properties into thriving communities.  By providing Class A amenities and revived LIHTC (Low-Income Housing Tax Credits) to Section 8 residents within state-designated Opportunity Zones, he’s doing just that on a grand scale.



Champion of impact investing, Eddie believes you can do well for yourself by doing good.  He models and encourages investors to seek profit with a purpose.







The Definition of Accredited Investor



If you don't know what accredited means, here’s a quick definition.  An accredited investor has at least $1 Million of net worth, not including the value of their home, or is making at least $200K if single, or $300K if married.



We know that a majority of our listeners and audience fall into this category.  You're actively looking for ways to put your cash to work earning a return most productively.  



If you aren’t accredited yet, this will be an excellent opportunity to expand your knowledge in preparation.



Where Real Estate Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System







As you take control of your life and financial destiny, you’re continually searching for the right investments.  You want assets you know and control that match your investor identity. 



Today’s conversation introduces you to key insights on real estate investing opportunities in a new sector. 



As exciting as the right investments are, they’re just one piece of a greater process of building time and money freedom. 



Our 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System first helps you keep more of the money you make.  We do this through tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings to where you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to invest.



Then, we help you protect your money with insurance, legal protection, and privatized banking. 



Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more.  You increase your cash flow by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy.



Who Is Eddie Lorin and Strategic Realty Holdings?







Since a young age, Eddie Lorin has been a dreamer, a doer, and a proponent of the underdog.  As one of four boys raised by a single mother in southern California, Eddie grew up with modest means.  After losing his father as an infant and his mother at age 17, Eddie strove to create a life and home for himself that was better than the one he was given.  Additionally, he was motivated to help others living in similarly tight financial situations to do the same.



Eddie has made it his life mission to fix the housing affordability crisi...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 42:20
Rate of Return: Average Isn’t Real https://themoneyadvantage.com/real-rate-of-return-average-is-not-real/ Mon, 11 Feb 2019 09:11:42 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=4244 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IoUVS9OLj-c The real rate of return is objective, rational, and substantial. It delineates the exact performance of your capital from start point to end point.  It has actual value and meaning.  Like concrete beneath your feet, it’s solid ground. At its core, it is the truth.  But finding the truth is often much harder than it appears. Searching for the real rate of return can be like battling optical illusions of smoke and mirrors.  Fund managers, the media, and marketing literature for stock performance proclaim average returns.  You’d think that numbers and math would be impossible to manipulate to fabricate a story different from reality.  However, every day, average yields are cited as some kind of absolute, predictive authority, assuming the clout that they have no right to take. It’s not fair to you, the one who wants to take control of your financial life and direct your outcomes.  You need truth in your financial decision-making.  Instead of staking your financial future on the shifting sand of average returns, it’s time you recognize them for the imposter they are, the ghost in the market, a mirage that means nothing at all. What We’ll Cover In today’s conversation, we’ll show you why average returns are misleading and can’t be taken at face value.  We’ll take a more in-depth look at actual market returns over the last 118 years and uncover what they mean.  And finally, we’ll reveal how to take control of your financial future and not just hope that your speculations and assumptions are accurate. This conversation will answer: What do market returns mean for me?What returns should I expect?How do I calculate real rates of return?What should I do to best take control of my financial future and build time and money freedom? You’ll get the tangible facts and concrete evidence to form your own opinions and chart the course of your own financial destiny.  A Disclaimer Beliefs don’t create reality, because believing something doesn’t make it true.  However, often we cling to our beliefs, hoping they’ll materialize.  Even viewing the concrete facts that contradict our perception doesn’t always bring the truth to light.  We often need help to interpret what we see, so we can understand the truth, alter our thinking, and know how to respond.  Faith and hope don’t create financial freedom. Truth and reason do. Today’s conversation will challenge your belief system because it uncovers the reality that the typical financial system tries so desperately to hide.  The result will be an elevation of your thinking.  In thinking differently, you’ll gain the greatest clarity and see how to rise above it, all in the same instant. Your transformation comes along with a disclaimer that certainty often comes from doing the opposite of what everyone else is doing. Where Your Investing Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System Understanding real rates of return is part of ensuring your ability to reach your investing goals.  But before that, this knowledge will help you calibrate your mindset to fine-tune your goals in the first place, so you actually end up where you want to be.  Both investing and mindset are a part of the Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.  Today’s comprehensive conversation will help you invest well in stage 3.  But, to achieve investing success, we’ll help you approach it with the right awareness and mindset in stage 1, so your efforts don’t crumble. Markets Tumbling Amidst Positive Average Returns The December and early January news was frantic with news about the market.  “Worst year for stocks in a decade.” Reuters “December was the worst month for the Dow Jones Industrial Average and the S&P 500  since 1931, as tracked by our partners at Dow Jones Market Data Group. The S&P 500, the broadest measure of stocks, lost 9 percent and the Dow over 8.5 percent.”Fox Business While we can point to U.S. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IoUVS9OLj-c The real rate of return is objective, rational, and substantial. It delineates the exact performance of your capital from start point to end point.  It has actual value and meaning.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IoUVS9OLj-c




The real rate of return is objective, rational, and substantial. It delineates the exact performance of your capital from start point to end point.  It has actual value and meaning.  Like concrete beneath your feet, it’s solid ground. At its core, it is the truth. 



But finding the truth is often much harder than it appears. Searching for the real rate of return can be like battling optical illusions of smoke and mirrors. 



Fund managers, the media, and marketing literature for stock performance proclaim average returns.  You’d think that numbers and math would be impossible to manipulate to fabricate a story different from reality.  However, every day, average yields are cited as some kind of absolute, predictive authority, assuming the clout that they have no right to take.



It’s not fair to you, the one who wants to take control of your financial life and direct your outcomes.  You need truth in your financial decision-making.  Instead of staking your financial future on the shifting sand of average returns, it’s time you recognize them for the imposter they are, the ghost in the market, a mirage that means nothing at all.







What We’ll Cover



In today’s conversation, we’ll show you why average returns are misleading and can’t be taken at face value. 



We’ll take a more in-depth look at actual market returns over the last 118 years and uncover what they mean. 



And finally, we’ll reveal how to take control of your financial future and not just hope that your speculations and assumptions are accurate.



This conversation will answer:



* What do market returns mean for me?* What returns should I expect?* How do I calculate real rates of return?* What should I do to best take control of my financial future and build time and money freedom?



You’ll get the tangible facts and concrete evidence to form your own opinions and chart the course of your own financial destiny. 



A Disclaimer



Beliefs don’t create reality, because believing something doesn’t make it true.  However, often we cling to our beliefs, hoping they’ll materialize.  Even viewing the concrete facts that contradict our perception doesn’t always bring the truth to light.  We often need help to interpret what we see, so we can understand the truth, alter our thinking, and know how to respond. 



Faith and hope don’t create financial freedom. Truth and reason do.



Today’s conversation will challenge your belief system because it uncovers the reality that the typical financial system tries so desperately to hide.  The result will be an elevation of your thinking.  In thinking differently, you’ll gain the greatest clarity and see how to rise above it, all in the same instant.



Your transformation comes along with a disclaimer that certainty often comes from doing the opposite of what everyone else is doing.



Where Your Investing Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System







Understanding real rates of return is part of ensuring your ability to reach your investing goals.  But before that, this knowledge will help you calibrate your mindset to fine-tune your goals in the first place, so you actually end up where you want to be. 



]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 52:23
High Return Real Estate, with Jack Gibson https://themoneyadvantage.com/high-return-real-estate-jack-gibson/ Mon, 04 Feb 2019 10:00:04 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=4001 Jack Gibson, President and Co-Founder of High Return Real Estate, gets it.  After building a multi-million-dollar income with a multi-level health company, he had a serious wake-up call.  A bet was placed against his company’s stock, and he ran the risk of losing his financial footing.  He felt vulnerable watching his only income source teeter and committed to building multiple streams of passive income. In a short time, he’d built a portfolio of over 50 properties.  Now, along with Jack Schechter, he operates High Return Real Estate, a turnkey provider. They specializing in helping other people build cash flow income with turnkey rental real estate in Indianapolis, IN. Where Turnkey Real Estate Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System It’s not enough just to make a decent living and trust someone else to manage your money for you. Instead, you want to control your life and financial destiny.  That’s why we, at The Money Advantage, help business owners build time and money freedom.  We do this using our 3-step cash flow system.  First, you’ll keep more of the money you make through tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings to where you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance and legal protection, and privatized banking.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy. Today’s conversation about turnkey real estate investing fits into Stage 3: Investing.  It will educate you and give you options for investing for cash flow. Who Is Jack Gibson? Jack Gibson is the President and Co-Founder of High Return Real Estate.  He began his entrepreneurial journey at 19 and founded his first company at the ripe old age of 21.  Operating a successful nutrition consulting and distribution company, he had built a multi-million-dollar venture before he was old enough to rent a car. Soon after that, he bought his first home as an investment.  One quickly became five, and then the bug hit.  He became obsessed with learning everything about real estate investing and soon had over 50 investment properties generating passive income.  Today, Jack spends his time mentoring other entrepreneurs, building his real estate investment portfolio, and helping other investors build a brighter future through the power of turnkey real estate income. Jack Gibson Conversation Highlights (Partial Transcript) The Start of Entrepreneurship Jack Gibson: [3:05] I was 19 and going to college.  I'd always had the entrepreneurial bug, but I just didn't know how to apply it, especially at a young age. I was getting disgruntled with the whole “go to school, study hard, get good grades, get a job” idea.  That wasn't the path I wanted to be on, but I was just trying to make my parents proud.  One day, while I was sitting in my dorm room, I recieved a flyer for a multi-level marketing nutrition opportunity. At first, I thought, No, I don't want to sell anything. And then for whatever reason, it hit me, why not just keep an open mind and check it out? What do you have to lose? An hour? That's where I think people lose opportunities. It's right in front of you, and you just don't ever really take a look at it. So, I took a look at the business and started. By a year in, I started really gaining some traction.  By 24 months in, we created a million-dollar business, right from my dorm. I had a lot of challenges, of course.  In that first 12 months, I had to figure it out. Then, after I graduated college, got the diploma, and made my parents proud, I worked that business full-time.  And I've been doing that ever since.  I think we closed out at least 10 or 12 million in sales in 2018 for that entity. While it gets a little controversial, the business model offers the ability to have a business with no em... Jack Gibson, President and Co-Founder of High Return Real Estate, gets it.  After building a multi-million-dollar income with a multi-level health company, he had a serious wake-up call.  A bet was placed against his company’s stock, Jack Gibson, President and Co-Founder of High Return Real Estate, gets it.  After building a multi-million-dollar income with a multi-level health company, he had a serious wake-up call.  A bet was placed against his company’s stock, and he ran the risk of losing his financial footing.  He felt vulnerable watching his only income source teeter and committed to building multiple streams of passive income. In a short time, he’d built a portfolio of over 50 properties.  Now, along with Jack Schechter, he operates High Return Real Estate, a turnkey provider. They specializing in helping other people build cash flow income with turnkey rental real estate in Indianapolis, IN.







Where Turnkey Real Estate Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System



It’s not enough just to make a decent living and trust someone else to manage your money for you. Instead, you want to control your life and financial destiny. 







That’s why we, at The Money Advantage, help business owners build time and money freedom.  We do this using our 3-step cash flow system



First, you’ll keep more of the money you make through tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings to where you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund. 



Then, you’ll protect your money with insurance and legal protection, and privatized banking. 



Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy.



Today’s conversation about turnkey real estate investing fits into Stage 3: Investing.  It will educate you and give you options for investing for cash flow.



Who Is Jack Gibson?



Jack Gibson is the President and Co-Founder of High Return Real Estate.  He began his entrepreneurial journey at 19 and founded his first company at the ripe old age of 21.  Operating a successful nutrition consulting and distribution company, he had built a multi-million-dollar venture before he was old enough to rent a car.



Soon after that, he bought his first home as an investment.  One quickly became five, and then the bug hit.  He became obsessed with learning everything about real estate investing and soon had over 50 investment properties generating passive income. 



Today, Jack spends his time mentoring other entrepreneurs, building his real estate investment portfolio, and helping other investors build a brighter future through the power of turnkey real estate income.



Jack Gibson Conversation Highlights (Partial Transcript)



The Start of Entrepreneurship



Jack Gibson: [3:05] I was 19 and going to college.  I'd always had the entrepreneurial bug, but I just didn't know how to apply it, especially at a young age.



I was getting disgruntled with the whole “go to school, study hard, get good grades, get a job” idea.  That wasn't the path I wanted to be on, but I was just trying to make my parents proud. 



One day, while I was sitting in my dorm room, I recieved a flyer for a multi-level marketing nu...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 1:02:13
Privatized Banking – Life Insurance Loans and Why We Use Them https://themoneyadvantage.com/life-insurance-loans-and-why-we-use-them/ Mon, 28 Jan 2019 10:00:12 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=4053 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wDRmau3PzGU Life insurance loans are one of the superpowers of the Infinite Banking Concept.  They give you ready access to capital at any time, for any reason.  These loans from life insurance policies make the cash value of specially-designed life insurance an ideal pool of capital for your investing strategy.  Providing the opportunity to earn uninterrupted compound interest, leverage your capital, boost your returns, shrink opportunity costs, and accelerate time and money freedom, life insurance policy loans come close to financial omnipotence.However, many people encounter a mental hurdle when they consider using loans to fund their investments. These concerns would make perfect sense if I were in their position.  Here’s why: they don’t want to be in debt.  They don’t want to pay to use their money.  And they're concerned that loan interest will eat into their returns when they put their capital to work.  However, much financial fear is based in partial truth and lack of understanding of the full range of impacts of your decisions.  And this isn’t your fault.  Most “financial education” is a spiffed-up sales pitch offered by "financial experts."  Instead of helping you, it's a one-way street, viewed through rose-colored glasses, to a particular financial product.  Meanwhile, you’re wondering if you will be convinced to buy something you don’t actually want or need.  But, consider this, anything worth understanding has layers of complexity, and only those who pursue a comprehensive understanding will gain it. This quote by Bryan Bloom strikes at the heart of the matter: Why isn’t everyone doing this?  Everyone who understands, does.– Bryan Bloom, Confessions of a CPA When it comes to life insurance policy loans, a healthy dose of curiosity will help you gain an understanding of a financial process, principles, and truths that will give you advantages most people only dream of. What We’ll Cover In today’s conversation, we’ll answer your questions about life insurance loans and why we use them, including: What is the function of life insurance cash value in my financial life?How does life insurance increase my liquidity?What is a life insurance policy loan?What can I use a life insurance loan for?When investing, why would I use a life insurance policy loan instead of paying cash?How do I increase my Return on investment by using life insurance loans with my investments?Why would I pay interest to “use my own money”?Are there times that I should consider another loan with a better interest rate? We’ll give you the number one reason to use life insurance loans.  Then, we’ll demonstrate why life insurance loans increase returns on your investments.  Packaging it all together, we’ll show you how life insurance loans give you multi-dimensional access to capital that you won’t find anywhere else. Where Privatized Banking Fits into Your Cash Flow System Life insurance loans are a part of Privatized Banking, just one step in the greater Cash Flow System. Wedged between Stage 1 and 3, Privatized Banking fits into Stage 2, the canopy of protection in your financial life.  While protecting your personal economy from the risk of loss, it also helps you keep more of the money you make and amplifies your cash-flowing asset strategy, accelerating time and money freedom.  The Function of Life Insurance Cash Value in Your Financial Life Cash value is part of your savings, a place to store cash.  This is your stable, safe money that you save for emergencies and opportunities because it holds its value and provides accessibility. The function is completely different from your investing.  With investments, you’re interested in returns.  When you invest, you want to grow your money, either through cash flow or by appreciation.  But life insurance policies are not and never will be an investment. While your life insurance policy's cash value do... https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wDRmau3PzGU Life insurance loans are one of the superpowers of the Infinite Banking Concept.  They give you ready access to capital at any time, for any reason.  These loans from life insurance policies make the cash...
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wDRmau3PzGU




Life insurance loans are one of the superpowers of the Infinite Banking Concept.  They give you ready access to capital at any time, for any reason.  These loans from life insurance policies make the cash value of specially-designed life insurance an ideal pool of capital for your investing strategy.  Providing the opportunity to earn uninterrupted compound interest, leverage your capital, boost your returns, shrink opportunity costs, and accelerate time and money freedom, life insurance policy loans come close to financial omnipotence.However, many people encounter a mental hurdle when they consider using loans to fund their investments. These concerns would make perfect sense if I were in their position.  Here’s why: they don’t want to be in debt.  They don’t want to pay to use their money.  And they're concerned that loan interest will eat into their returns when they put their capital to work. 







However, much financial fear is based in partial truth and lack of understanding of the full range of impacts of your decisions. 



And this isn’t your fault.  Most “financial education” is a spiffed-up sales pitch offered by "financial experts."  Instead of helping you, it's a one-way street, viewed through rose-colored glasses, to a particular financial product.  Meanwhile, you’re wondering if you will be convinced to buy something you don’t actually want or need. 



But, consider this, anything worth understanding has layers of complexity, and only those who pursue a comprehensive understanding will gain it.



This quote by Bryan Bloom strikes at the heart of the matter:



Why isn’t everyone doing this?  Everyone who understands, does.– Bryan Bloom, Confessions of a CPA



When it comes to life insurance policy loans, a healthy dose of curiosity will help you gain an understanding of a financial process, principles, and truths that will give you advantages most people only dream of.



What We’ll Cover



In today’s conversation, we’ll answer your questions about life insurance loans and why we use them, including:



* What is the function of life insurance cash value in my financial life?* How does life insurance increase my liquidity?* What is a life insurance policy loan?* What can I use a life insurance loan for?* When investing, why would I use a life insurance policy loan instead of paying cash?* How do I increase my Return on investment by using life insurance loans with my investments?* Why would I pay interest to “use my own money”?* Are there times that I should consider another loan with a better interest rate?



We’ll give you the number one reason to use life insurance loans.  Then, we’ll demonstrate why life insurance loans increase returns on your investments. 



Packaging it all together, we’ll show you how life insurance loans give you multi-dimensional access to capital that you won’t find anywhere else.



Where Privatized Banking Fits into Your Cash Flow System



Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 51:42
Grow and Leverage: Brian Robbins, Chiropractor & Real Estate Investor https://themoneyadvantage.com/grow-and-leverage-brian-robbins-chiropractor-real-estate-investor/ Mon, 21 Jan 2019 10:00:48 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=3922 Brian Robbins is a 27-year chiropractor, author, real estate investor, the owner of multiple companies, and the father of 10 children.  He’s not only making a great income, but he’s also found a way to create sustainable passive income as well.  This shift is crucial to doing it all and doing it well!We’ll learn from his mental model and way of thinking that allowed him to accomplish so much.  Gleaning from his journey and lessons along the way, you’ll recognize ways to expand your own capabilities and live out your best life. Where Your Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System Here at The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We’re entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.   It’s not enough to just make a great income.  You have to figure out how to keep more, protect that money, and finally, increase and make more through the right investing decisions. That’s why we’ve put together a 3-step roadmap to help business owners create time and money freedom.  This conversation will help you take an honest look at your mindset and add better thinking patterns or delete old ones that aren’t helping you build the life you love today.   Who Is Brian Robbins? Before entering the multifamily investment arena, Dr. Robbins owned several companies including multiple medical practices, a coffee shop, a 1,500-member gym, and real estate investments. These real estate investments included a small apartment complex, a 32,000 square foot retail shopping center which houses his medical practice, and several single-family properties.  Dr. Brian Robbins is the author of Done! The Professional’s Guide to Double-Digit Returns, Multi-Generational Wealth, and a Worry-Free Retirement (2017). Dr. Robbins, business partner of Paul Moore, is now fully committed to helping others reach their financial goals using the Wellings Capital multifamily wealth generation platform.  He and his wife Anita live on a farm in Central Virginia where they have raised 10 children, including 8 that were adopted. Conversation Highlights (Partial Transcript) Entrepreneurial Roots in Early Childhood [3:49 Brian Robbins] I’m a chiropractor by trade. When I graduated from medical school, I always wanted to have a multi-discipline practice.  I was an entrepreneur as far back as I can remember. My mom would get mad because I would go out on my bike, jump into dumpsters, and dig around looking for aluminum cans to throw into a big bag, because I could recycle those and make four bucks.  I sold Postcards from door to door, and did a bit of everything as a kid, just trying to make a little bit of money here and there.  I was born as an entrepreneur.  But after medical school, just looking at options that were out there, I had that in my mind the whole time. Then I did the standard type of practice for several years until we were fortunate enough to adopt some children. And we adopted a sibling group of seven Russian orphans about 20 years ago.  The Catalyst That Launched Him into Entrepreneurship [5:08 Brian Robbins] We had two biological kids at the time.  My wife was unable to get pregnant past those first two children. So, we looked at different options, and just really didn't want to go down the whole road of trying to work with clinics that specialize in helping you conceive.  We decided that we would look at adopting.   This particular group of kids came across our path.  We found out that the Russian government was in the process of getting ready to separate them and send them to three different countries, and they would never see each other.  Their ages ranged from 5 - 14 at the time.  We were fortunate enough to be able to keep them together and bring them into our home.  That was the catalyst that really pushed me forward on my entrepreneurial journey for sure. The Shift Towards Entrepreneurship and Passive Income ... Brian Robbins is a 27-year chiropractor, author, real estate investor, the owner of multiple companies, and the father of 10 children.  He’s not only making a great income, but he’s also found a way to create sustainable passive income as well. Brian Robbins is a 27-year chiropractor, author, real estate investor, the owner of multiple companies, and the father of 10 children.  He’s not only making a great income, but he’s also found a way to create sustainable passive income as well.  This shift is crucial to doing it all and doing it well!We’ll learn from his mental model and way of thinking that allowed him to accomplish so much.  Gleaning from his journey and lessons along the way, you’ll recognize ways to expand your own capabilities and live out your best life.







Where Your Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System



Here at The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We’re entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  







It’s not enough to just make a great income.  You have to figure out how to keep more, protect that money, and finally, increase and make more through the right investing decisions.



That’s why we’ve put together a 3-step roadmap to help business owners create time and money freedom. 



This conversation will help you take an honest look at your mindset and add better thinking patterns or delete old ones that aren’t helping you build the life you love today.  



Who Is Brian Robbins?



Before entering the multifamily investment arena, Dr. Robbins owned several companies including multiple medical practices, a coffee shop, a 1,500-member gym, and real estate investments. These real estate investments included a small apartment complex, a 32,000 square foot retail shopping center which houses his medical practice, and several single-family properties. 



Dr. Brian Robbins is the author of Done! The Professional’s Guide to Double-Digit Returns, Multi-Generational Wealth, and a Worry-Free Retirement (2017).



Dr. Robbins, business partner of Paul Moore, is now fully committed to helping others reach their financial goals using the Wellings Capital multifamily wealth generation platform. 



He and his wife Anita live on a farm in Central Virginia where they have raised 10 children, including 8 that were adopted.



Conversation Highlights (Partial Transcript)



Entrepreneurial Roots in Early Childhood



[3:49 Brian Robbins] I’m a chiropractor by trade. When I graduated from medical school, I always wanted to have a multi-discipline practice. 



I was an entrepreneur as far back as I can remember. My mom would get mad because I would go out on my bike, jump into dumpsters, and dig around looking for aluminum cans to throw into a big bag, because I could recycle those and make four bucks. 



I sold Postcards from door to door, and did a bit of everything as a kid, just trying to make a little bit of money here and there. 



I was born as an entrepreneur.  But after medical school,]]> Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 49:04 9 Keys to a Happy Career Making Millions (Reviewed) https://themoneyadvantage.com/9-keys-happy-career-making-millions-reviewed/ Mon, 14 Jan 2019 10:00:21 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=3917 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L9jhLD0Yz38 A big part of building a life and business you love is doing fulfilling work that produces a high income.  Some may relegate that caliber of work to the one-in-a-million, unicorn-type anomaly – a dream job that doesn’t exist.  However, research-based evidence proves otherwise, finding that 38% of US employees report that they are “very satisfied” with their jobs.  It is possible to do business that makes you happy and highly successful.  If you can meet both of these objectives in a single career, what’s the secret?  How can you deliberately find and produce work you love, so you don’t settle for being one of the more common 62% majority who is less than satisfied?  John Rampton outlines the criteria in his Entrepreneur.com article, 9 Keys to a Happy Career Making Millions. #1: Don’t Just “Follow Your Passion” Unfortunately, the world is filled with broke, passionate people.  Following your passion may sound like the answer to escaping a soul-crushing, mind-numbing job and finding the nirvana of purpose.  But, many well-intentioned, ill-advised people have taken the leap of faith out of a well-paying corporate job, followed their passion, became an entrepreneur, and wound up losing everything. Source: Singularity Hub Remember the foundational wealth principle that dollars follow value?  Rather than following your passion, instead, find what other people want, need, value, and are willing to pay for.  Then use your passion and skill set to meet that need in a better, faster, or more efficient way.  This is how to find what you love that other people love you doing. And that means you’ll be paid handsomely as well. While passion is important to fulfillment, it isn’t everything.  Just because something is exciting and important to you doesn’t mean it will lock into the gear of economic transactions. Instead, fulfilling work requires the intersection of your passion, mission, vocation, and profession.  This means that you are great at it, you love it, the world needs it, and you are paid for it.  Your purpose is at the center of this alignment. This is where you create the maximum impact. So, passion isn’t everything, but it’s one part of a bigger puzzle.  You need to solve the whole algorithm to find work you love. #2: Do What You’re Good At When you do work that you can perform with excellence, you gain pride and a tremendous sense of accomplishment. This contributes to and elevates your fulfillment. But where does that leave you if you feel a calling to new work?  Maybe you want to write or invest in real estate, and you haven’t yet developed skill in that area.   When you start out, you won’t be amazing or command a substantial income.  But through committing the time and discipline to practice as Stephen Pressfield discusses in The War of Art, you’ll become a master. #3: Do Work That’s Engaging Engaging work is defined as work with variety, a sense of completion, autonomy, feedback and a sense of contribution that your work affects other people’s lives. It's all about how you impact others, which is a result of how much value you provide, as demonstrated in The Go-Giver. Stimulating work means that you are at the edge of your comfort zone.  And that means that you are continually growing.  To grow, you need to develop a growth mindset that asks, how can I become this, rather than a fixed mindset that believes, this is who I am. #4: More Income Is Better, To a Point So many people pursue higher and higher incomes and leave their own fulfillment on the back shelf waiting for someday. Yes, higher income is better. You then have the means to provide for your needs and live out a depth of experience that expands yourself and your perspective. But placing too much emphasis on the size of your paycheck can actually shrink the quality of your life.  If it comes at the expense of unfulfilling work that demands all your ti... https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L9jhLD0Yz38 A big part of building a life and business you love is doing fulfilling work that produces a high income.  Some may relegate that caliber of work to the one-in-a-million,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L9jhLD0Yz38




A big part of building a life and business you love is doing fulfilling work that produces a high income.  Some may relegate that caliber of work to the one-in-a-million, unicorn-type anomaly – a dream job that doesn’t exist.  However, research-based evidence proves otherwise, finding that 38% of US employees report that they are “very satisfied” with their jobs.  It is possible to do business that makes you happy and highly successful.  If you can meet both of these objectives in a single career, what’s the secret?  How can you deliberately find and produce work you love, so you don’t settle for being one of the more common 62% majority who is less than satisfied?  John Rampton outlines the criteria in his Entrepreneur.com article, 9 Keys to a Happy Career Making Millions.







#1: Don’t Just “Follow Your Passion”



Unfortunately, the world is filled with broke, passionate people.  Following your passion may sound like the answer to escaping a soul-crushing, mind-numbing job and finding the nirvana of purpose.  But, many well-intentioned, ill-advised people have taken the leap of faith out of a well-paying corporate job, followed their passion, became an entrepreneur, and wound up losing everything.



Source: Singularity Hub



Remember the foundational wealth principle that dollars follow value?  Rather than following your passion, instead, find what other people want, need, value, and are willing to pay for.  Then use your passion and skill set to meet that need in a better, faster, or more efficient way.  This is how to find what you love that other people love you doing. And that means you’ll be paid handsomely as well.



While passion is important to fulfillment, it isn’t everything.  Just because something is exciting and important to you doesn’t mean it will lock into the gear of economic transactions.



Instead, fulfilling work requires the intersection of your passion, mission, vocation, and profession.  This means that you are great at it, you love it, the world needs it, and you are paid for it.  Your purpose is at the center of this alignment. This is where you create the maximum impact.



So, passion isn’t everything, but it’s one part of a bigger puzzle.  You need to solve the whole algorithm to find work you love.



#2: Do What You’re Good At



When you do work that you can perform with excellence, you gain pride and a tremendous sense of accomplishment. This contributes to and elevates your fulfillment.



But where does that leave you if you feel a calling to new work?  Maybe you want to write or invest in real estate,]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 33:58
Better Than A Budget: Cash Flow Awareness https://themoneyadvantage.com/cash-flow-awareness-better-than-a-budget/ Mon, 07 Jan 2019 10:00:48 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=3816 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DhRLGegNeHw The ultimate goal of cash flow awareness is to save more each month.  Why? Because generously paying yourself first is the foundation of wealth creation.  With more savings, you build up capital to invest in cash-flowing assets so you can create time and money freedom.  But across all income levels, most people’s savings habits are anemic, or even on life support.  They never get ahead of their spending, so they can’t save. Every month that slips by without a good pulse on your cash flow has you veering further away from financial freedom.One remedy is to outrun the problem by making more money.   However, making more money often comes with a higher-priced lifestyle.  Without the habit and discipline of savings in place, more income does nothing to help you save more. The second solution is budgeting.  But let’s face it – budgeting stinks! It’s stressful, time-consuming, complicated, messy, and usually puts you in a bad mood.   It can seem impossible to squeeze an unpredictable life into a perfect box.  There never seems to be a good way to handle irregular and unforeseeable expenses.   Sometimes one spouse is a spender, and the other doesn’t want to instigate conflict by bringing up the subject of tightening up.   And the whole idea of denying yourself all the things you want seems the opposite of living an abundant life.  Most people finally resort to some form of “bank account budgeting." Their thought is that if it’s in the bank account, it’s available to spend.  But the eventual outcome is regret and a rude awakening when you need the money, and it isn’t there. So, instead of being the ostrich with your head in the sand, how do you commit to self-accountability and gain control of your spending?   With cash flow awareness. This is For You, I Promise You may already be saving consistently. If so, cash flow awareness will help you approach your spending more consciously, make you feel even better about your money, and probably find even more dollars to save. You might be in the top 5% of income earners and feel positive about the lifestyle you’ve had the opportunity to create, but still have a pit in your stomach when you think about the future. If you don’t know where all your money is going, and you want to figure out how to get from active income to passive income, this is for you.  Cash flow awareness will show you the steps to get in control and keep more of the money you make so you can make financial progress. If you feel your income is moderate to low and you haven’t been able to save, these steps will help you shift into a mindset of paying yourself first. And if you’re here and you’re skeptical because you’ve had a love/hate relationship with budgeting, I’ll raise my hand and say, me too! How is Cash Flow Awareness Better Than a Budget? Cash flow awareness is not just a fancy name for budgeting.  Instead, it’s a mindful, values-driven approach to tracking your money that helps you approach your spending consciously.  It’s a holistic, abundant approach to exercising and improving your stewardship, keeping more of your money, and staying happy while you do so.  And it advances you towards time and money freedom. It’s how you go from not having any idea where your money is going each month to being in complete control of what you spend.  And it’s fun, simple, and doable. The reason many people are afraid of budgeting is that it’s the equivalent of a diet.  It cues all the fears, shame, and guilt, archaically attempting to correct behavior with the punishment/reward system.  Budgets are about restrictions, everything you can’t have, the dangling carrot promising a reward if you’re good, and a whole lot of cant’s and scarcity thinking.    It’s unfortunate that the only way our society seems to deal with overindulgence is forced misery, self-punishment, and guilt. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DhRLGegNeHw The ultimate goal of cash flow awareness is to save more each month.  Why? Because generously paying yourself first is the foundation of wealth creation.  With more savings,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DhRLGegNeHw




The ultimate goal of cash flow awareness is to save more each month.  Why? Because generously paying yourself first is the foundation of wealth creation.  With more savings, you build up capital to invest in cash-flowing assets so you can create time and money freedom.  But across all income levels, most people’s savings habits are anemic, or even on life support.  They never get ahead of their spending, so they can’t save. Every month that slips by without a good pulse on your cash flow has you veering further away from financial freedom.One remedy is to outrun the problem by making more money.  



However, making more money often comes with a higher-priced lifestyle.  Without the habit and discipline of savings in place, more income does nothing to help you save more.







The second solution is budgeting. 



But let’s face it – budgeting stinks! It’s stressful, time-consuming, complicated, messy, and usually puts you in a bad mood.  



It can seem impossible to squeeze an unpredictable life into a perfect box.  There never seems to be a good way to handle irregular and unforeseeable expenses.  



Sometimes one spouse is a spender, and the other doesn’t want to instigate conflict by bringing up the subject of tightening up.  



And the whole idea of denying yourself all the things you want seems the opposite of living an abundant life. 



Most people finally resort to some form of “bank account budgeting." Their thought is that if it’s in the bank account, it’s available to spend.  But the eventual outcome is regret and a rude awakening when you need the money, and it isn’t there.



So, instead of being the ostrich with your head in the sand, how do you commit to self-accountability and gain control of your spending?  



With cash flow awareness.



This is For You, I Promise



You may already be saving consistently. If so, cash flow awareness will help you approach your spending more consciously, make you feel even better about your money, and probably find even more dollars to save.



You might be in the top 5% of income earners and feel positive about the lifestyle you’ve had the opportunity to create, but still have a pit in your stomach when you think about the future. If you don’t know where all your money is going, and you want to figure out how to get from active income to passive income, this is for you.  Cash flow awareness will show you the steps to get in control and keep more of the money you make so you can make financial progress.



If you feel your income is moderate to low and you haven’t been able to save, these steps will help you shift into a mindset of paying yourself first.



And if you’re here and you’re skeptical because you’ve had a love/hate relationship with budgeting, I’ll raise my hand and say, me too!



How is Cash Flow Awareness Better Than a Budget?



Cash flow awareness is not just a fancy name for budgeting.  Instead, it’s a mindful, values-driven approach to tracking your money that helps you approach your spending consciously.  It’s a holistic, abundant approach to exercising and improving your stewardship, keeping more of your money,]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 54:50
Happy New Year: 2018 Year in Review https://themoneyadvantage.com/happy-new-year-2018-year-in-review/ Mon, 31 Dec 2018 10:00:56 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=3892 As we transition into 2019, we wanted to bring you a personal message about how we bring closure to the end of 2018 and transition into 2019 with as much strength and intention as possible.  We think this will be really helpful to you as you’re building a life and business you love and taking control of your destiny. The Clean Slate of a New Year Ever since I was a kid, I loved waking up to freshly fallen snow.  The world was covered in white with no tracks, disruptions, or flaws. It was a fresh, clean slate. That’s how I feel about the new year. It's this clean slate that creates an expectancy, like anything is possible.  It’s a new beginning, a new start, and new goals. Purpose Instead of Resolutions for the New Year But instead of getting caught up in the buzz of new year's resolutions that usually are broken and fail within the first 24 hours of the new year, how do you stay in abundance and the right mindset? How do you set your intentions and purpose for the new year so you’ll succeed?  Start by Honoring Last Year's Successes And whether last year was a triumph that exceeded all of your goals, or whether you are still reaching for goals that you haven’t yet mastered, how do you honor and value last year?  How do you learn from it, get a sense of closure, meaning and purpose?  And how do you use the last year as a foundation that propels you into the new year as a better, stronger, kinder, wiser, and more successful person? Since this life is one long story, how do you finish well in the middle of the journey?   Our Year End Reflection Tradition We’re going to share with you what we do as part of our ritual and tradition at the end of every year to reflect on the last year, gain insight, and get clear on the next year. We used LifeBook’s annual end of year reflection ceremony guide here to have a series of in-depth conversations over the last week.   In this episode, Lucas and I share our theme for last year, our biggest triumphs and lessons learned, and how we’re using that as a foundation for success in 2019. This process helps you to stay positive by looking backward at how far you’ve come. Start With Gratitude It’s critical to start with gratitude.  Gratitude paves the way to focus on the good stuff and invites more of it into your life, because you’re in the right mindset to receive more. Focus As we built The Money Advantage from a podcast to an online business, focus was a key theme for us.  This was more about saying no to all the wrong things.  As Richard Wilson points out, the ultra-wealthy focus on what they do best.   Only a few things matter to anything, find those few things, stick to them and master them. Darren Hardy Anything that you do there are only a few things that are vital.  There are 100’s of things that must happen with open heart surgery, I only do 2 or 3 things and I leave everything else to my competent team. Dr. Oz, Heart Surgeon For every 100 great opportunities, I say no 99 times.Warren Buffet I’m as proud of what we don’t do as what we do.Steve Jobs We set up the foundation for expansion by focusing on our unique abilities and delegating. Looking Forward to the New Year Because we've laid down a tremendous amount of foundational work, we can now accelerate our growth by increasing our exposure. The Value of Faith Wherever you are, whether satisfied that last year was exceptional, or frustrated that it was less than your expectations, choose to walk in faith.  Persevere in seeing every step you take as part of a bigger journey, and know that you’re becoming the person who’s capable of serving more greatly and expanding your influence. Here is to a very successful 2019! Happy New Year!!! Success leaves clues.  Model the successful few, not the crowd, and build a life and business you love. As we transition into 2019, we wanted to bring you a personal message about how we bring closure to the end of 2018 and transition into 2019 with as much strength and intention as possible.  We think this will be really helpful to you as you’re buildin... As we transition into 2019, we wanted to bring you a personal message about how we bring closure to the end of 2018 and transition into 2019 with as much strength and intention as possible.  We think this will be really helpful to you as you’re building a life and business you love and taking control of your destiny.







The Clean Slate of a New Year



Ever since I was a kid, I loved waking up to freshly fallen snow.  The world was covered in white with no tracks, disruptions, or flaws. It was a fresh, clean slate.



That’s how I feel about the new year. It's this clean slate that creates an expectancy, like anything is possible.  It’s a new beginning, a new start, and new goals.



Purpose Instead of Resolutions for the New Year



But instead of getting caught up in the buzz of new year's resolutions that usually are broken and fail within the first 24 hours of the new year, how do you stay in abundance and the right mindset?



How do you set your intentions and purpose for the new year so you’ll succeed? 



Start by Honoring Last Year's Successes



And whether last year was a triumph that exceeded all of your goals, or whether you are still reaching for goals that you haven’t yet mastered, how do you honor and value last year? 



How do you learn from it, get a sense of closure, meaning and purpose? 



And how do you use the last year as a foundation that propels you into the new year as a better, stronger, kinder, wiser, and more successful person?



Since this life is one long story, how do you finish well in the middle of the journey?  



Our Year End Reflection Tradition



We’re going to share with you what we do as part of our ritual and tradition at the end of every year to reflect on the last year, gain insight, and get clear on the next year.



We used LifeBook’s annual end of year reflection ceremony guide here to have a series of in-depth conversations over the last week.  



In this episode, Lucas and I share our theme for last year, our biggest triumphs and lessons learned, and how we’re using that as a foundation for success in 2019.



This process helps you to stay positive by looking backward at how far you’ve come.



Start With Gratitude



It’s critical to start with gratitude.  Gratitude paves the way to focus on the good stuff and invites more of it into your life, because you’re in the right mindset to receive more.



Focus



As we built The Money Advantage from a podcast to an online business, focus was a key theme for us.  This was more about saying no to all the wrong things. 



As clean 20:30
Mobile Home Park Investing, with Jefferson Lilly of Park Avenue Partners https://themoneyadvantage.com/mobile-home-park-investing-jefferson-lilly-park-avenue-partners/ Mon, 17 Dec 2018 10:00:21 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=3774 When it comes to seeking out and mastering a profitable niche, Jefferson Lilly of Park Avenue Partners, a mobile home park investor, is a true leader.  Looking for a stable way to provide value and earn returns, Jefferson began analyzing real estate deals in multifamily housing across the Midwest.  What he found was perplexing, but he continued to pursue this path until he found out why.  And he’s glad he did because it led him to his life’s work and his ideal investment niche!   Where most multifamily apartment buildings were returning 8%, a mobile home park in the same locality was paying 10%, showing that mobile home parks were more profitable. After he saw this phenomenon ringing true repeatedly in other areas across the country, he started researching to discover why they are such a better deal than apartment buildings, office, retail, or self-storage.  His discovery led to investing personally and managing investor’s capital through partnerships over the last 11 years to acquire 25 mobile home parks in 13 states. His mission is to create wealth for his investors and to expand the supply of affordable housing. We’ll discuss this fascinating real estate niche that’s providing an opportunity for accredited investors to earn returns in the range of 8 – 15% cash on cash. The Definition of Accredited Investor If you may not know what accredited means, here’s a quick definition.  This is an investor with at least $1 Million of net worth, not including the value of their home, or making at least $200K if single, or $300K if married. We know that a majority of our listeners and audience fall into this category and are actively looking for ways to put their cash to work earning a return in the most productive way.  If you aren’t there yet, this will be an excellent opportunity to expand your knowledge in preparation. Where Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System We are a community of wealth creators.  We know that it is not enough to make a great income.  Instead, you have to figure out how to keep more of the money you make, protect your money, and make more through the right investing decisions.   Investing is part of stage 3 in the Cash Flow System.  As you build a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business, you accelerate your path to time and money freedom.   Who Is Jefferson Lilly? Jefferson Lilly is the founder and managing partner of Park Avenue Partners.  Jefferson is a mobile home park investment expert and educator. He is responsible for Park Avenue Partners’ strategic direction, acquisitions, and property operations. Before founding Park Avenue Partners, he co-founded Park Street Partners, a similar partnership also focused on acquiring mobile home parks nationwide. PSP’s investments are returning 8% - 15% cash annually to Limited Partners; appreciation is expected to increase returns further.  Both personally and through his partnerships, Jefferson has acquired 25 MHPs in 13 states since 2007 totaling over $56mm in value. He started the industry’s first podcast (Mobile Home Park Investors) and the largest group on LinkedIn dedicated to investing in mobile home parks.  Before beginning to manage investors’ money in 2014, Jefferson spent seven years investing his own capital in mobile home parks and consulting to high-net-worth families with interests in the manufactured housing industry. Earlier in his career, he held a range of consulting and sales positions with Bain & Company, Viacom, and Verisign. Jefferson has been featured in The New York Times, Bloomberg Magazine, and on the Real Money television show. He holds a B.A. from the University of Pennsylvania and an MBA from the Wharton School of Business.  Jefferson’s favorite mobile home is the 1954 Spartan Imperial Mansion, upon which their logo is partially based. He finds the Bowlus Road Chief to be pretty appealing too. Jefferson Lilly Conversation Highlights (Partial Transcript) When it comes to seeking out and mastering a profitable niche, Jefferson Lilly of Park Avenue Partners, a mobile home park investor, is a true leader.  Looking for a stable way to provide value and earn returns, When it comes to seeking out and mastering a profitable niche, Jefferson Lilly of Park Avenue Partners, a mobile home park investor, is a true leader.  Looking for a stable way to provide value and earn returns, Jefferson began analyzing real estate deals in multifamily housing across the Midwest.  What he found was perplexing, but he continued to pursue this path until he found out why.  And he’s glad he did because it led him to his life’s work and his ideal investment niche!  







Where most multifamily apartment buildings were returning 8%, a mobile home park in the same locality was paying 10%, showing that mobile home parks were more profitable. After he saw this phenomenon ringing true repeatedly in other areas across the country, he started researching to discover why they are such a better deal than apartment buildings, office, retail, or self-storage.  His discovery led to investing personally and managing investor’s capital through partnerships over the last 11 years to acquire 25 mobile home parks in 13 states.



His mission is to create wealth for his investors and to expand the supply of affordable housing.



We’ll discuss this fascinating real estate niche that’s providing an opportunity for accredited investors to earn returns in the range of 8 – 15% cash on cash.



The Definition of Accredited Investor



If you may not know what accredited means, here’s a quick definition.  This is an investor with at least $1 Million of net worth, not including the value of their home, or making at least $200K if single, or $300K if married.



We know that a majority of our listeners and audience fall into this category and are actively looking for ways to put their cash to work earning a return in the most productive way.  If you aren’t there yet, this will be an excellent opportunity to expand your knowledge in preparation.



Where Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System







We are a community of wealth creators.  We know that it is not enough to make a great income.  Instead, you have to figure out how to keep more of the money you make, protect your money, and make more through the right investing decisions.  



Investing is part of stage 3 in the Cash Flow System.  As you build a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business, you accelerate your path to time and money freedom.  



Who Is Jefferson Lilly?



Jefferson Lilly is the founder and managing partner of Park Avenue Partners.  Jefferson is a mobile home park investment expert and educator. He is responsible for Park Avenue Partners’ strategic direction, acquisitions, and property operations. Before founding Park Avenue Partners, he co-founded Park Street Partners, a similar partnership also focused on acquiring mobile home parks nationwide. PSP’s investments are returning 8% - 15% cash annually to Limited Partners; appreciation is expected to increase returns further. 



Both personally and through his partnerships, Jefferson has acquired 25 MHPs in 13 states since 2007 totaling over $56mm in value. He started the industry’s first podcast (Mobile Home Park Investors) and the largest group on  clean 50:43 Strategic End of Year Tax Moves That Leave You Wealthier https://themoneyadvantage.com/year-end-tax-moves-leave-you-wealthier/ Mon, 10 Dec 2018 10:00:04 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=3678 As you count down the days until Christmas, you’re also counting down the days you have before you tie up the loose ends on your fiscal year to prepare for 2018 taxes.  We’ll walk you through practical and strategic tax moves you can make to close out the books, stay organized, and save taxes.  This will help you keep more money in your pocket and best plan for next year.There’s lots of information out there. On the one hand, some of the typical advice is so commonplace, it seems like common sense. On the other hand, there may be strategies and options you may not even be aware of yet. This can lead to financial noise, creating confusion, procrastination, and overwhelm.  Instead, we want you face the end of year empowered and proactive. That’s why we’re helping you sift through the information to discover the strategies that align with our community’s core values and principles.  Our filter is an abundance mindset, maximizing cash flow and control, and getting your money to do the most for you. And if you’re feeling like year’s end is a ticking time bomb with so much left to do, use these simple resources as a guide.  You may be able to implement a few changes this year to make a big difference in 2018 taxes.  Better yet, you’ll be armed and dangerous with a head start to make 2019 your best year yet! Customization Required Your situation and needs depend on whether you’re doing your own accounting and hiring out tax preparation, or have an accountant.  In addition, the size and stage of your business, and your plans to scale and grow matter. We recognize that there may be some things that don’t apply to you.  That’s great!  You’ll pick up information that will help you right where you are and also with where you are going. And if you want to consider a shift that would really set you ahead, we have a recommendation for a tax strategist at the end, who may be just what you need to minimize taxes this year and every year going forward. Many of these strategies translate over to your personal life too, where attention and intention help you make huge improvements! One necessary disclaimer: we are not CPAs or tax professionals.  However, we do have them on our team, because tax savings done right is a crucial part of improving our and our community’s lives.  So, make sure you talk with a tax professional about what’s right for you. Where Tax Planning Fits into the Cash Flow System In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then, you protect your money.  And finally, you increase and make more money. Tax planning and strategy to increase your cash flow is part of Stage 1, your foundation.  When you keep more of your money, you increase current cash flow.  That is what allows you to build up capital and put it to work in cash-flowing assets, because the ticket to future cash flow from assets is current cash flow from income. Five Hand-Selected Articles to Help You Have Your Best Tax Planning Year Yet Our team has hand-curated five helpful articles to give you the full scope of your end of year closure and preparation.  I’ll share a brief synopsis of each here.  Be sure to check out the podcast for the full discussion. 1) Five Things Business Owners Can Do at Year-End to Lower Their Taxes, by Stephen Fishman, published on NOLO This article covered most of the typical advice you hear about big financial moves to offload cash and raise this year’s deductions. They recommend purchasing business equipment for the deduction and the depreciation, but without a clear caution to not purchase stuff you don’t need. While this seems like it should go without saying, way too many business owners buy a new truck at the end of the year to save taxes, meanwhile bleeding out cash flow in the form of an expense they didn’t need in the first place. The article also suggests funding retirement plans, As you count down the days until Christmas, you’re also counting down the days you have before you tie up the loose ends on your fiscal year to prepare for 2018 taxes.  We’ll walk you through practical and strategic tax moves you can make to close out ... As you count down the days until Christmas, you’re also counting down the days you have before you tie up the loose ends on your fiscal year to prepare for 2018 taxes.  We’ll walk you through practical and strategic tax moves you can make to close out the books, stay organized, and save taxes.  This will help you keep more money in your pocket and best plan for next year.There’s lots of information out there. On the one hand, some of the typical advice is so commonplace, it seems like common sense. On the other hand, there may be strategies and options you may not even be aware of yet.



This can lead to financial noise, creating confusion, procrastination, and overwhelm.  Instead, we want you face the end of year empowered and proactive.



That’s why we’re helping you sift through the information to discover the strategies that align with our community’s core values and principles.  Our filter is an
abundance mindset, maximizing cash flow and control, and getting your money to do the most for you.



And if you’re feeling like year’s end is a ticking time bomb with so much left to do, use these simple resources as a guide.  You may be able to implement a few changes this year to make a big difference in 2018 taxes.  Better yet, you’ll be armed and dangerous with a head start to make 2019 your best year yet!







Customization Required



Your situation and needs depend on whether you’re doing your own accounting and hiring out tax preparation, or have an accountant.  In addition, the size and stage of your business, and your plans to scale and grow matter.



We recognize that there may be some things that don’t apply to you.  That’s great!  You’ll pick up information that will help you right where you are and also with where you are going.



And if you want to consider a shift that would really set you ahead, we have a recommendation for a tax strategist at the end, who may be just what you need to minimize taxes this year and every year going forward.



Many of these strategies translate over to your personal life too, where attention and intention help you make huge improvements!



One necessary disclaimer: we are not CPAs or tax professionals.  However, we do have them on our team, because tax savings done right is a crucial part of improving our and our community’s lives.  So, make sure you talk with a tax professional about what’s right for you.



Where Tax Planning Fits into the Cash Flow System







In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then, you protect your money.  And finally, you increase and make more money.



Tax planning and strategy to increase your cash flow is part of Stage 1, your foundation.  When you keep more of your money, you increase current cash flow.  That is what allows you to build up capital and put it to work in cash-flowing assets, because the ticket to future cash flow from assets is current cash flow from income.
]]> Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 58:29 Privatized Banking: High Cash Value and Long-Term Growth https://themoneyadvantage.com/high-cash-value-long-term-growth/ Mon, 03 Dec 2018 10:00:53 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=3610 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EdACBsnfLL8 A typical whole life insurance policy won’t give you the high early cash value and long-term growth you need for Privatized Banking.  As enticing as its certainty and control are to wealth creators, it’s not enough.  You’ll need enhancements to convert your policy from a slow equity-builder into one that you can use quickly. Policy modifications are like custom upgrades on a standard model floorplan when you’re building a house.  These design features make all the difference between an accumulation plan, and one you can actually use. In What Kind of Policy Do You Want, Part 1, we discussed the key elements: a dividend-paying whole life insurance contract with a mutual company that has guaranteed premiums, guaranteed cash value, and a guaranteed death benefit.  Now it’s time to step it up a notch. High cash value up front and long-term performance are highly achievable when you design the policy in a specialized way. This custom design includes specific funding ratios and high-performance custom modifications to a whole life policy. Why You’re Shopping for a High Cash Value Policy Why are you looking for a life insurance policy with high early cash value and long-term growth? You want to secure the advantages of safety and liquidity of your money while maximizing your growth rate.  Your cash value won’t drop in value, and you can access it through policy loans.  Because of this, you know that whole life insurance is an ideal place to store cash, allowing you to be the bank. You’re also grateful for the peace of mind that the death benefit offers.  You are purchasing a net worth that will automatically self-complete when you die, even if you don’t get to live out your wealth creation. But rather than just setting it and forgetting it, you plan to use your life insurance policy while you’re alive.  You want to use your capital along the way to invest in cash-flowing projects to accelerate your wealth creation in a process known as Privatized Banking.  Instead of giving up cash each time you purchase another asset, you maintain control of your capital.  Consequently, you reap the miracle of compound interest and earn a return in two places at the same time. This is why it’s important that you don’t just get a policy that builds cash value at some point.  You want access to lots of cash value very early on in the policy.  Today’s article will show you how that is possible. What We’ll Cover Today, we’ll show you how we fine-tune a life insurance policy to get it to peak performance.  This is the secret sauce behind a Privatized Banking policy.  It’s how we dress up a typical life insurance policy and transform it into the superhero version. We’ll answer: What makes the policy specially designed? How do I build up cash value quickly to invest in opportunities?What do I need to know so I'm not sidetracked with minor details? How do I make sure the policy fits me, personally? We’ll reveal the design of the ideal life insurance policy that serves you best right away, and for decades to come. You’ll learn the three components of a Privatized Banking policy, what each achieves, how they work together, and the ideal funding ratio for high early cash value AND long-term growth.  You’ll gain the framework to find a policy that’s sturdy enough to drive it hard and still last a lifetime. And, you’ll know how to get a built-in contingency plan to gracefully handle the unexpected, expanding the infinite capacity of this policy to serve you. We’ll also show you why some of the more technical elements that are often most talked about are relatively insignificant. You’ll see why they are a distraction, and instead gain the ability to focus on what matters most. Also, because life insurance doesn’t come as a one-size-fits-all, we’ll discuss the individualized element of life insurance. You may need changes, based on underwriting, health status, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EdACBsnfLL8 A typical whole life insurance policy won’t give you the high early cash value and long-term growth you need for Privatized Banking.  As enticing as its certainty and control are to wealth creators,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EdACBsnfLL8




A typical whole life insurance policy won’t give you the high early cash value and long-term growth you need for Privatized Banking.  As enticing as its certainty and control are to wealth creators, it’s not enough.  You’ll need enhancements to convert your policy from a slow equity-builder into one that you can use quickly. Policy modifications are like custom upgrades on a standard model floorplan when you’re building a house.  These design features make all the difference between an accumulation plan, and one you can actually use.



In What Kind of Policy Do You Want, Part 1, we discussed the key elements: a dividend-paying whole life insurance contract with a mutual company that has guaranteed premiums, guaranteed cash value, and a guaranteed death benefit.  Now it’s time to step it up a notch.



High cash value up front and long-term performance are highly achievable when you design the policy in a specialized way. This custom design includes specific funding ratios and high-performance custom modifications to a whole life policy.







Why You’re Shopping for a High Cash Value Policy



Why are you looking for a life insurance policy with high early cash value and long-term growth?



You want to secure the advantages of safety and liquidity of your money while maximizing your growth rate.  Your cash value won’t drop in value, and you can access it through policy loans.  Because of this, you know that whole life insurance is an ideal place to store cash, allowing you to be the bank.



You’re also grateful for the peace of mind that the death benefit offers.  You are purchasing a net worth that will automatically self-complete when you die, even if you don’t get to live out your wealth creation.



But rather than just setting it and forgetting it, you plan to use your life insurance policy while you’re alive.  You want to use your capital along the way to invest in cash-flowing projects to accelerate your wealth creation in a process known as Privatized Banking.  Instead of giving up cash each time you purchase another asset, you maintain control of your capital.  Consequently, you reap the miracle of compound interest and earn a return in two places at the same time.



This is why it’s important that you don’t just get a policy that builds cash value at some point.  You want access to lots of cash value very early on in the policy.  Today’s article will show you how that is possible.



What We’ll Cover



Today, we’ll show you how we fine-tune a life insurance policy to get it to peak performance.  This is the secret sauce behind a Privatized Banking policy.  It’s how we dress up a typical life insurance policy and transform it into the superhero version.



We’ll answer:



* What makes the policy specially designed? * How do I build up cash value quickly to invest in opportunities?]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 51:16
Teaching Kids Free Market Principles, with Connor Boyack https://themoneyadvantage.com/tuttle-twins-free-market-principles/ Mon, 26 Nov 2018 10:00:26 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=3594 Connor Boyack is the author The Tuttle Twins, a series of a premier free market educational books for kids.  Once a web developer and online marketer, his passion transformed him into an economic, history and political philosopher and educator. Because he was perplexed by current events, he began studying history’s patterns, looking for answers to prevent us from repeating the mistakes of the past.  Through his study, he discovered the time-tested principles of free market economics, liberty, and entrepreneurship. Connor then immersed himself in political activism, starting a think tank to change state laws.  While helping Tesla battle against the traditional car companies and protectionist laws that prohibited them from selling any cars in Utah, he began grappling with a new question.  How could he help his young children understand his work of protecting the free market? Finding no other resources, he set out to create one for kids to understand these big philosophical ideas.  The Tuttle Twins books were born.  Now a series of nine stories that condense the ideas of liberty-minded authors such as Leonard Read, Henry Hazlitt, G. Edward Griffin, Ayn Rand, and Frederick Bastiat, the Tuttle Twins communicate big ideas in a way that everybody can understand. Because these books are creating a movement of thinkers, we wanted to share the author’s take. Where Creating a Legacy Fits into the Cash Flow System As a community of wealth creators, one of our most compelling desires is not only to thrive personally, but to leave a legacy for our children of the wisdom, principles, and character that make it possible. Let’s look at the big picture. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make, then you protect your money, and finally, you increase and make more. This conversation will take us full circle and land in two places. Firstly, it’s part of helping you create and solidify your own mindset, philosophy, and principles of wealth creation in the very first step of the first phase. Secondly, it’s also part of creating a legacy and passing on the wisdom that will help our kids flourish as entrepreneurs and value creators in the very last step of the last phase. Who Is Connor Boyack? Connor Boyack is president of Libertas Institute; a free market think tank in Utah. In that capacity, he has spearheaded many successful policy reforms in areas such as education reform, civil liberties, government transparency, business deregulation, personal freedom, and more. Connor is also president of The Association for Teaching Kids Economics, a nationally focused nonprofit training teachers on basic economic principles, so they are empowered and motivated to help their students learn more about the free market. As a public speaker and author of over a dozen books, Connor is best known for The Tuttle Twins books, a children’s series introducing young readers to economic, political, and civic principles. He co-hosts a podcast along with Bryan Hyde that discusses entrepreneurship, innovation, philosophy, current events, politics, and more. They feature interesting guests who have compelling messages worth learning about, helping expose the public to insights and efforts that deserve greater awareness and support. Connor lives near Salt Lake City, Utah, with his wife and two homeschooled children. Connor Boyack Conversation Highlights (Partial Transcript) The Food Truck Fiasco Connor Boyack: [11:46] One of my favorites is The Tuttle Twins and the Food Truck Fiasco. This was our fourth book. It's based on the ideas from Economics in One Lesson, by Henry Hazlitt. It’s an important issue on its own. It talks a lot about protectionism, how, often the incumbent players in a market or industry will work with their buddies in government to create laws that prevent their upstart competitors from being able to have a free and fair playing field... Connor Boyack is the author The Tuttle Twins, a series of a premier free market educational books for kids.  Once a web developer and online marketer, his passion transformed him into an economic, history and political philosopher and educator. Connor Boyack is the author The Tuttle Twins, a series of a premier free market educational books for kids.  Once a web developer and online marketer, his passion transformed him into an economic, history and political philosopher and educator. Because he was perplexed by current events, he began studying history’s patterns, looking for answers to prevent us from repeating the mistakes of the past.  Through his study, he discovered the time-tested principles of free market economics, liberty, and entrepreneurship.



Connor then immersed himself in political activism, starting a think tank to change state laws.  While helping Tesla battle against the traditional car companies and protectionist laws that prohibited them from selling any cars in Utah, he began grappling with a new question.  How could he help his young children understand his work of protecting the free market?



Finding no other resources, he set out to create one for kids to understand these big philosophical ideas.  The Tuttle Twins books were born.  Now a series of nine stories that condense the ideas of liberty-minded authors such as Leonard Read, Henry Hazlitt, G. Edward Griffin, Ayn Rand, and Frederick Bastiat, the Tuttle Twins communicate big ideas in a way that everybody can understand.



Because these books are creating a movement of thinkers, we wanted to share the author’s take.







Where Creating a Legacy Fits into the Cash Flow System







As a community of wealth creators, one of our most compelling desires is not only to thrive personally, but to leave a legacy for our children of the wisdom, principles, and character that make it possible.



Let’s look at the big picture.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make, then you protect your money, and finally, you increase and make more.



This conversation will take us full circle and land in two places.



Firstly, it’s part of helping you create and solidify your own mindset, philosophy, and principles of wealth creation in the very first step of the first phase.



Secondly, it’s also part of creating a legacy and passing on the wisdom that will help our kids flourish as entrepreneurs and value creators in the very last step of the last phase.



Who Is Connor Boyack?



Connor Boyack is president of Libertas Institute; a free market think tank in Utah. In that capacity, he has spearheaded many successful policy reforms in areas such as education reform, civil liberties, government transparency, business deregulation, personal freedom, and more.



Connor is also president of The Association for Teaching Kids Economics, a nationally focused nonprofit training teachers on basic economic principles, so they are empowered and motivated to help their students learn more about the free market.



As a public speaker and author of over a dozen books, Connor is best known for The Tuttle Twins books, a children’s series introducing young readers to economic, political, and civic principles.



He co-hosts a podcast along with Bryan Hyde that discusses entrepreneurship, innovation, philosophy, current events, politics, and more. They feature interesting guests who have compelling messages worth learning about, helping expose the public to insights and efforts that ...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 44:37
Rich Person Roth: For the Most Tax-Free Income (Reviewed) https://themoneyadvantage.com/rich-person-roth-most-tax-free-income/ Mon, 19 Nov 2018 10:00:37 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=3411 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D3Yq3m8snKk Although Trump’s Tax Reform cut taxes in many ways, millions of Americans will see taxes increase in 2018.  The lower standardized deduction and the $10K cap on deductions for SALT (State and Local Taxes) will primarily affect those in the upper-middle to mid-upper class.   Consequently, tax planning is becoming a growing priority for an increasing population.  But for one of the most common tax-minimizing tactics, the Roth IRA, the luster is wearing thin as its limitations are becoming increasingly apparent.  In its place, the Rich Person Roth is taking center stage as a strategic tool to reduce current and future income taxes, as articulated by David Rae, in the Forbes article, Rich Person Roth: For The Most Tax-Free Retirement Income. This article discusses how the Rich Person Roth beats a basic Roth IRA and how it overcomes the biggest risks to your financial security.  Then it opens a candid dialogue about why it isn’t for everyone. In addition to discussing the points of this article, we’ll help you think through how best to reduce income taxes and create a future of time and money freedom. Where Privatized Banking Fits into Your Cash Flow System Life insurance loans are a part of Privatized Banking, just one step in the greater Cash Flow System. Wedged between Stage 1 and 3, Privatized Banking fits into Stage 2, the canopy of protection in your financial life.  While protecting your personal economy from the risk of loss, it also helps you keep more of the money you make and amplifies your cash-flowing asset strategy, accelerating time and money freedom.  Why Future Tax-Free Income Is in High Demand While tax law changes have everyone on high alert, grappling for how exactly they will be affected today, the discerning are already calculating future impacts. To widen our view of how to handle current and future taxes, let’s talk about the three ways money set aside for the future can be taxed. Tax-Deferred One strategy is to find financial tools that defer a tax.  Here, the investment is made pre-tax, lowering taxable income in the year the contribution is made. However, income taken from these accounts later is taxed at whatever future tax rates will be at that time.  Familiar accounts in this category are 401k’s, 403b’s, IRAs. While suppressing and placing a bandage on an immediate concern, tax-deferred assets create more uncertainty for the future.  What will tax rates be at that time? How will I be impacted?  How much money will I have, how much tax will I owe, and what will be left? Taxable Another type of financial tool is a taxable asset.  With a taxable account, you put in dollars that have already been taxed.  As your money grows, the growth is taxable income. Accounts like checking, savings, money markets, and securities fall in this category. The growth is taxable each year.  In the early years, growth is small, and the taxes are fairly insignificant. But as these accounts grow over time, the taxes due can become hefty. Most people don’t pay the taxes out of the account, but instead, must find a way to pay the taxes due out of their current income. Tax-Free, or Tax-Exempt Because of the tax implications of both tax-deferred and taxable accounts, many are seeking respite in tax-free assets. These accounts offer the ability to set aside already-taxed dollars in an account that will grow tax-free and be able to be used tax-free. With these vehicles, you have a limit on your tax.  What you pay in tax today is all you’ll ever pay. For the forward-thinker, the Rich Mans Roth works the best to minimize your future tax burden. Why the Roth IRA Falls Short IRA’s are often thought of as the champion of tax-free income planning because they fall in the tax-free category.  However, they fail the high-income earner in several ways. 1) Loss of Control with Limited Access First, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D3Yq3m8snKk Although Trump’s Tax Reform cut taxes in many ways, millions of Americans will see taxes increase in 2018.  The lower standardized deduction and the $10K cap on deductions for SALT (State and Local Taxes)...
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D3Yq3m8snKk




Although Trump’s Tax Reform cut taxes in many ways, millions of Americans will see taxes increase in 2018.  The lower standardized deduction and the $10K cap on deductions for SALT (State and Local Taxes) will primarily affect those in the upper-middle to mid-upper class.   Consequently, tax planning is becoming a growing priority for an increasing population.  But for one of the most common tax-minimizing tactics, the Roth IRA, the luster is wearing thin as its limitations are becoming increasingly apparent.  In its place, the Rich Person Roth is taking center stage as a strategic tool to reduce current and future income taxes, as articulated by David Rae, in the Forbes article, Rich Person Roth: For The Most Tax-Free Retirement Income.



This article discusses how the Rich Person Roth beats a basic Roth IRA and how it overcomes the biggest risks to your financial security.  Then it opens a candid dialogue about why it isn’t for everyone.



In addition to discussing the points of this article, we’ll help you think through how best to reduce income taxes and create a future of time and money freedom.







Where Privatized Banking Fits into Your Cash Flow System







Life insurance loans are a part of Privatized Banking, just one step in the greater Cash Flow System.



Wedged between Stage 1 and 3, Privatized Banking fits into Stage 2, the canopy of protection in your financial life.  While protecting your personal economy from the risk of loss, it also helps you keep more of the money you make and amplifies your cash-flowing asset strategy, accelerating time and money freedom. 



Why Future Tax-Free Income Is in High Demand



While tax law changes have everyone on high alert, grappling for how exactly they will be affected today, the discerning are already calculating future impacts.



To widen our view of how to handle current and future taxes, let’s talk about the three ways money set aside for the future can be taxed.



Tax-Deferred



One strategy is to find financial tools that defer a tax.  Here, the investment is made pre-tax, lowering taxable income in the year the contribution is made.



However, income taken from these accounts later is taxed at whatever future tax rates will be at that time.  Familiar accounts in this category are 401k’s, 403b’s, IRAs.



While suppressing and placing a bandage on an immediate concern, tax-deferred assets create more uncertainty for the future.  What will tax rates be at that time? How will I be impacted?  How much money will I have, how much tax will I owe, and what will be left?



Taxable



Another type of financial tool is a taxable asset.  With a taxable account, you put in dollars that have already been taxed.  As your money grows, the growth is taxable income.



Accounts like checking, savings, money markets, and securities fall in this category.



The growth is taxable each year.  In the early years, growth is small,]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 41:04
What Kind of Policy Do You Use for Privatized Banking? https://themoneyadvantage.com/privatized-banking-what-kind-of-policy-do-you-use/ Mon, 12 Nov 2018 14:30:49 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=3345 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=au5k8SZsAus You’re on the hunt for the best life insurance policy to use for Privatized Banking. For this, not just any policy will do. You want to buy exactly the right kind of life insurance to get cash you can use, earn uninterrupted compounding, and have your dollars working in two places at the same time.Life insurance is a powerful product that can serve you in infinite ways at the same time.  But designing a life insurance policy in a way that fulfills its potential has become almost a lost art. One type of policy, with particular high-performance modifications, does Privatized Banking best.  The special design ensures that you have high early cash value and maximum long-term growth while maintaining its tax advantages. Why You’re Buying a Privatized Banking Policy Let’s back up to gain some context. You already have the cash to begin investing.  But instead of draining your savings account to buy the investment, you want to maintain control of your capital.  You know that you can maximize the long-term efficiency of your whole personal economy by using the Infinite Banking Concept.  With it, you get safety, growth, and access to your money. To implement this strategy, you’ll first store your capital in a life insurance contract. When you want to invest, you’ll borrow against your cash value, using a guaranteed loan feature.  And when you repay the loan, you have the flexibility to choose a pace that works for you. Because you’re not using your capital, but collateralizing it, you’ll continue earning uninterrupted compound interest.  Even while you invest, giving you returns in two places at once. Now that you’re ready to buy a policy to help you accomplish all that, what do you look for? Your Questions About What Kind of Policy to Use for Privatized Banking, Answered If you’ve ever spent a minute shopping for life insurance, the process can be downright overwhelming.  It’s easy to feel like the assortment of options is like Baskin Robbin’s 31 flavors. All might be good, but which one is best? Today, we’ll answer your most important questions about Privatized Banking policies: What kind of life insurance policy do I need?What are the essentials to make sure the policy performs best? Can I use any cash value life insurance product?What makes the policy specially designed? How do I ensure it won’t take forever to build up cash value and I can use my cash quickly to invest in opportunities? We’ll reveal the design of the ideal life insurance policy for Privatized Banking.  You’ll find out the three major types of life insurance, and why only one works for Privatized Banking.  You’ll discover the only kind of life insurance company you want to work with.  And you’ll learn what makes a policy specially designed so that it becomes a great place to store cash. You’ll gain a map to label all the crucial components of a Privatized Banking policy. Instead of being overwhelmed with minor details, you’ll know exactly what you want and what to focus on. And you’ll be equipped with purchaser prowess to quickly and easily determine if a policy measures up, so you don’t buy a policy that underperforms. Where Privatized Banking Fits into Your Cash Flow System Privatized Banking with Specially Designed Life Insurance Contracts (SDLIC) is just one step in the greater Cash Flow System. It fits into Stage 2, a part of keeping and protecting your money. We said before that Privatized Banking is like the peanut butter to your cash flow sandwich.  It’s wedged between Stage 1 – keeping more of the money you already make – and Stage 3 – increasing your cash flow from investments. And it helps you do everything else better. Privatized Banking increases your financial efficiency, enables you to keep more of what you already make, amplifies your cash-flowing asset strategy, and accelerates your time and money freedom. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=au5k8SZsAus You’re on the hunt for the best life insurance policy to use for Privatized Banking. For this, not just any policy will do. You want to buy exactly the right kind of life insurance to get cash you can use...
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=au5k8SZsAus




You’re on the hunt for the best life insurance policy to use for Privatized Banking. For this, not just any policy will do. You want to buy exactly the right kind of life insurance to get cash you can use, earn uninterrupted compounding, and have your dollars working in two places at the same time.Life insurance is a powerful product that can serve you in infinite ways at the same time.  But designing a life insurance policy in a way that fulfills its potential has become almost a lost art.



One type of policy, with particular high-performance modifications, does Privatized Banking best.  The special design ensures that you have high early cash value and maximum long-term growth while maintaining its tax advantages.







Why You’re Buying a Privatized Banking Policy



Let’s back up to gain some context.



You already have the cash to begin investing.  But instead of draining your savings account to buy the investment, you want to maintain control of your capital.  You know that you can maximize the long-term efficiency of your whole personal economy by using the Infinite Banking Concept.  With it, you get safety, growth, and access to your money.



To implement this strategy, you’ll first store your capital in a life insurance contract.



When you want to invest, you’ll borrow against your cash value, using a guaranteed loan feature.  And when you repay the loan, you have the flexibility to choose a pace that works for you.



Because you’re not using your capital, but collateralizing it, you’ll continue earning uninterrupted compound interest.  Even while you invest, giving you returns in two places at once.



Now that you’re ready to buy a policy to help you accomplish all that, what do you look for?



Your Questions About What Kind of Policy to Use for Privatized Banking, Answered



If you’ve ever spent a minute shopping for life insurance, the process can be downright overwhelming.  It’s easy to feel like the assortment of options is like Baskin Robbin’s 31 flavors. All might be good, but which one is best?



Today, we’ll answer your most important questions about Privatized Banking policies:



* What kind of life insurance policy do I need?* What are the essentials to make sure the policy performs best? * Can I use any cash value life insurance product?* What makes the policy specially designed? * How do I ensure it won’t take forever to build up cash value and I can use my cash quickly to invest in opportunities?



We’ll reveal the design of the ideal life insurance policy for Privatized Banking.  You’ll find out the three major types of life insurance, and why only one works for Privatized Banking.  You’ll discover the only kind of life insurance company you want to work with.  And you’ll learn what makes a policy specially designed so that it becomes a great place to store cash.



You’ll gain a map to label all the crucial components of a Privatized Banking policy.



Instead of being overwhelmed with minor details, you’ll know exactly what you want and what to focus on.



And you’ll be equipped with purchaser prowess to quickly and easily determine if a policy measures up, so you don’t buy a policy that underperforms.]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 50:09
Turnkey Real Estate Investing in Memphis, TN, with Mid South Homebuyers https://themoneyadvantage.com/mid-south-homebuyers-turnkey-real-estate/ Mon, 05 Nov 2018 10:00:11 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=3158 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IVRE4Jk9XY4 Get to know the team at Mid South Homebuyers.  This conversation will help you determine how and when turnkey rental real estate could help you invest for cash flow. Who Are Terry Kerr and Liz Nowlin Brody? Terry Kerr Terry Kerr was born in 1970 in Memphis Tennessee.  Except for some nomadic travel in his early twenties, has lived in Memphis his whole adult life. Terry enjoys water sports, hiking, and the Memphis Grizzlies with his family. He shares his life with his wonderful wife Elaine and two amazing kids, Amelia 17 and Andrew 13. Founder and CEO of Mid South Homebuyers, Terry fell in love with making ugly houses pretty in 2001 and set out to master the business of passing bargains on to bargain hunters. Over the last 15 years, Mid South Homebuyers has purchased, renovated, and sold 1,500+ single-family houses in Memphis to real estate investors across the US and the globe. As a turn-key seller, Mid South Homebuyers provides completely renovated investment property, with a built-in property management and maintenance team, to real estate investors who receive passive income while building wealth through real estate. Terry is fortunate to call Memphis Tennessee home, where the price-to-rent-ratios for investment property are the best in the country. He is extremely grateful to his incredible team for positioning Mid South Homebuyers as the premier turn-key seller in Memphis and the US. Mid South Homebuyers has renovated over 1.7 million sq. ft. of real estate in Memphis TN. Terry attributes the success of Mid South Homebuyers directly to the caring and passionate commitment of his incredible team of professionals who never stop trying to increase value and service for their investor partners. Liz Nowlin Brody Elizabeth Nowlin Brody is an avid real estate investor who has spent the last 16 years of her professional life working in multiple markets as a multi-unit property manager, a marketing director, a Realtor, a writer, and a public speaker. For the last 8, she's been working side by side with Terry Kerr building Mid South Homebuyers into one of the most successful turnkey providers in the U.S. Where Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System We love cash flow.  Cash flow today is the stepping stone for cash flow tomorrow.In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.Investing is part of stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom. Conversation Highlights (Partial Transcript) Investments that Build Wealth Through Cash Flow [07:48] It's single-family, blue-collar real estate.  These are solid houses in solid neighborhoods.  Fortunately, about 52% of the Memphis population rent.  This gives us a really large pool of folks to work with. Here is the business model:  We’ll buy a house, do a full-blown renovation on the house. It's not a lipstick job. It's not just paint and carpet.  We rip off the roofs, gut the kitchens, gut the bathrooms, update the electrical, plumbing, new heating and air.  The houses are in better shape typically when we finished rehabbing than it was when it was first built, just because of higher-end finishes. And we provide the best value for the resident that exists in the Memphis market.  We have slightly below market rents, with the best rehab, and so we have the lowest turnover, and that's the key. We have the lowest turnover of any management company in Memphis, so the longest resident average stay.  Turnover is the biggest killer for folks who own investment property, so if you can keep people in the house and keep them from moving out, that's the ticket. There are a lot of things that go into making that possible.  In big, broad strokes, if the resident is happy and the resident stays, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IVRE4Jk9XY4 Get to know the team at Mid South Homebuyers.  This conversation will help you determine how and when turnkey rental real estate could help you invest for cash flow.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IVRE4Jk9XY4




Get to know the team at Mid South Homebuyers.  This conversation will help you determine how and when turnkey rental real estate could help you invest for cash flow.



Who Are Terry Kerr and Liz Nowlin Brody?



Terry Kerr



Terry Kerr was born in 1970 in Memphis Tennessee.  Except for some nomadic travel in his early twenties, has lived in Memphis his whole adult life. Terry enjoys water sports, hiking, and the Memphis Grizzlies with his family. He shares his life with his wonderful wife Elaine and two amazing kids, Amelia 17 and Andrew 13.







Founder and CEO of Mid South Homebuyers, Terry fell in love with making ugly houses pretty in 2001 and set out to master the business of passing bargains on to bargain hunters. Over the last 15 years, Mid South Homebuyers has purchased, renovated, and sold 1,500+ single-family houses in Memphis to real estate investors across the US and the globe.



As a turn-key seller, Mid South Homebuyers provides completely renovated investment property, with a built-in property management and maintenance team, to real estate investors who receive passive income while building wealth through real estate.



Terry is fortunate to call Memphis Tennessee home, where the price-to-rent-ratios for investment property are the best in the country. He is extremely grateful to his incredible team for positioning Mid South Homebuyers as the premier turn-key seller in Memphis and the US. Mid South Homebuyers has renovated over 1.7 million sq. ft. of real estate in Memphis TN.



Terry attributes the success of Mid South Homebuyers directly to the caring and passionate commitment of his incredible team of professionals who never stop trying to increase value and service for their investor partners.



Liz Nowlin Brody



Elizabeth Nowlin Brody is an avid real estate investor who has spent the last 16 years of her professional life working in multiple markets as a multi-unit property manager, a marketing director, a Realtor, a writer, and a public speaker. For the last 8, she's been working side by side with Terry Kerr building Mid South Homebuyers into one of the most successful turnkey providers in the U.S.



Where Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System







We love cash flow.  Cash flow today is the stepping stone for cash flow tomorrow.In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.Investing is part of stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom.



Conversation Highlights (Partial Transcript)



Investments that Build Wealth Through Cash Flow



[07:48] It's single-family, blue-collar real estate.  These are solid houses in solid neighborhoods.  Fortunately, about 52% of the Memphis population rent.  This gives us a really large pool of folks to work with.



Here is the business model:  We’ll buy a house, do a full-blown renovation on the house. It's not a lipstick job. It's not just paint and carpet.  We rip off the roofs, gut the kitchens, gut the bathrooms, update the electrical, plumbing, new heating and air.]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 58:12
Early Tap of the 401(k) Replaces Homes as American Piggy Bank (Reviewed) https://themoneyadvantage.com/early-tap-of-401k-replaces-homes-as-american-piggy-bank/ Mon, 29 Oct 2018 09:00:58 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=3111 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xr8cAp9ygAQ Piggy banks may seem best suited to our childhood era.  We mentally organize them with wagon-rides, tooth fairies, and the endless pencil-sharpening of early grade school.  But as adults, we need and use piggy banks; they just come in a different form.  When people need money for life’s setbacks and lean times, one of the most accessed “piggy banks” is the 401(k), says Richard Rubin and Margaret Collins, in the Bloomberg article, Early Tap of 401(k) Replaces Homes as American Piggy Bank.Financial products are designed for a specific job.  They may disintegrate when called upon for side jobs outside their area of expertise.  The 401(k), intended for retirement planning, presents serious concerns when doubling as a piggy bank.  Taxes and penalties add hardship in some of life’s darkest financial times when money is tight. This article addresses the market and social forces that caused this phenomenon of this shift in asset choice.  It honestly assesses the problems with using the 401(k) as a piggy bank and proposes solutions. In addition to discussing the points of this article, we’ll separate fact from opinion.  We'll help you think through the savings and protection component of your personal economy.  Then, you’ll be able to progress toward time and money freedom, while best handling financial challenges along the way. Why You Need a Piggy Bank Just because you’ve outgrown the childhood scrapes, bruises, and dirt under the fingernails doesn’t mean you’ve outgrown the need for a piggy bank.  One of the most predictable financial needs is to have accessible cash that you can save for emergencies and opportunities.When you need to replace tires, have medical bills to pay, a child’s wedding or college, or want to buy a rental property, where will you get the cash? Having access to cash is such a consistent and guaranteed need.  By planning ahead and storing cash that will be there when you need it, you’ll bolster your peace of mind. But without available cash, you’ve got to use tools that aren’t ideal, like home equity, retirement savings, or a credit card. Where a Piggy Bank Fits into Your Cashflow Creation System Building a stockpile of savings is to help you weather months of tight income or unforeseen expenses will move you light years ahead towards peace of mind and financial stability.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.   That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.   The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest. Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  Here, you’ll create the right canopy of protection in your financial life.  This second stage encompasses all aspects of Privatized Banking, a key savings and capital deployment strategy that secures your access to capital, maximizing your control, by allowing you to be your own banker. Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy. The Problems with Using a 401(k) as a Piggy Bank The Money is Not All Yours When you put money into a 401(k), your contributions are tax-deferred.  You get a current-year tax break.  But it’s not that you don’t owe tax, it’s that you owe it later.  And when you owe it later, you’ll pay tax on the amount you put in AND on the growth. This taxation is often misunderstood, leading people to believe the balance they see on their account statement is all money that belongs to them.  However, a portion of that money belongs to the IRS, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xr8cAp9ygAQ Piggy banks may seem best suited to our childhood era.  We mentally organize them with wagon-rides, tooth fairies, and the endless pencil-sharpening of early grade school.  But as adults,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xr8cAp9ygAQ




Piggy banks may seem best suited to our childhood era.  We mentally organize them with wagon-rides, tooth fairies, and the endless pencil-sharpening of early grade school.  But as adults, we need and use piggy banks; they just come in a different form.  When people need money for life’s setbacks and lean times, one of the most accessed “piggy banks” is the 401(k), says Richard Rubin and Margaret Collins, in the Bloomberg article, Early Tap of 401(k) Replaces Homes as American Piggy Bank.Financial products are designed for a specific job.  They may disintegrate when called upon for side jobs outside their area of expertise.  The 401(k), intended for retirement planning, presents serious concerns when doubling as a piggy bank.  Taxes and penalties add hardship in some of life’s darkest financial times when money is tight.



This article addresses the market and social forces that caused this phenomenon of this shift in asset choice.  It honestly assesses the problems with using the 401(k) as a piggy bank and proposes solutions.



In addition to discussing the points of this article, we’ll separate fact from opinion.  We'll help you think through the savings and protection component of your personal economy.  Then, you’ll be able to progress toward time and money freedom, while best handling financial challenges along the way.







Why You Need a Piggy Bank



Just because you’ve outgrown the childhood scrapes, bruises, and dirt under the fingernails doesn’t mean you’ve outgrown the need for a piggy bank.  One of the most predictable financial needs is to have accessible cash that you can save for emergencies and opportunities.When you need to replace tires, have medical bills to pay, a child’s wedding or college, or want to buy a rental property, where will you get the cash?



Having access to cash is such a consistent and guaranteed need.  By planning ahead and storing cash that will be there when you need it, you’ll bolster your peace of mind.



But without available cash, you’ve got to use tools that aren’t ideal, like home equity, retirement savings, or a credit card.



Where a Piggy Bank Fits into Your Cashflow Creation System







Building a stockpile of savings is to help you weather months of tight income or unforeseen expenses will move you light years ahead towards peace of mind and financial stability.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.  



That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.  



The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow,]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 36:27
Infinite Banking Concept: The Golden Key that Unlocks Your Financial Life https://themoneyadvantage.com/infinite-banking-concept-unlocks-your-financial-life/ Mon, 22 Oct 2018 09:00:28 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=3050 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0AIoJylhZNI You play a big game, and you want your money to keep pace. Being in control is essential to you, and your money is no exception.  You don’t have time to be strung along every year, hoping for better returns. Instead, you want to be able to count on your money to give you confidence and certainty. You want the cash available to invest in what you understand and control – what matters most to you. Because you’re discerning and savvy, you don’t place stock in magic bullets.  Instead, you want a system that works as long as you live, improving over time like a fine wine. The Infinite Banking Concept (IBC) fits your criteria. Privatized Banking is a golden key that unlocks and improves every other area of your financial life. With it, you reduce taxes, increase safety and liquidity, while earning competitive growth with built-in contractual guarantees. This elevates your ability to perform at the highest level in your life and business. The Ideal Solution Today’s article will show you the ideal solution that you’ve never heard of.  We’ll walk you through the building blocks and what it does for you.  Then, we’ll show you this system is a strategy that you do, not just a financial product you buy. We’ll answer: What is Infinite Banking?Why is it a better place to store my cash?How does it put me in control?How does it improve my financial efficiency?And how does it speed up my path to time and money freedom? You’ll gain a fresh perspective on this historically-sound asset to see this ancient relic resurface as a modern marvel.  Instead of a boring, one-dimensional insurance product, you’ll recognize the craftsmanship and innovative architecture of this financial Swiss army knife.  And you’ll be able to cut through the myth, controversy, and debate to appreciate the power of this financing and wealth creation engine. Where The Infinite Banking Concept Fits into Your Cash Flow System The Infinite Banking Concept is just one step in the greater Cash Flow System. It’s the peanut butter to your cash flow sandwich. Infinite banking is sandwiched between Stage 1, where you’re being more efficient and keeping more money you already make, and Stage 3, where you’re making more from your investments.  It’s what makes the sandwich a sandwich, not just two slices of bread. While it’s nestled into Stage 2, Protection, it also improves everything else around it.  Infinite Banking helps you keep more of the money you make in Stage 1, amplify your cash-flowing asset strategy in Stage 3, and accelerate your Time and Money Freedom. What Do You Want Your Money to Do? Before we delve into what The Infinite Banking Concept is and how it works for you, let's get very clear on what you’re trying to accomplish. Here’s a quick job description you ask your money to perform for you: Create cash flow from assets like real estate and businessesProvide safety and guarantees on money you saveModel the bank by owning and controlling capitalSavings that grows at a competitive rateEarn uninterrupted compound interest, even when you spend your moneyBe a place to hold cash while it’s waiting to be used in opportunitiesLimit money leaks like interest, taxes, and opportunity costsGive you peace of mind so you can perform at the highest level Why The Infinite Banking Concept Is the Perfect Hire Let's say Infinite Banking were a job candidate applying for the position above. Here's its list of qualifications and abilities – what it can do. And, rather than doing one job at a time, it performs all of these 13 jobs at the same time.  Talk about multitasking! 1) Provide Safety, Control, and Certainty Infinite Banking will solve your risk and volatility problems as a place to store your cash where it’s safe and won’t lose value.  This gives you control.  You don’t have to wonder if your money will be there tomorrow, or what it will be worth. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0AIoJylhZNI You play a big game, and you want your money to keep pace. Being in control is essential to you, and your money is no exception.  You don’t have time to be strung along every year,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0AIoJylhZNI




You play a big game, and you want your money to keep pace. Being in control is essential to you, and your money is no exception.  You don’t have time to be strung along every year, hoping for better returns. Instead, you want to be able to count on your money to give you confidence and certainty. You want the cash available to invest in what you understand and control – what matters most to you. Because you’re discerning and savvy, you don’t place stock in magic bullets.  Instead, you want a system that works as long as you live, improving over time like a fine wine. The Infinite Banking Concept (IBC) fits your criteria.



Privatized Banking is a golden key that unlocks and improves every other area of your financial life. With it, you reduce taxes, increase safety and liquidity, while earning competitive growth with built-in contractual guarantees. This elevates your ability to perform at the highest level in your life and business.







The Ideal Solution



Today’s article will show you the ideal solution that you’ve never heard of.  We’ll walk you through the building blocks and what it does for you.  Then, we’ll show you this system is a strategy that you do, not just a financial product you buy.



We’ll answer:



* What is Infinite Banking?* Why is it a better place to store my cash?* How does it put me in control?* How does it improve my financial efficiency?* And how does it speed up my path to time and money freedom?



You’ll gain a fresh perspective on this historically-sound asset to see this ancient relic resurface as a modern marvel.  Instead of a boring, one-dimensional insurance product, you’ll recognize the craftsmanship and innovative architecture of this financial Swiss army knife.  And you’ll be able to cut through the myth, controversy, and debate to appreciate the power of this financing and wealth creation engine.



Where The Infinite Banking Concept Fits into Your Cash Flow System







The Infinite Banking Concept is just one step in the greater Cash Flow System.



It’s the peanut butter to your cash flow sandwich.



Infinite banking is sandwiched between Stage 1, where you’re being more efficient and keeping more money you already make, and Stage 3, where you’re making more from your investments.  It’s what makes the sandwich a sandwich, not just two slices of bread.



While it’s nestled into Stage 2, Protection, it also improves everything else around it.  Infinite Banking helps you keep more of the money you make in Stage 1, amplify your cash-flowing asset strategy in Stage 3, and accelerate your Time and Money Freedom.



What Do You Want Your Money to Do?



Before we delve into what The Infinite Banking Concept is and how it works for you, let's get very clear on what you’re trying to accomplish.



Here’s a quick job description you ask your money to perform for you:



* Create cash flow from assets like real estate and businesses* Provide safety and guarantees...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 50:32
LifeBook: Creating an Extraordinary Life, with Jon and Missy Butcher https://themoneyadvantage.com/lifebook-jon-and-missy-butcher/ Mon, 15 Oct 2018 09:00:14 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=3001 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Hkko7rdyVUc You are a creator!  You can create and live your own extraordinary life, starting right now. And here are the tools to do so, right at your fingertips!  Jon and Missy Butcher, founders of LifeBook, have embodied creating their own life. And you can do that too. To quote Steve Jobs, “Everything around you that you call life was made up by people that were no smarter than you, and you can change it, you can influence it. You can build your own things that other people can use.” If what you see around you is not helping you create the life and business you love, you can recreate it.  You can design your own life. What began as a personal transformation journey for Jon and Missy Butcher has now helped thousands transform their lives into a masterpiece by gaining a clear vision of the person they want to become and the life they want to live, and then mapping out the steps to get there.  Part of that process is recognizing the limiting beliefs you have in that area and developing a healthy consciousness instead that allows you to fulfill your potential. Where Your Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System At The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We are entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  We have a compass that always points back to the principles of wealth, not just to strategies or products.  You need the right mindset, philosophy, and principles of abundance, expansive thinking, creation, cash flow, and control in place first before any financial tactics can genuinely benefit and serve you. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make. Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. This conversation on the mindset, philosophy, and principles of wealth creation fits right into the very first step of the first phase. Who Are Jon and Missy Butcher? Jon & Missy Butcher are serial entrepreneurs, whose life together revolves around their love for each other, their four children and their work. Together, they have founded 19 companies, organized around causes that matter. As creators of Lifebook, an extraordinary system that has helped thousands transform their lives from ordinary to a living masterpiece, Jon and Missy Butcher have discovered how to defy aging, experience long-lasting love, redefine education for their children and build the ideal living environment in which to thrive. Other companies Jon and Missy Butcher own or have co-founded include: Purity Coffee – our value proposition is the cleanest, healthiest coffee on earth.Artists for Addicts – our mission is to change the global conversation surrounding addiction from one of judgment to one of compassion – and to provide addicts with recovery strategies that work.The Precious Moments Family of companies – spreading the message of living, caring and sharing throughout the world.The Sanctuary Healing Gardens – a quiet place of beauty and inspiration, where you can relax, recharge and renew yourself. Jon and Missy Butcher are passionate about world travel, fine wine, beautiful homes, contemporary art, and conscious capitalism. Their purpose on this planet is to create the highest possible quality of life for themselves and the people they love while helping others around them do the same. Jon and Missy Butcher Conversation Highlights (Partial Transcript) The Beginning of an Extraordinary Life [09:14] And from the very beginning, we made a commitment to ourselves and each other that we were going to create an extraordinary love affair that lasts a lifetime. That was our main focus. We went all in from the very beginning, which is significant. And the reason it's significant is that so many couples who aren't completely all in, spend a tremendous amount of energy, sparring, and positioning. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Hkko7rdyVUc You are a creator!  You can create and live your own extraordinary life, starting right now. And here are the tools to do so, right at your fingertips!  Jon and Missy Butcher, founders of LifeBook,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Hkko7rdyVUc




You are a creator!  You can create and live your own extraordinary life, starting right now. And here are the tools to do so, right at your fingertips!  Jon and Missy Butcher, founders of LifeBook, have embodied creating their own life. And you can do that too. To quote Steve Jobs, “Everything around you that you call life was made up by people that were no smarter than you, and you can change it, you can influence it. You can build your own things that other people can use.”



If what you see around you is not helping you create the life and business you love, you can recreate it.  You can design your own life.



What began as a personal transformation journey for Jon and Missy Butcher has now helped thousands transform their lives into a masterpiece by gaining a clear vision of the person they want to become and the life they want to live, and then mapping out the steps to get there.  Part of that process is recognizing the limiting beliefs you have in that area and developing a healthy consciousness instead that allows you to fulfill your potential.







Where Your Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System







At The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We are entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  We have a compass that always points back to the principles of wealth, not just to strategies or products.  You need the right mindset, philosophy, and principles of abundance, expansive thinking, creation, cash flow, and control in place first before any financial tactics can genuinely benefit and serve you.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make. Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



This conversation on the mindset, philosophy, and principles of wealth creation fits right into the very first step of the first phase.



Who Are Jon and Missy Butcher?



Jon & Missy Butcher are serial entrepreneurs, whose life together revolves around their love for each other, their four children and their work.



Together, they have founded 19 companies, organized around causes that matter.



As creators of Lifebook, an extraordinary system that has helped thousands transform their lives from ordinary to a living masterpiece, Jon and Missy Butcher have discovered how to defy aging, experience long-lasting love, redefine education for their children and build the ideal living environment in which to thrive.



Other companies Jon and Missy Butcher own or have co-founded include:



* Purity Coffee – our value proposition is the cleanest, healthiest coffee on earth.* Artists for Addicts – our mission is to change the global conversation surrounding addiction from one of judgment to one of compassion – and to provide addicts with recovery strategies that work.* The Precious Moments Family of companies – spreading the message of living, caring and sharing throughout the world.* The Sanctuary Healing Gardens – a quiet place of beauty and inspir...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 1:04:26
Don’t Be a “Rugged Individualist” – Delegate! (Reviewed) https://themoneyadvantage.com/dont-be-a-rugged-individualist-delegate/ Mon, 08 Oct 2018 09:00:31 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2991 As entrepreneurs building growing businesses, it often becomes necessary to transform ourselves. Innovation requires shedding our old thought patterns and ways of operating, so we can embrace new ones that serve us better.  Dan Sullivan, of Strategic Coach, outlines this phenomenon in his growth-provoking article, Don’t Be a “Rugged Individualist” – Delegate! He contrasts two ways of being. As fledgling entrepreneurs, we embody the tenacity and grit of “rugged individualist.”  Perhaps initially we can’t afford to hire out.  We resort to doing everything ourselves, from marketing, sales, technical expertise, service, managing, hiring, training, picking up supplies, cleaning the bathrooms, etc.  But as we expand, this individualism can quickly become stunting, and downright ridiculous. The maturing business owner must shift from an “I can do it myself” perspective to one of “who can do this better than me?” Trying to do everything yourself limits the good you can do.  Instead, focus on your strengths, spend your time there, and delegate everything else. In this way, you’ll accomplish much more together as a team. Where Entrepreneurship Fits into the Cash Flow System We love Entrepreneurship.  Business owners emphasize and focus on cash flow over accumulation. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. Entrepreneurship is part of Investing in stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom. Why Delegation Is a Prerequisite to Creating Your Ideal Life In the early stages of business, you may be tempted to think that just because you’re good at your craft, that will automatically translate to building a successful business.  But often this start-up strength can become a weakness in the scaling phase. If you’re focusing on things that aren’t your core strength, you’re going to have a hard time moving forward.  Not only is it demoralizing and damaging to your confidence, but the progress is slow.  It arrogantly blinds you from recognizing the talents and skills of others around you. Building a self-sustaining business that doesn’t depend on you requires you to scale by building high-functioning teams.  This is the only way to move from the Self-Employed to the Business Owner quadrant in Robert Kiyosaki’s Cashflow Quadrant. Rugged Individualism Comes from a Scarcity Mindset Think about all the reasons you wouldn’t delegate. Often, it’s our pride and arrogance, thinking we can do something better than everyone else.  That perspective prevents us from seeing the potential in others.  And we continue to play small.  Instead of teaching others and re-creating ourselves, we cap our potential. Another reason we don’t delegate is that we believe it’s too expensive, or that we can’t afford it.  But this decision has an opportunity cost too!  You might save the cost of paying a contractor if you do it yourself, but how much can you actually do on your own?  How much more can you accomplish if you multiply your efforts with a team and synergize everyone’s strengths? The Two Top Reasons to Delegate The most important reason to delegate is that if you are not willing to invest in the expertise of others to support you, no one will invest in your expertise to support them.  It’s a law of abundance and value creation.  By refusing to give and receive from those who can help you, you are cinching a tourniquet around your ability to give and receive in every other area of your life. The second most compelling reason to delegate is that you can be most excellent when you’re focused, not a jack of all trades.  Instead of spending time on non-productive activities that drain your energy, put everything into what energizes you, where you’re doing your best work. Harness the power of delegation, As entrepreneurs building growing businesses, it often becomes necessary to transform ourselves. Innovation requires shedding our old thought patterns and ways of operating, so we can embrace new ones that serve us better.  Dan Sullivan, As entrepreneurs building growing businesses, it often becomes necessary to transform ourselves. Innovation requires shedding our old thought patterns and ways of operating, so we can embrace new ones that serve us better.  Dan Sullivan, of Strategic Coach, outlines this phenomenon in his growth-provoking article, Don’t Be a “Rugged Individualist” – Delegate!



He contrasts two ways of being. As fledgling entrepreneurs, we embody the tenacity and grit of “rugged individualist.”  Perhaps initially we can’t afford to hire out.  We resort to doing everything ourselves, from marketing, sales, technical expertise, service, managing, hiring, training, picking up supplies, cleaning the bathrooms, etc.  But as we expand, this individualism can quickly become stunting, and downright ridiculous.



The maturing business owner must shift from an “I can do it myself” perspective to one of “who can do this better than me?”



Trying to do everything yourself limits the good you can do.  Instead, focus on your strengths, spend your time there, and delegate everything else. In this way, you’ll accomplish much more together as a team.







Where Entrepreneurship Fits into the Cash Flow System







We love Entrepreneurship.  Business owners emphasize and focus on cash flow over accumulation.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



Entrepreneurship is part of Investing in stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom.



Why Delegation Is a Prerequisite to Creating Your Ideal Life



In the early stages of business, you may be tempted to think that just because you’re good at your craft, that will automatically translate to building a successful business.  But often this start-up strength can become a weakness in the scaling phase.



If you’re focusing on things that aren’t your core strength, you’re going to have a hard time moving forward.  Not only is it demoralizing and damaging to your confidence, but the progress is slow.  It arrogantly blinds you from recognizing the talents and skills of others around you.



Building a self-sustaining business that doesn’t depend on you requires you to scale by building high-functioning teams.  This is the only way to move from the Self-Employed to the Business Owner quadrant in Robert Kiyosaki’s Cashflow Quadrant.



Rugged Individualism Comes from a Scarcity Mindset



Think about all the reasons you wouldn’t delegate.



Often, it’s our pride and arrogance, thinking we can do something better than everyone else.  That perspective prevents us from seeing the potential in others.  And we continue to play small.  Instead of teaching others and re-creating ourselves, we cap our potential.



]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 44:27
Cash Flow Index: The Smartest Way to Pay off Debt https://themoneyadvantage.com/cash-flow-index-pay-off-debt/ Mon, 01 Oct 2018 09:00:21 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2966 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aSWKvjLqZ6Y Most people struggle to get out from debt like they’re drowning in the ocean.  Like drowning, they waste energy, time, and money floundering and flailing instead of taking calculated, focused, strategically-timed strokes that would free them most efficiently. The Cash Flow Index removes this struggle.Before we dive into the Cash Flow Index, let's talk about why this happens. Often, people focus on solving the wrong problem.  When it comes to paying off debt, most people are riveted on the interest they are paying. They let it steal their attention like a car accident in the other lane causes the rubber-necking drivers to lose focus on staying in their own lane. When it comes to paying off debt, interest is only the second priority.  It plays second fiddle. It’s cash flow that is the first priority. A focus on interest rates is like a focus on all the deep scary ocean water, full of sea creatures below you.  It’s the wrong place to put your attention if you want to swim.  Don’t work to escape the water, work to reach the air. Earlier in the Series on Debt Previously, in Why Debt Free Doesn’t Make You Financially Free, we demonstrated clearly what debt is and what it isn’t, and that rushing frantically to pay off loans may be one of the riskiest financial moves you can make.  We revealed that just because you have loans doesn’t mean you’re even in debt, and that the end goal of being rid of debt might not get you any closer to financial freedom. Then, in The Right Way to Spend Money: Spender, Saver, or Steward? we discovered the limitations of both the Spender and the Saver.  We also uncovered the superpowers of the Steward to create wealth through control, access to capital, and earning uninterrupted compound interest. In Opportunity Cost: The Invisible Cost of Financing, we busted the myth that paying cash always saves you money. We discussed that there’s always a cost of capital, and the person who comes out ahead is the one who maintains control and access to their money. The Safest, Smartest Way to Pay off Debt Now, if you are in a position with multiple loans, and you’ve decided that the most productive use of your capital at this time is to pay off loans, it’s time to get a game plan. We’ll help you calculate the best strategy to pay off debt, while decreasing risk, increasing your cash flow, maintaining as much financial control as possible, and avoiding a crisis of liquidity. We’ll call it Cash Flow Index Snowball Method.  It’s a comprehensive cash flow strategy for paying off debt. We’ll answer: Should I pay off my debt?If so, how do I pay off debt the quickest, most efficient, smartest way possible?Which debt should I pay off first?How do I pay off debt to best increase my cash flow?How do I avoid rubber-band debt?What steps do I take to avoid a crisis of liquidity? This conversation will move you from haphazard overpayments to a strategic, focused plan that increases your financial control.  You’ll get the one simple calculation that tells you how much you’ll increase your cash flow by paying off each debt.  Instead of riding the rubber band cycle of paying it off to racking it up again, you’ll be able to eliminate debt once and for all. Where Paying off Debt Fits into Your Cash Flow System Paying off debt is not a destination.  It’s just one step in the greater Survival to Significance Cash Flow System. It’s important to have your eye on the endgame to make sure all of your decisions along the way line up to get you there.  The ultimate epitome of financial accomplishment is to have cash flow from assets, achieve time and money freedom, and contribute at the highest level. To qualify to invest in cash-flowing assets, you need capital to invest.  If you don’t already have the capital ready, the best way to build it is to maximize your cash flow today and put as much of your cash in your control as po... https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aSWKvjLqZ6Y Most people struggle to get out from debt like they’re drowning in the ocean.  Like drowning, they waste energy, time, and money floundering and flailing instead of taking calculated, focused,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aSWKvjLqZ6Y




Most people struggle to get out from debt like they’re drowning in the ocean.  Like drowning, they waste energy, time, and money floundering and flailing instead of taking calculated, focused, strategically-timed strokes that would free them most efficiently. The Cash Flow Index removes this struggle.Before we dive into the Cash Flow Index, let's talk about why this happens.



Often, people focus on solving the wrong problem.  When it comes to paying off debt, most people are riveted on the interest they are paying. They let it steal their attention like a car accident in the other lane causes the rubber-necking drivers to lose focus on staying in their own lane.



When it comes to paying off debt, interest is only the second priority.  It plays second fiddle.



It’s cash flow that is the first priority.



A focus on interest rates is like a focus on all the deep scary ocean water, full of sea creatures below you.  It’s the wrong place to put your attention if you want to swim.  Don’t work to escape the water, work to reach the air.







Earlier in the Series on Debt



Previously, in Why Debt Free Doesn’t Make You Financially Free, we demonstrated clearly what debt is and what it isn’t, and that rushing frantically to pay off loans may be one of the riskiest financial moves you can make.  We revealed that just because you have loans doesn’t mean you’re even in debt, and that the end goal of being rid of debt might not get you any closer to financial freedom.



Then, in The Right Way to Spend Money: Spender, Saver, or Steward? we discovered the limitations of both the Spender and the Saver.  We also uncovered the superpowers of the Steward to create wealth through control, access to capital, and earning uninterrupted compound interest.



In Opportunity Cost: The Invisible Cost of Financing, we busted the myth that paying cash always saves you money. We discussed that there’s always a cost of capital, and the person who comes out ahead is the one who maintains control and access to their money.



The Safest, Smartest Way to Pay off Debt



Now, if you are in a position with multiple loans, and you’ve decided that the most productive use of your capital at this time is to pay off loans, it’s time to get a game plan.



We’ll help you calculate the best strategy to pay off debt, while decreasing risk, increasing your cash flow, maintaining as much financial control as possible, and avoiding a crisis of liquidity.



We’ll call it Cash Flow Index Snowball Method.  It’s a comprehensive cash flow strategy for paying off debt.



We’ll answer:



* Should I pay off my debt?* If so, how do I pay off debt the quickest, most efficient, smartest way possible?* Which debt should I pay off first?* How do I pay off debt to best increase my cash flow?* How do I avoid rubber-band debt?* What steps do I take to avoid a crisis of liquidity?



]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 42:44
Nelson Nash: Father of The Infinite Banking Concept® https://themoneyadvantage.com/nelson-nash-infinite-banking-concept/ Mon, 24 Sep 2018 09:00:39 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2878 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=X1_CmCHh1RM Nelson Nash is an exceptional thinker who discovered a secret to prosperity that was too good to keep to himself. The Infinite Banking Concept® (IBC) was born when he noticed what was already possible inside cash value life insurance; the ability to earn interest, gain access to capital and take control of your financial life.  Since then, he’s poured his life into providing education about life insurance, making it plain so that others could prosper.  Through his life and work, Nelson has woven a rich legacy that continues to empower.After reading his book, Becoming Your Own Banker, early on in business, my husband and I quickly implemented these ideas in our own lives.  We secured a dividend-paying whole life insurance policy that we’ve since used to invest in ourselves and our business.  Our financial education journey led to meeting Bruce’s team, where we also met Nelson in person.  We took him out to lunch, and I told him that someday, we would have a podcast, and wanted to interview him before he finished his speaking career.  Looks like we made it! We are so honored and grateful for the opportunity to share Nelson Nash’s story and wisdom with you. Where Nelson Nash's IBC Fits into the Cash Flow System Inside The Money Advantage Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Next, protect your money.  And finally, you increase and make more. Using IBC (also known as Privatized Banking) is part of protecting your money in stage 2. But it’s also a golden key that improves every other area of your financial life.  Here’s how: It helps you be more efficient with money you already make, keeping and controlling more of it.The insurance component protects your human life value by providing a death benefit to your loved ones, even if you didn’t get the chance to create wealth during your lifetime.The accessibility supports your abundance mindset with an emergency/opportunity fund that provides safety and no-loss provisions.It supplies the capital to invest in cash-flowing assets like real estate and business.Your cash value serves as a storage tank while money is waiting to be used.You earn uninterrupted compound interest on your money, so you don’t chisel away your wealth potential by resetting the compounding.The opportunity to have your money working in 2 places at the same time.Accelerate your path to time and money freedom.Tax-advantaged growth and a tax-free death benefit to take care of your family and maintain your legacy. Who Is Nelson Nash? Nelson Nash is the discoverer and developer of The Infinite Banking Concept and the author of Becoming Your Own Banker, Building Your Warehouse of Wealth, and The Case for IBC. A native of Georgia, Nash received a B.S. Degree in Forestry from the University of Georgia, 1952. From 1954-1963, Nash worked as a Consulting Forester in eastern North Carolina. During more than 35 years’ experience as a Life Insurance Agent, Nash worked with The Equitable Life Assurance Society of the U.S. and with The Guardian. Recognized for his high achievements, Nash was inducted as a Hall of Fame Member by Equitable, a Chartered Life Underwriter, and Life Member of the Million Dollar Round Table. A pilot for 71 years, Nash flew with the Army National Guard and earned Master Aviator Wings during his 30 years of military service. He has been married to Mary W. Nash for more than 65 years. The couple lives in Birmingham, Alabama and have three children, ten grandchildren, and eight great-grandchildren, with the 9thon the way. Conversation Highlights (Partial Transcript) Life Insurance Cash Value Provides Accessibility (17:10 – Nelson Nash) … we're talking about needing over $800,000 at 23% interest.  Now I saw very plainly at that time that I could get the money at 5%, 6%, and 8% interest from three different life insurance companies from cash value alone, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=X1_CmCHh1RM Nelson Nash is an exceptional thinker who discovered a secret to prosperity that was too good to keep to himself. The Infinite Banking Concept® (IBC) was born when he noticed what was already possible ins...
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=X1_CmCHh1RM




Nelson Nash is an exceptional thinker who discovered a secret to prosperity that was too good to keep to himself. The Infinite Banking Concept® (IBC) was born when he noticed what was already possible inside cash value life insurance; the ability to earn interest, gain access to capital and take control of your financial life.  Since then, he’s poured his life into providing education about life insurance, making it plain so that others could prosper.  Through his life and work, Nelson has woven a rich legacy that continues to empower.After reading his book, Becoming Your Own Banker, early on in business, my husband and I quickly implemented these ideas in our own lives.  We secured a dividend-paying whole life insurance policy that we’ve since used to invest in ourselves and our business.  Our financial education journey led to meeting Bruce’s team, where we also met Nelson in person.  We took him out to lunch, and I told him that someday, we would have a podcast, and wanted to interview him before he finished his speaking career.  Looks like we made it!



We are so honored and grateful for the opportunity to share Nelson Nash’s story and wisdom with you.







Where Nelson Nash's IBC Fits into the Cash Flow System







Inside The Money Advantage Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Next, protect your money.  And finally, you increase and make more.



Using IBC (also known as Privatized Banking) is part of protecting your money in stage 2.



But it’s also a golden key that improves every other area of your financial life.  Here’s how:



* It helps you be more efficient with money you already make, keeping and controlling more of it.* The insurance component protects your human life value by providing a death benefit to your loved ones, even if you didn’t get the chance to create wealth during your lifetime.* The accessibility supports your abundance mindset with an emergency/opportunity fund that provides safety and no-loss provisions.* It supplies the capital to invest in cash-flowing assets like real estate and business.* Your cash value serves as a storage tank while money is waiting to be used.* You earn uninterrupted compound interest on your money, so you don’t chisel away your wealth potential by resetting the compounding.* The opportunity to have your money working in 2 places at the same time.* Accelerate your path to time and money freedom.* Tax-advantaged growth and a tax-free death benefit to take care of your family and maintain your legacy.



Who Is Nelson Nash?



Nelson Nash is the discoverer and developer of The Infinite Banking Concept and the author of Becoming Your Own Banker, Building Your Warehouse of Wealth, and The Case for IBC.



A native of Georgia, Nash received a B.S. Degree in Forestry from the University of Georgia, 1952. From 1954-1963, Nash worked as a Consulting Forester in eastern North Carolina.
]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 57:51
Taking Time Off Can Increase Your Productivity and Better Your Company (Reviewed) https://themoneyadvantage.com/taking-time-off-increase-productivity-better-your-company/ Mon, 10 Sep 2018 09:00:49 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2875 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=i7v4FlY_kTE For the business owner who wants to perform at their best and make the most out of life, the answer may be in working less, not more.  In his insightful article Taking Time Off Can Increase Your Productivity and Better Your Company, Dan Sullivan, of Strategic Coach, reveals the leverage that taking time off can give your work life, your non-work life, your company, and your employees.His advice runs against the grain of our culture that is addicted to workaholism.  We live on caffeine, harried, hurried, incessantly busy, multitasking, distracted and idolizing the hustle.  Embracing a slower pace seems to be a sign of weakness.But sometimes the things we think are making us better, are actually making us worse. Taking time off helps you get more done, not less. It’s time to view free time as a necessity, not just a delicacy. Free time isn’t just a reward for hard work; it’s a necessary prerequisite for doing good work. Where Entrepreneurship Fits into the Cash Flow System We love Entrepreneurship.  Business owners emphasize and focus on cash flow over accumulation. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. Entrepreneurship is part of Investing in stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom. Why Taking Time off Works Taking time off refreshes and rejuvenates you, giving you more creativity, and fresh ideas to innovate. When you take time away from your business, it requires you to streamline systems, processes, technology, and your team, instead of relying on yourself.  The result is that you increase your output, without increasing your input.  You become the leader that sets the standard, modeling a culture of valuing yourself, which improves the company culture and decreases burnout, turnover, and associated costs. Best of all, it develops you into an interesting multi-dimensional person who can enjoy life now.  It gives you the room to excel in your health, family, friendships, hobbies, and create a life of meaningful experiences. Sullivan not only teaches this way of life, but he also champions it in his own life.  He uses the Entrepreneurial Time System, a plan of focus days, buffer days, and free days.  He shares his personal rule to work only 210 days per year. When he takes time off, he completely unplugs, being completely unreachable by phone or email.  This requires him to develop a team he trusts, and then trust them to work well.  It’s the way to build a truly self-managing company, an asset that produces revenue independent of the time you contribute.  That’s how you move out of the rat race of trading time for money. While we aren’t there yet in our own lives, we’re using these principles to value our creativity and contribution, work with more focus, and take more time away from our work.  This helps us build a bigger vision. What about you?  What are your rules about taking time off?  How will you give yourself more freedom to enjoy life today and take time off? Get More out of Your Money Without Working Harder If you would like to get more out of your money without working harder, gain more enjoyment satisfaction and abundance, book a strategy call to find out the one thing you should be doing today to optimize your personal economy and accelerate financial freedom.  Success leaves clues.  Model the successful few, not the crowd, and build a life and business you love. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=i7v4FlY_kTE For the business owner who wants to perform at their best and make the most out of life, the answer may be in working less, not more.  In his insightful article Taking Time Off Can Increase Your Productiv...
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=i7v4FlY_kTE




For the business owner who wants to perform at their best and make the most out of life, the answer may be in working less, not more.  In his insightful article Taking Time Off Can Increase Your Productivity and Better Your Company, Dan Sullivan, of Strategic Coach, reveals the leverage that taking time off can give your work life, your non-work life, your company, and your employees.His advice runs against the grain of our culture that is addicted to workaholism.  We live on caffeine, harried, hurried, incessantly busy, multitasking, distracted and idolizing the hustle.  Embracing a slower pace seems to be a sign of weakness.But sometimes the things we think are making us better, are actually making us worse.



Taking time off helps you get more done, not less.



It’s time to view free time as a necessity, not just a delicacy.



Free time isn’t just a reward for hard work; it’s a necessary prerequisite for doing good work.







Where Entrepreneurship Fits into the Cash Flow System







We love Entrepreneurship.  Business owners emphasize and focus on cash flow over accumulation.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



Entrepreneurship is part of Investing in stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom.



Why Taking Time off Works



Taking time off refreshes and rejuvenates you, giving you more creativity, and fresh ideas to innovate. When you take time away from your business, it requires you to streamline systems, processes, technology, and your team, instead of relying on yourself.  The result is that you increase your output, without increasing your input.  You become the leader that sets the standard, modeling a culture of valuing yourself, which improves the company culture and decreases burnout, turnover, and associated costs.







Best of all, it develops you into an interesting multi-dimensional person who can enjoy life now.  It gives you the room to excel in your health, family, friendships, hobbies, and create a life of meaningful experiences.



Sullivan not only teaches this way of life, but he also champions it in his own life.  He uses the Entrepreneurial Time System, a plan of focus days, buffer days, and free days.  He shares his personal rule to work only 210 days per year. When he takes time off, he completely unplugs, being completely unreachable by phone or email.  This requires him to develop a team he trusts, and then trust them to work well.  It’s the way to build a truly self-managing company,]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 23:52
Opportunity Cost: The Invisible Cost of Financing https://themoneyadvantage.com/opportunity-cost-the-invisible-cost-of-financing/ Mon, 03 Sep 2018 09:00:17 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2869 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=34NU7bXb8i8 Opportunity cost, like the submerged portion of an iceberg, is a part of your financial decisions hidden from view.  While odorless, colorless, tasteless, and silent, opportunity cost is a threat to your wealth creation. This wealth restrictor is no respecter of persons or purchase types.  Opportunity cost is the tag-along to every financial decision you’ll ever make, whether you finance or pay cash.  Because a dollar is a seed, every time a dollar leaves your economy, it takes along with it the harvest it had the possibility to create in your lifetime. The repercussions of every choice to use your money continue to echo throughout the rest of your life and legacy.  And just as with icebergs, what’s beneath the surface, is often more important, and much more substantial. Earlier in the Series on Debt Previously, in Why Debt Free Doesn’t Make You Financially Free, we demonstrated clearly what debt is and what it isn’t, and that rushing frantically to pay off loans may be one of the riskiest financial moves you can make. Then, in The Right Way to Spend Money: Spender, Saver, or Steward? we discovered the limitations of both the Spender and the Saver.  We also uncovered the superpowers of the Steward to create wealth through control, access to capital, and uninterrupted compound interest. The Whole Truth About the Whole Cost of Financing Now, let’s pull the curtain back to look at the behind-the-scenes cost of financing.  We’ll help you discover the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth, in each method of financing.  You'll see why your purchasing method, more than what you purchase, makes the most difference in your control or loss of control. We’ll answer: What are the real, costs of financing over time?What are the real, costs of paying cash over time?How do I evaluate the entire cost of my financing options to make the best decisions that give me the most control? Instead of considering only the face value cost and judging the book by its cover, you’ll gain insight into the opportunity cost of any capital outlay, so you can understand what’s inside each purchasing decision.  Rather than purchasing big ticket items in a way to avoid something out of fear, you’ll see the path to making empowered decisions that increase your wealth potential.  You’ll go from taking mental shortcuts in purchasing that make you lose control, to a system of thinking that puts you in greater control. Where Opportunity Cost Fits into Your Cash Flow System Limiting your opportunity cost is just one part of your Survival to Significance Cash Flow System. The more you reduce the money leaking out of your control today, the smaller your opportunity costs over time.  Consequently, the more wealth you have to protect and turn into streams of income. #1: The Concept of Opportunity Cost The Cost and Opportunity Cost of Financing It’s easy to see that when you pay with a loan or credit, you’ll pay interest.  That’s the part of the financing decision above the surface, the cost of financing at face value. But over time, you give up a lot more than the dollars of interest. The bottom half of the iceberg – the opportunity cost of paying interest – is the echo of that expense.  It’s what those monthly payments could have earned for you, had you kept them.  In other words, opportunity cost is what you didn’t get.  The opportunity cost of financing is what you could have done instead if you didn’t have the payments.  It's what those payments could have grown into, if you’d been able to save and invest them instead. Easy enough, right? Why Paying Cash Seems More Sophisticated Than Using a Loan A loan’s obvious interest payment is the red flag of financing.  It warns, “Hey, when you pay interest, you’re paying more than the full cost of the item.  It’s costing you more than the face value, and it’s causing you to lose money.” https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=34NU7bXb8i8 Opportunity cost, like the submerged portion of an iceberg, is a part of your financial decisions hidden from view.  While odorless, colorless, tasteless, and silent,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=34NU7bXb8i8




Opportunity cost, like the submerged portion of an iceberg, is a part of your financial decisions hidden from view.  While odorless, colorless, tasteless, and silent, opportunity cost is a threat to your wealth creation. This wealth restrictor is no respecter of persons or purchase types.  Opportunity cost is the tag-along to every financial decision you’ll ever make, whether you finance or pay cash.  Because a dollar is a seed, every time a dollar leaves your economy, it takes along with it the harvest it had the possibility to create in your lifetime.



The repercussions of every choice to use your money continue to echo throughout the rest of your life and legacy.  And just as with icebergs, what’s beneath the surface, is often more important, and much more substantial.







Earlier in the Series on Debt



Previously, in Why Debt Free Doesn’t Make You Financially Free, we demonstrated clearly what debt is and what it isn’t, and that rushing frantically to pay off loans may be one of the riskiest financial moves you can make.



Then, in The Right Way to Spend Money: Spender, Saver, or Steward? we discovered the limitations of both the Spender and the Saver.  We also uncovered the superpowers of the Steward to create wealth through control, access to capital, and uninterrupted compound interest.



The Whole Truth About the Whole Cost of Financing



Now, let’s pull the curtain back to look at the behind-the-scenes cost of financing.  We’ll help you discover the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth, in each method of financing.  You'll see why your purchasing method, more than what you purchase, makes the most difference in your control or loss of control.



We’ll answer:



* What are the real, costs of financing over time?* What are the real, costs of paying cash over time?* How do I evaluate the entire cost of my financing options to make the best decisions that give me the most control?



Instead of considering only the face value cost and judging the book by its cover, you’ll gain insight into the opportunity cost of any capital outlay, so you can understand what’s inside each purchasing decision.  Rather than purchasing big ticket items in a way to avoid something out of fear, you’ll see the path to making empowered decisions that increase your wealth potential.  You’ll go from taking mental shortcuts in purchasing that make you lose control, to a system of thinking that puts you in greater control.



Where Opportunity Cost Fits into Your Cash Flow System







Limiting your opportunity cost is just one part of your Survival to Significance Cash Flow System.



The more you reduce the money leaking out of your control today, the smaller your opportunity costs over time.  Consequently, the more wealth you have to protect and turn into streams of income.



#1: The Concept of Opportunity Cost



The Cost and Opportunity Cost of Financing

]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 36:01
J Massey: Creating Cash Flow with Real Estate https://themoneyadvantage.com/creating-cash-flow-with-real-estate-j-massey/ Mon, 27 Aug 2018 09:00:43 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2841 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7c3GrX1JmXI If you’ve been in our community for a while, chances are, you love cash flow, and you know we do too!  You’re interested in quickly creating income streams with cash-flowing assets.  You want assets you know and control that produce income for you so that your source of income is not restricted to the money you can make from your business while you are working in it.  You likely already have your sights set on advancing your business to one that is self-sustaining, buying other businesses, or investing in real estate. And you’re hungry for ideas that may show you the unseen possibilities that already exist within your own financial situation. J Massey For years, J Massey has been creating cash flow with real estate and teaching others to do the same.  His stories of loss, success, and the wisdom he’s developed through that experience will inspire you and show you what’s possible in building your own cash-flowing asset portfolio. On a personal note, J Massey is a hero of mine!  I’ve followed his podcast for several years, where my thinking has been challenged and transformed, and I’ve been introduced to pivotal relationships.  Without even knowing it, J has been a catalyst to much of my work.  To say I was a bit star struck to interview him is an understatement!  You’ll instantly fall in love with his thinking, his good-natured humor, and his genuine desire to solve problems and create value.  It’s such an honor to share this interview with you. Where Real Estate Fits in the Cash Flow System To build time and money freedom, you first want as much cash flow as you can get today, by keeping more of the money you make.  Then, you protect what you’ve created.  Finally, you increase your income. Investing in cash-flowing assets like real estate is part of Stage 3 of the Cash Flow System. Who Is J Massey? A full-time real estate investor, entrepreneur, popular podcast host, author, speaker, coach and all-around problem solver, J Massey is well known for providing best-in-class advice and strategies to help new and experienced investors the world over. J Massey’s platform is simple… He invests his time looking for investment opportunities (a.k.a., problems to solve through real estate transactions), closing deals and teaching others how to find and manage similar opportunities, including getting deals at discounts and raising private capital to investing in multi-family properties, getting leads and negotiating the deal. By turning his real-world fieldwork into killer training courses, new and seasoned investors alike learn win-win solutions to solve real estate “problems” for buyers, sellers and other investors. J’s cashflow-creation strategies are embraced on a global scale by people who want to learn better ways to achieve tangible success in real estate investing, and in his words become “bigger, badder, better real estate investors.” His growing network of “Cashflow Creators” is proof that J practices what he teaches and teaches what he practices. J is currently a landlord, lender, consultant, educator and highly sought mentor. He currently owns hundreds of units of properties and has completed hundreds more real estate transactions across several states. J's publishing credits include a book he co-authored titled “3 Money-Raising Questions.” In 2014, he released his highly acclaimed book, Cashflow Diary: 10 Steps to Creating Wealth in ANY Economy! J Massey Conversation Highlights (Partial Transcript) The Need to Take Ownership of Your Financial Destiny J Massey: [20:50] The number one problem that every person literally on this planet right now has, is the fact that we do not have control over the value of the currency that we are currently using. We've got to level up our financial IQ to address that problem. Here's a very painful but true lesson: the cavalry is not coming. No white horse is coming over the mountain to rescue... https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7c3GrX1JmXI If you’ve been in our community for a while, chances are, you love cash flow, and you know we do too!  You’re interested in quickly creating income streams with cash-flowing assets.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7c3GrX1JmXI




If you’ve been in our community for a while, chances are, you love cash flow, and you know we do too!  You’re interested in quickly creating income streams with cash-flowing assets.  You want assets you know and control that produce income for you so that your source of income is not restricted to the money you can make from your business while you are working in it.  You likely already have your sights set on advancing your business to one that is self-sustaining, buying other businesses, or investing in real estate. And you’re hungry for ideas that may show you the unseen possibilities that already exist within your own financial situation. J Massey



For years, J Massey has been creating cash flow with real estate and teaching others to do the same.  His stories of loss, success, and the wisdom he’s developed through that experience will inspire you and show you what’s possible in building your own cash-flowing asset portfolio.



On a personal note, J Massey is a hero of mine!  I’ve followed his podcast for several years, where my thinking has been challenged and transformed, and I’ve been introduced to pivotal relationships.  Without even knowing it, J has been a catalyst to much of my work.  To say I was a bit star struck to interview him is an understatement!  You’ll instantly fall in love with his thinking, his good-natured humor, and his genuine desire to solve problems and create value.  It’s such an honor to share this interview with you.







Where Real Estate Fits in the Cash Flow System







To build time and money freedom, you first want as much cash flow as you can get today, by keeping more of the money you make.  Then, you protect what you’ve created.  Finally, you increase your income.



Investing in cash-flowing assets like real estate is part of Stage 3 of the Cash Flow System.



Who Is J Massey?



A full-time real estate investor, entrepreneur, popular podcast host, author, speaker, coach and all-around problem solver, J Massey is well known for providing best-in-class advice and strategies to help new and experienced investors the world over.



J Massey’s platform is simple… He invests his time looking for investment opportunities (a.k.a., problems to solve through real estate transactions), closing deals and teaching others how to find and manage similar opportunities, including getting deals at discounts and raising private capital to investing in multi-family properties, getting leads and negotiating the deal.



By turning his real-world fieldwork into killer training courses, new and seasoned investors alike learn win-win solutions to solve real estate “problems” for buyers, sellers and other investors. J’s cashflow-creation strategies are embraced on a global scale by people who want to learn better ways to achieve tangible success in real estate investing, and in his words become “bigger, badder, better real estate investors.” His growing network of “Cashflow Creators” is proof that J practices what he teaches and teaches what he practices.



J is currently a landlord, lender, consultant, educator and highly sought mentor. He currently owns hundreds of units of properties and has completed hundreds more real estate transactions across several states.



J's publishing credits include a book he co-authored titled “3 Money-Raising Questions.]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 1:02:36
Staying Positive by Looking Backward (Reviewed) https://themoneyadvantage.com/staying-positive-by-looking-backward/ Mon, 20 Aug 2018 09:00:08 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2822 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=w2uHEngDgtk Dan Sullivan shares a profound perspective on goal-setting, exponential vision, and staying energized to continue progressing, in his article Staying Positive by Looking Backward.We’re sharing this article, along with our experience of using these concepts, to help fortify your abundance mindset.  We know that developing a healthy, positive perspective is the secret weapon of the entrepreneur.  It energizes and encourages you, helping you build the life and business you love. Where Entrepreneurship Fits into the Cash Flow System We love Entrepreneurship.  Business owners emphasize and focus on cash flow over accumulation. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. Entrepreneurship is part of Investing in stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom. Introduction to Dan Sullivan and Strategic Coach [2:14 – Bruce] Dan Sullivan has been coaching entrepreneurs since 1979. He says that you need to work on your business, not just in your business. Dan is a master thinker in thinking about your thinking. Looking backward is a way to not only think about your life and what you want to achieve but why you think about things in a certain way and how you want to achieve them. The 10 Times Multiplier [3:15 – Bruce] Dan is a big believer in what he calls the 10 times multiplier. He says that you grow exponentially when you look backward. Looking backward allows you to see how you were at one point, brings you clarity, and helps you move forward. You might be thinking that there's no way you can 10 times your income.  Maybe you’re already making, let's just say $200,000, and you don’t see the way to get to the $2 million mark. He says to think back to when you were only making $20,000. You increased your income 10 times, from $20K to $200K.  You can use that same growth pattern to 10 times your income from $200K to $2M. Why Looking Backward Helps You Stay Positive [4:25 – Rachel] When you set goals, instead of measuring the distance you have left to go before you arrive, look back at how far you've come. Looking forward to how far you still have yet to go, can be really discouraging. But when we look backward, we realize that we've done a lot already. That same person that we were that created that progress and advancement in the past is the same person that we are now who will carry that advancement and progress forward. 25-Year Vision, 90-Day Goals [5:12 - Bruce] Dan always says, have a 25-year vision, which some people would call a goal, but then look at it in 90-day increments. You're constantly looking at what you have achieved in the past 90 days, and that helps you stay motivated. If you look forward, think about how much further you have until the goal, that demotivates and discourages you, and you get down on yourself. But if you look at just 90 days, you’ll see what you accomplished in 90 days. 80% Perfect [5:50 – Bruce] Dan also has an 80% rule, where he says to get something 80% done, and then pass it on to somebody else. And then when they do it 80% of the way, all of a sudden, the project is 96% done. This keeps you motivated by also having fresh things to do, instead of trying to perfect that 80%. Goal-Setting [6:10 – Bruce] You have to set achievable goals, but your goals also have to be measurable. There's not a right way or wrong way to set goals and to measure your progress. If you only use the ideal as your goal, you're going to set yourself up for disappointment.  Instead, use the ideal as a vision. Have a 25-year vision of a bigger and better future, but set goals every 90 days for what you can actually achieve. The key to staying positive, inspired and motivated is looking backward. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=w2uHEngDgtk Dan Sullivan shares a profound perspective on goal-setting, exponential vision, and staying energized to continue progressing, in his article Staying Positive by Looking Backward.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=w2uHEngDgtk




Dan Sullivan shares a profound perspective on goal-setting, exponential vision, and staying energized to continue progressing, in his article Staying Positive by Looking Backward.We’re sharing this article, along with our experience of using these concepts, to help fortify your abundance mindset.  We know that developing a healthy, positive perspective is the secret weapon of the entrepreneur.  It energizes and encourages you, helping you build the life and business you love.







Where Entrepreneurship Fits into the Cash Flow System







We love Entrepreneurship.  Business owners emphasize and focus on cash flow over accumulation.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



Entrepreneurship is part of Investing in stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom.



Introduction to Dan Sullivan and Strategic Coach



[2:14 – Bruce] Dan Sullivan has been coaching entrepreneurs since 1979. He says that you need to work on your business, not just in your business.



Dan is a master thinker in thinking about your thinking.



Looking backward is a way to not only think about your life and what you want to achieve but why you think about things in a certain way and how you want to achieve them.



The 10 Times Multiplier



[3:15 – Bruce] Dan is a big believer in what he calls the 10 times multiplier. He says that you grow exponentially when you look backward. Looking backward allows you to see how you were at one point, brings you clarity, and helps you move forward.



You might be thinking that there's no way you can 10 times your income.  Maybe you’re already making, let's just say $200,000, and you don’t see the way to get to the $2 million mark. He says to think back to when you were only making $20,000. You increased your income 10 times, from $20K to $200K.  You can use that same growth pattern to 10 times your income from $200K to $2M.



Why Looking Backward Helps You Stay Positive



[4:25 – Rachel] When you set goals, instead of measuring the distance you have left to go before you arrive, look back at how far you've come.



Looking forward to how far you still have yet to go, can be really discouraging. But when we look backward, we realize that we've done a lot already.



That same person that we were that created that progress and advancement in the past is the same person that we are now who will carry that advancement and progress forward.



25-Year Vision, 90-Day Goals



[5:12 - Bruce] Dan always says, have a 25-year vision, which some people would call a goal, but then look at it in 90-day increments.



You're constantly looking at what you have achieved in the past 90 da...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 22:35
The Right Way to Spend Money: Spender, Saver, or Steward? https://themoneyadvantage.com/spend-money-spender-saver-steward/ Mon, 13 Aug 2018 09:00:47 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2789 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2fNYsemEAHg Alexander Pope said, “To err is human, to forgive divine.” Financially speaking, it would be more accurate to say, “to spend money is human, to create wealth divine.”  No one ever needed a lesson in how to buy things. In fact, with no restraint, we manage quite well to find plentiful ways to spend money.  How you spend money has the power to stunt or accelerate your wealth creation. Find out whether your purchase personality is a Spender, a Saver, or a Steward.  Learn the practical action steps to up-level your purchasing strategy to keep and control more of your money, starting from where you’re at. To help you spend money the right way, we’ll answer: What are my options for how I spend money?Am I a spender, a saver, or a steward?What are the impacts of each?What action steps can I take from where I am to spend money better and increase my future cash flow? Understanding your purchase personality will move you from impulse buying and scarcity-based decision-making to abundance-based wealth creation.  Instead of never getting ahead, you’ll spend money knowing that you’re increasing your wealth potential.  Rather than being out of control, you’ll gain control, options, and increased confidence in your financial future. It's Not So Much What You Spend, It’s How You Spend It When you review your monthly cash flow, you’ll notice circumstances that call for you to go above and beyond your normal monthly spending.  These major purchases may be to maintain your lifestyle or improve it.  They may be emergencies, or opportunities, or just for fun. Whether it’s buying your next rental property, a business acquisition or expansion, buying a new car, putting tires on the old one, remodeling your kitchen, paying for your daughter’s wedding, your son’s college education, major purchases are outside your monthly spending plan and require additional thought and planning. The way you pay for these expenses has more significant impacts on your current and future cash flow than you realize. How you purchase makes a world of difference in your control or loss of control. So how will you pay for these future major purchases? You can know the best way, speculate, guess, dream, and even commit, but the best way to predict your future decision-making is to look honestly at your past decisions to figure out what mindset you used to arrive at where you are today. Where Spending Money Fits into Your Cash Flow System Spending money is just one part of the Survival to Significance Cash Flow System. How you spend money is a result of your mindset.  When you spend money the right way, you keep and control more money today, giving you more to save and invest in cash flowing assets. What’s Your Purchase Personality? Use this simple quiz to help you discover your purchase personality. Do you put money into savings each month? If no, you are a Spender. If yes, continue.Think back to your last large purchase, maybe it was an investment property, car, boat, remodel, wedding, vacation.  Did you have enough in savings to have the option to pay cash? If no, you may be a Spender. If yes, continue.Did you choose to pay cash? If yes, you might be a Saver. If no, continue.Did you keep your cash and finance the purchase? If yes, you may be a Steward. The Three Ways to Spend Money Two of the most common perspectives, which the majority of people ascribe to, are rooted in scarcity.  The third, rare perspective is from a place of abundance. Scarcity: a mindset and position rooted in the fear of lack, limits, and “not enough” The Spender The Spender's desire to enjoy money and life is right and good; however, their motivation is fear of not enjoying life.  They often have an unruly appetite to spend.  It could be said that they work so that they have money to spend.  They spend everything they make each month in pursuit of the highest quality of life they c... https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2fNYsemEAHg Alexander Pope said, “To err is human, to forgive divine.” Financially speaking, it would be more accurate to say, “to spend money is human, to create wealth divine.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2fNYsemEAHg




Alexander Pope said, “To err is human, to forgive divine.” Financially speaking, it would be more accurate to say, “to spend money is human, to create wealth divine.”  No one ever needed a lesson in how to buy things. In fact, with no restraint, we manage quite well to find plentiful ways to spend money.  How you spend money has the power to stunt or accelerate your wealth creation. Find out whether your purchase personality is a Spender, a Saver, or a Steward.  Learn the practical action steps to up-level your purchasing strategy to keep and control more of your money, starting from where you’re at.




To help you spend money the right way, we’ll answer:



* What are my options for how I spend money?* Am I a spender, a saver, or a steward?* What are the impacts of each?* What action steps can I take from where I am to spend money better and increase my future cash flow?



Understanding your purchase personality will move you from impulse buying and scarcity-based decision-making to abundance-based wealth creation.  Instead of never getting ahead, you’ll spend money knowing that you’re increasing your wealth potential.  Rather than being out of control, you’ll gain control, options, and increased confidence in your financial future.







It's Not So Much What You Spend, It’s How You Spend It



When you review your monthly cash flow, you’ll notice circumstances that call for you to go above and beyond your normal monthly spending.  These major purchases may be to maintain your lifestyle or improve it.  They may be emergencies, or opportunities, or just for fun. Whether it’s buying your next rental property, a business acquisition or expansion, buying a new car, putting tires on the old one, remodeling your kitchen, paying for your daughter’s wedding, your son’s college education, major purchases are outside your monthly spending plan and require additional thought and planning.



The way you pay for these expenses has more significant impacts on your current and future cash flow than you realize.



How you purchase makes a world of difference in your control or loss of control.



So how will you pay for these future major purchases?



You can know the best way, speculate, guess, dream, and even commit, but the best way to predict your future decision-making is to look honestly at your past decisions to figure out what mindset you used to arrive at where you are today.



Where Spending Money Fits into Your Cash Flow System







Spending money is just one part of the Survival to Significance Cash Flow System.



How you spend money is a result of your mindset.  When you spend money the right way, you keep and control more money today, giving you more to save and invest in cash flowing assets.



What’s Your Purchase Personality?



Use this simple quiz to help you discover your purchase personality.



* Do you put money into savings each month?
If no, you are a Spender.
If yes, continue.* Think back to your last large purchase, maybe it was an investment property, car, boat, remodel, wedding, vacation.  Did you have enough in savings to have the option to pay cash?
If no,]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 36:10
Joe Yazbeck: Speaking Without Fear https://themoneyadvantage.com/speaking-without-fear-joe-yazbeck/ Mon, 06 Aug 2018 09:00:11 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2759 Here to encourage, enlighten, and empower you to improve your communication to create positive change is Joe Yazbeck, master speaker and coach.  In this rich interview, we’ll discuss: How do I get past the fear of speaking?I know I have the potential to be a much greater speaker than I am, but where do I start?How do I improve my speaking to grow my business?What do I need to include in a successful presentation?What are the most important things I can do right away to improve my impact as a speaker? If you’re in business, you should be speaking.  Don’t let fear of using your own voice and not knowing what to say cripple your impact and prevent you from building a life and business you love.  Instead, recognize the power of this essential skill and say yes to mastering speaking, so you can expand your relationships and grow your business. Where Speaking Fits into the Cash Flow System Developing your speaking and communications skills is part of your Mindset in Stage 1, as well as your Unique Ability Investing and Legacy Creation in Stage 3 of the Survival to Significance Cash Flow System. It’s one of the most powerful ways to invest in yourself and your personal and professional development. In growing your business, speaking is a fundamental skill you can’t ignore or outsource. As you develop your skills, you become a more successful, effective, and impactful person that is capable of building a self-sustaining business through relationships and teams. The things you want are not really what you want.  What you want is to be the person who creates, expresses, or experiences those things. – Steve D’Annunzio, Mission-Driven Advisor Who Is Joe Yazbeck? Joe Yazbeck is a public speaking and leadership trainer, best-selling author, president of Prestige Leadership Advisors, and Master Speaker and coach. As the Founder and President of Prestige Leadership Advisors, his mission is to facilitate leaders in becoming dynamic, powerful communicators, so they can significantly influence the world around them. Joe has worked with heads of state and leaders of major corporations, as well as high-ranking military officers, political candidates, and best-selling authors. Joe is a highly-sought-after leadership and communications coach. Government and business leaders around the globe seek his counsel and company’s services at critical times such as PR, launching a brand, strategic direction, media training, speaking to government committees, winning a political campaign, creating a successful exit strategy, leadership development, etc. To complement the services of Prestige Leadership Advisors, Joe created the No Fear Speaking System which offers communications services which include executive-level speaker training, negotiation skills, media presentations for radio and TV, sales presentations, courtroom/trial presentations, etc. Joe has also authored a companion book by the same title, No Fear Speaking: High Impact Presentation Skills and Public Speaking Secrets to Inspire and Influence Any Audience, an Amazon bestseller. Joe is passionate about helping you become a highly respected and widely recognized leader in your industry.  He has developed workshops, one-on-one coaching, online training, and customized corporate training programs to help leaders do just that. Joe Yazbeck Conversation Highlights (Partial Transcript) Speaking Is Showing up as You Are Joe Yazbeck: [9:45] The messaging has to come from the person himself or herself and be embedded in who they are. It can't be something synthetic. In my book No Fear Speaking, the chapter on authentic versus synthetic speaking will tell you that great speaking isn't adding anything. It's who you are that needs to show up. People will respect you and be attracted to your message because you are showing up delivering it, along with all the qualities that make up who you are. Here to encourage, enlighten, and empower you to improve your communication to create positive change is Joe Yazbeck, master speaker and coach.  In this rich interview, we’ll discuss: How do I get past the fear of speaking? Here to encourage, enlighten, and empower you to improve your communication to create positive change is Joe Yazbeck, master speaker and coach.  In this rich interview, we’ll discuss:



* How do I get past the fear of speaking?* I know I have the potential to be a much greater speaker than I am, but where do I start?* How do I improve my speaking to grow my business?* What do I need to include in a successful presentation?* What are the most important things I can do right away to improve my impact as a speaker?



If you’re in business, you should be speaking.  Don’t let fear of using your own voice and not knowing what to say cripple your impact and prevent you from building a life and business you love.  Instead, recognize the power of this essential skill and say yes to mastering speaking, so you can expand your relationships and grow your business.







Where Speaking Fits into the Cash Flow System







Developing your speaking and communications skills is part of your Mindset in Stage 1, as well as your Unique Ability Investing and Legacy Creation in Stage 3 of the Survival to Significance Cash Flow System.



It’s one of the most powerful ways to invest in yourself and your personal and professional development.



In growing your business, speaking is a fundamental skill you can’t ignore or outsource.



As you develop your skills, you become a more successful, effective, and impactful person that is capable of building a self-sustaining business through relationships and teams.



The things you want are not really what you want.  What you want is to be the person who creates, expresses, or experiences those things. – Steve D’Annunzio, Mission-Driven Advisor



Who Is Joe Yazbeck?



Joe Yazbeck is a public speaking and leadership trainer, best-selling author, president of Prestige Leadership Advisors, and Master Speaker and coach.



As the Founder and President of Prestige Leadership Advisors, his mission is to facilitate leaders in becoming dynamic, powerful communicators, so they can significantly influence the world around them. Joe has worked with heads of state and leaders of major corporations, as well as high-ranking military officers, political candidates, and best-selling authors.



Joe is a highly-sought-after leadership and communications coach. Government and business leaders around the globe seek his counsel and company’s services at critical times such as PR, launching a brand, strategic direction, media training, speaking to government committees, winning a political campaign, creating a successful exit strategy, leadership development, etc.



To complement the services of Prestige Leadership Advisors, Joe created the No Fear Speaking System which offers communications services which include executive-level speaker training, negotiation skills, media presentations for radio and TV, sales presentations, courtroom/trial presentations, etc.



Joe has also authored a companion book by the same title, No Fear Speaking: High Impact Presentation Skills and Public Speaking Secrets to Inspire and Influence Any Au...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 59:52
Business Is Simple: You Only Need One Thing Before You Launch, with Josh Thomas https://themoneyadvantage.com/business-is-simple-you-only-need-one-thing-before-you-launch-boat-josh-thomas/ Mon, 30 Jul 2018 09:00:04 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2619 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YSbHF-THCsw We brought Josh Thomas, of Profit Arc, onto the show to talk about sales, marketing, and growth.  This dynamic, authentic conversation covered that ground, and so much more.In his down-to-earth message of simplicity and focus, Josh shares the power of one person to make a difference, how to adapt to change, and the #1 thing that your business needs to get results.Josh tells his fascinating story that winds from burnout and mediocre failure to learning how to run a successful business and helping others to do the same. Where Entrepreneurship Fits into the Cash Flow System We love Entrepreneurship.  Business owners emphasize and focus on cash flow over accumulation. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. Entrepreneurship is part of Investing in stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom. Who Is Josh Thomas? Josh Thomas is a problem solver. He has assisted businesses in dozens of industries to identify problems and fix them. Be it a sales, marketing or systems issue, Josh’s focus is on results and revenue. He has personally consulted with over 1,000 businesses in 30 different industries across all 6 continents. He has directly produced millions of dollars in sales and profit growth through his unique “results first” approach. Josh delivers tangible results-oriented solutions in sales, marketing, and systems components using sales fundamentals, direct-response marketing, and proven best practices for laser-targeted, rapid business growth. He lives in Austin, Texas and is an avid stand-up paddle-boarder. Conversation Highlights (Partial Transcript) The Power of a Handshake [18:27] It just takes one person, one thing, to change everything for you. Perseverance and Adaptation [20:00] Evolution is not about survival of the fittest, or the most intelligent, but it's about the animals that can most readily adapt to change. The Simple Thing to Focus on to Get Results [21:09] There's a lot of noise and shiny objects out there.  We want to make sure that we're focusing on the thing that's going to get us a result. Not on the thing that's going to make us look good, or that's going to stroke your ego, but the thing that is going to get a result. To have a successful business, you need a valuable product, a hungry crowd, and to be in a great position where the hungry crowd can see your valuable product. And that's it. If you're on Instagram, Facebook, YouTube, LinkedIn, and Google Plus, that's fine. But why are you there? Are you there because your customers are there? Are you there because you have a plan on how to generate business from there? Or are you there because somebody said you have to be there? Let's go back to your website. Do you have a website because you need one, or because you think you should have one? Launch with an Offer, Then Build the Rest on the Way [22:28] The concept of agile development is like building a ship. Most of the time you're going to build the entire thing in the shipyard, and then you're going to shove it off into the sea. Instead, agile development says you build the hull, stick all the other stuff you might need in there, and you shove off to sea.  You build the rest of the ship while you're sailing. Why?  Because once you get out to sea, you're going to find out that you might not have the best sail, or mast, or maybe you want to design this a little differently.  When I'm out here living it, I'm getting immediate feedback. I would recommend that you build a business the same way, don't worry about your website, your USP, finding your why, and all that stuff.  Instead, figure out if you can take an offer and go and get somebody to give you money for it. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YSbHF-THCsw We brought Josh Thomas, of Profit Arc, onto the show to talk about sales, marketing, and growth.  This dynamic, authentic conversation covered that ground, and so much more.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YSbHF-THCsw




We brought Josh Thomas, of Profit Arc, onto the show to talk about sales, marketing, and growth.  This dynamic, authentic conversation covered that ground, and so much more.In his down-to-earth message of simplicity and focus, Josh shares the power of one person to make a difference, how to adapt to change, and the #1 thing that your business needs to get results.Josh tells his fascinating story that winds from burnout and mediocre failure to learning how to run a successful business and helping others to do the same.







Where Entrepreneurship Fits into the Cash Flow System







We love Entrepreneurship.  Business owners emphasize and focus on cash flow over accumulation.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



Entrepreneurship is part of Investing in stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom.



Who Is Josh Thomas?



Josh Thomas is a problem solver. He has assisted businesses in dozens of industries to identify problems and fix them.



Be it a sales, marketing or systems issue, Josh’s focus is on results and revenue.



He has personally consulted with over 1,000 businesses in 30 different industries across all 6 continents. He has directly produced millions of dollars in sales and profit growth through his unique “results first” approach.



Josh delivers tangible results-oriented solutions in sales, marketing, and systems components using sales fundamentals, direct-response marketing, and proven best practices for laser-targeted, rapid business growth.



He lives in Austin, Texas and is an avid stand-up paddle-boarder.



Conversation Highlights (Partial Transcript)



The Power of a Handshake



[18:27] It just takes one person, one thing, to change everything for you.



Perseverance and Adaptation



[20:00] Evolution is not about survival of the fittest, or the most intelligent, but it's about the animals that can most readily adapt to change.



The Simple Thing to Focus on to Get Results



[21:09] There's a lot of noise and shiny objects out there.  We want to make sure that we're focusing on the thing that's going to get us a result.



Not on the thing that's going to make us look good, or that's going to stroke your ego, but the thing that is going to get a result.



To have a successful business, you need a valuable product, a hungry crowd, and to be in a great position where the hungry crowd can see your valuable product.



And that's it.



If you're on Instagram, Facebook, YouTube, LinkedIn, and Google Plus, that's fine. But why are you there?



Are you there because your customers are there? Are you there because you have a plan on how to generate business from there? Or are you there because somebody said you have to be there?



Let's go back to your website. Do you have a website because you need one,]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 50:05
Why Debt Free Doesn’t Make You Financially Free https://themoneyadvantage.com/why-debt-free-doesnt-make-you-financially-free/ Mon, 23 Jul 2018 09:00:00 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2484 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Okx4cjnLylY Becoming debt free is often listed as a notch on the belt of financial progress. It’s widely discussed, admired, longed for, celebrated, and even praised by so-called financial experts.  But, paying off debt may be risky or even altogether unnecessary.  In fact, you’re probably not in debt in the first place!  We want you to be debt free, but you first have to know what that means.  Many confuse being debt free with being liability free.  Before you decide whether to add becoming debt free to your checklist, let’s get the skinny on what debt is.  Then, you can take action that gives you the most certainty, control, and peace of mind. To help you gain clarity on your debt position and know what to do about it, we’ll answer: What is debt?Am I in debt?Will a debt-free goal help or hurt me?More importantly, to reach my goals, gain confidence, peace of mind, time and money freedom, what should I do about debt? This conversation will help you develop a big picture perspective of a balanced personal economy. Rather than spiraling out of control, you’ll gain control, options, and increased financial capabilities. Why Becoming Debt Free Seems Like Such a Big Deal Let’s face it; most people fear debt. They feel it’s an encumbrance or ensnarement that nullifies their goals.  If it was in a game of Taboo, it’s almost a dirty word that lives with other deplorable financial conditions, like losing money, bad credit, foreclosure, and bankruptcy. Why does debt strike at the chord of our financial aspirations so much so that ringing the debt-free bell seems like such a milestone? Often families start off saddled in student loan debt.  Because there’s not much cash, they add car loans, a mortgage, and credit card debt to achieve their lifestyle.  They work a job to pay it off, while also balancing buying a house and saving for their future.  But the more debt you have, the harder it seems to pay it off because you feel tighter each month.  The debt seems like a slippery slope that can easily have you feeling that forward progress is all but impossible.  To be debt free might seem like the best way to get back on track. Maybe looking at the debt payments each month is an arrow to the heart, reminding you of past mistakes.  To be debt free would mean to be free of the pain of guilt. Because a balanced financial life seems unachievably complex, looking at it one piece at a time might feel more manageable and doable.  Becoming debt free might be that one step you think you can really accomplish. However, putting all your emphasis on paying off debt can be detrimental when it causes you to lose control and delay your journey to financial freedom. Where Debt Freedom Fits into Your Cash Flow System Dealing with debt is just one step in the big picture of the Survival to Significance Cash Flow System. Debt is part of your cash flow in the foundational stage.  How you handle debt has the potential to increase or decrease your cash flow and financial control, accelerating or slowing your path to time and money freedom. The more cash flow you have today, the more quickly you can accelerate time and money freedom. How to Determine If You’re in Debt and What to Do About It To start off the conversation on a high note, you probably aren’t in debt in the first place. At the fundamental level, the stress and anxiety about debt are fueled by a simple misunderstanding of the difference between a debt and a liability. Spoiler alert: a liability is not the same thing as debt. For this conversation, we’ll discuss your financial statements so you can find out what it really means to be debt free. It’s much simpler than it sounds, I promise. #1: Understand Your Balance Sheet Take out a blank piece of paper and draw a line down the middle.   On the left side, write assets.  On the right side, write liabilities. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Okx4cjnLylY Becoming debt free is often listed as a notch on the belt of financial progress. It’s widely discussed, admired, longed for, celebrated, and even praised by so-called financial experts.  But,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Okx4cjnLylY




Becoming debt free is often listed as a notch on the belt of financial progress. It’s widely discussed, admired, longed for, celebrated, and even praised by so-called financial experts.  But, paying off debt may be risky or even altogether unnecessary.  In fact, you’re probably not in debt in the first place!  We want you to be debt free, but you first have to know what that means.  Many confuse being debt free with being liability free.  Before you decide whether to add becoming debt free to your checklist, let’s get the skinny on what debt is.  Then, you can take action that gives you the most certainty, control, and peace of mind.



To help you gain clarity on your debt position and know what to do about it, we’ll answer:



* What is debt?* Am I in debt?* Will a debt-free goal help or hurt me?* More importantly, to reach my goals, gain confidence, peace of mind, time and money freedom, what should I do about debt?



This conversation will help you develop a big picture perspective of a balanced personal economy.



Rather than spiraling out of control, you’ll gain control, options, and increased financial capabilities.







Why Becoming Debt Free Seems Like Such a Big Deal



Let’s face it; most people fear debt. They feel it’s an encumbrance or ensnarement that nullifies their goals.  If it was in a game of Taboo, it’s almost a dirty word that lives with other deplorable financial conditions, like losing money, bad credit, foreclosure, and bankruptcy.



Why does debt strike at the chord of our financial aspirations so much so that ringing the debt-free bell seems like such a milestone?



Often families start off saddled in student loan debt.  Because there’s not much cash, they add car loans, a mortgage, and credit card debt to achieve their lifestyle.  They work a job to pay it off, while also balancing buying a house and saving for their future.  But the more debt you have, the harder it seems to pay it off because you feel tighter each month.  The debt seems like a slippery slope that can easily have you feeling that forward progress is all but impossible.  To be debt free might seem like the best way to get back on track.



Maybe looking at the debt payments each month is an arrow to the heart, reminding you of past mistakes.  To be debt free would mean to be free of the pain of guilt.



Because a balanced financial life seems unachievably complex, looking at it one piece at a time might feel more manageable and doable.  Becoming debt free might be that one step you think you can really accomplish.



However, putting all your emphasis on paying off debt can be detrimental when it causes you to lose control and delay your journey to financial freedom.



Where Debt Freedom Fits into Your Cash Flow System







Dealing with debt is just one step in the big picture of the Survival to Significance Cash Flow System.



Debt is part of your cash flow in the foundational stage.  How you handle debt has the potential to increase or decrease your cash flow an...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 55:22
Spartan Invest: Turnkey Real Estate Done Right, with Maureen McCann https://themoneyadvantage.com/spartan-invest-turnkey-real-estate-done-right-maureen-mccann/ Mon, 16 Jul 2018 09:00:31 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2451 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2aoWvgbt2Uc In this interview with Maureen McCann of Spartan Invest, we’ll answer:What is turnkey real estate?How can I use turnkey real estate to build cash flow from assets?What do I look for in a turnkey real estate provider?Why might I want to invest with Spartan Invest?How can I gain confidence when investing outside my local area?Why Birmingham, Alabama?When buying rental real estate, should I finance or pay cash? Spartan Invest offers the opportunity to benefit easily from real estate investing.  Investors secure the tax advantages of real estate ownership and earn cash flow, without industry knowledge, maintenance, or management headaches.  If you’re looking for a way to get started in real estate investing or build a portfolio, consider the income-generating asset of single-family rental real estate in the renaissance city of Birmingham, Alabama. Where Does Turnkey Real Estate Fit in the Cash Flow System? We are evangelists for cash flow because cash flow is your ticket to time and money freedom. Investing in cash-flowing assets is part of the third stage of the Cash Flow System. Once you have a stocked emergency/opportunity fund, you now have a pool of capital that’s ready to invest. To accelerate your cash flow, you need to identify cash-flowing assets and develop an acquisition strategy. By introducing you to opportunities that could help you accomplish your goals, we want to expand your cash-flow investing options. Real estate has long been an asset choice of the wealthy to create cash flow income. If you’re looking for a way to increase your cash flow, producing income in low-risk alternative investments outside the stock market, turnkey real estate with Spartan Invest may help you accomplish your goals. Who Is Maureen McCann? Maureen’s Role at Spartan Invest Maureen McCann is a partner and owner, and the VP of Sales and Marketing at Spartan Invest. She has over ten years of sales and marketing experience in the turnkey marketplace. Having served as an Investment Property coach for years, Maureen is skilled at helping clients build turnkey cash flow portfolios. Maureen has helped hundreds of investors build the type of rental portfolios necessary to reach their short-term & long-term monthly passive income goals. Investing in turnkey real estate for long-term wealth generation is something Maureen understands intimately. Whether clients want to replace their current income with passive income or are simply looking to supplement their retirement, Maureen can help design the right portfolio with the right end goal in mind. With an incredible work ethic and an unquenchable thirst for knowledge, Maureen helps provide peace of mind while investing in premium income-generating properties. Maureen excels in providing trusted, reliable, knowledgeable consulting to assist you with building your real estate portfolio. She spends time coaching her clients on the wealth-building principles that will help them and their families protect their capital while investing in real estate. Maureen McCann’s Backstory Maureen McCann was a blue-collar kid who grew up in New Jersey, paid her way through college while waiting tables, and earned her degree in Exercise Physiology because it was the one program that did not require Calculus. She was a W2 wage earner for 15 years in Pharmaceuticals and Medical Device sales, and then stumbled into real estate in 2008 when she lost 50% of her 401K overnight and navigated her way towards turnkey real estate and passive income using her will for wanting to know what the rich knew that she didn’t know but was determined to find out. Rich Dad Poor Dad set a new course for her life, and with the paradigm shift that occurred, she was well on her way to living a different life, with a different mindset with different outcomes leading her to live her life as a version of her highest and best self. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2aoWvgbt2Uc In this interview with Maureen McCann of Spartan Invest, we’ll answer:What is turnkey real estate?How can I use turnkey real estate to build cash flow from assets?
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2aoWvgbt2Uc




In this interview with Maureen McCann of Spartan Invest, we’ll answer:What is turnkey real estate?How can I use turnkey real estate to build cash flow from assets?What do I look for in a turnkey real estate provider?Why might I want to invest with Spartan Invest?How can I gain confidence when investing outside my local area?Why Birmingham, Alabama?When buying rental real estate, should I finance or pay cash?



Spartan Invest offers the opportunity to benefit easily from real estate investing.  Investors secure the tax advantages of real estate ownership and earn cash flow, without industry knowledge, maintenance, or management headaches.  If you’re looking for a way to get started in real estate investing or build a portfolio, consider the income-generating asset of single-family rental real estate in the renaissance city of Birmingham, Alabama.







Where Does Turnkey Real Estate Fit in the Cash Flow System?







We are evangelists for cash flow because cash flow is your ticket to time and money freedom.



Investing in cash-flowing assets is part of the third stage of the Cash Flow System.



Once you have a stocked emergency/opportunity fund, you now have a pool of capital that’s ready to invest. To accelerate your cash flow, you need to identify cash-flowing assets and develop an acquisition strategy.



By introducing you to opportunities that could help you accomplish your goals, we want to expand your cash-flow investing options.



Real estate has long been an asset choice of the wealthy to create cash flow income.



If you’re looking for a way to increase your cash flow, producing income in low-risk alternative investments outside the stock market, turnkey real estate with Spartan Invest may help you accomplish your goals.



Who Is Maureen McCann?



Maureen’s Role at Spartan Invest



Maureen McCann is a partner and owner, and the VP of Sales and Marketing at Spartan Invest.



She has over ten years of sales and marketing experience in the turnkey marketplace. Having served as an Investment Property coach for years, Maureen is skilled at helping clients build turnkey cash flow portfolios. Maureen has helped hundreds of investors build the type of rental portfolios necessary to reach their short-term & long-term monthly passive income goals. Investing in turnkey real estate for long-term wealth generation is something Maureen understands intimately.



Whether clients want to replace their current income with passive income or are simply looking to supplement their retirement, Maureen can help design the right portfolio with the right end goal in mind. With an incredible work ethic and an unquenchable thirst for knowledge, Maureen helps provide peace of mind while investing in premium income-generating properties.



Maureen excels in providing trusted, reliable, knowledgeable consulting to assist you with building your real estate portfolio. She spends time coaching her clients on the wealth-building principles tha...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 1:08:19
Who Are the Financial Experts? https://themoneyadvantage.com/who-are-financial-experts/ Mon, 09 Jul 2018 09:00:18 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2414 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=x6fU7H7CPKQ How do you know if the advice of financial experts applies to you?  In fact, who are the financial experts?  Does fame or popularity make someone an expert? What about having the biggest stage or the largest reach?  Is it a degree, certification, or credential that qualifies them?  Instead, the litmus test for a financial expert is that they give uncommon advice to people with uncommon income and uncommon goals. To help you decide who to listen to in making educated financial choices to secure your future, we’ll answer: How do I decide who to take advice from? Who are the financial experts? How do I make sure I’m following the advice that leads me to my goals?How do education, personal responsibility, and the right guide work together? We’ll help you gain confidence in who to listen to and how to apply advice in your specific situation, without guessing, having to DIY, or blindly trusting someone with your money. You’ll go from overwhelmed with the financial noise, to confidently tuning in to what aligns and tuning out what doesn’t align with your goals. Instead of getting stuck trying to figure everything out, you’ll have the information to take action and make progress. You’ll gain confidence as you see a clear path from where you are to where you want to be, rather than wasting time wondering whether you’re going in the right direction. Where Financial Experts Fit into Your Cash Flow System Finding out who the financial experts are is just one step in the greater Survival to Significance Cash Flow System.  Once you’ve discovered who the financial experts are, you decide which of the four ways you want to implement their advice. Identifying the financial experts and implementing financial advice make up a micro-step in the bigger picture of gaining time and money freedom.  Here’s how: Deciding who to listen to is part of the foundation of your mindset and how you think about money. While your mindset may be the least tangible of all of the 9 steps, it’s critical to your success.  Don’t ignore or skip the mindset step.  Your thinking opens the door to all your financial possibilities and brings everything else into focus. The Critical Need for Education and the Battle to Find It Financial competency is the most ironic adult life skill.  We’re not taught in school how money works, how to make it, how to set goals, or how to arrive at our intended destination.  Yet we spend almost 100% of our waking hours in pursuit of making money, spending it, or thinking about it. If you aspire to transcend your current ranks and carve out a future of confidence, meaning, and security, it’s up to you to figure it out.  So as an adult that’s mastered the education system, and probably marriage, family, and a career, you still have to figure out what to do about money. Realizing that your financial independence is up to you is the first wake-up call. The second is when you become aware of the sea of “financial education” that doesn’t agree or stack up, and  you have the responsibility of figuring out who knows what’s going on that you should be listening to. The Noise of Self Proclaimed Financial Experts If you’ve been on the financial education path for a while, you’ve noticed the slew of conflicting information. If opinions were highway road signs, one sign would read, “Retirement This Way.  20 Years Ahead.  Guaranteed.”  Another sign pointing the same direction would warn, “Danger Ahead.  Do Not Enter.” Confusion and chaos would abound.  Either everyone would be darting this way and that, trying to make sense out of it all and crashing into each other.  Or in despair, they might give up, hit the e-brake, and resign themselves to not figuring it out.  They might even start ignoring the signs and follow the crowd, hoping they aren’t all wrong. Likewise, if you tuned in to all the financial advice and opinions from self-procla... https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=x6fU7H7CPKQ How do you know if the advice of financial experts applies to you?  In fact, who are the financial experts?  Does fame or popularity make someone an expert? What about having the biggest stage or the larg...
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=x6fU7H7CPKQ




How do you know if the advice of financial experts applies to you?  In fact, who are the financial experts?  Does fame or popularity make someone an expert? What about having the biggest stage or the largest reach?  Is it a degree, certification, or credential that qualifies them?  Instead, the litmus test for a financial expert is that they give uncommon advice to people with uncommon income and uncommon goals. To help you decide who to listen to in making educated financial choices to secure your future, we’ll answer:



* How do I decide who to take advice from? * Who are the financial experts? * How do I make sure I’m following the advice that leads me to my goals?* How do education, personal responsibility, and the right guide work together?



We’ll help you gain confidence in who to listen to and how to apply advice in your specific situation, without guessing, having to DIY, or blindly trusting someone with your money.



You’ll go from overwhelmed with the financial noise, to confidently tuning in to what aligns and tuning out what doesn’t align with your goals.



Instead of getting stuck trying to figure everything out, you’ll have the information to take action and make progress.



You’ll gain confidence as you see a clear path from where you are to where you want to be, rather than wasting time wondering whether you’re going in the right direction.







Where Financial Experts Fit into Your Cash Flow System







Finding out who the financial experts are is just one step in the greater Survival to Significance Cash Flow System.  Once you’ve discovered who the financial experts are, you decide which of the four ways you want to implement their advice.



Identifying the financial experts and implementing financial advice make up a micro-step in the bigger picture of gaining time and money freedom.  Here’s how:



Deciding who to listen to is part of the foundation of your mindset and how you think about money.



While your mindset may be the least tangible of all of the 9 steps, it’s critical to your success.  Don’t ignore or skip the mindset step.  Your thinking opens the door to all your financial possibilities and brings everything else into focus.



The Critical Need for Education and the Battle to Find It



Financial competency is the most ironic adult life skill.  We’re not taught in school how money works, how to make it, how to set goals, or how to arrive at our intended destination.  Yet we spend almost 100% of our waking hours in pursuit of making money, spending it, or thinking about it.



If you aspire to transcend your current ranks and carve out a future of confidence, meaning, and security, it’s up to you to figure it out.  So as an adult that’s mastered the education system, and probably marriage, family, and a career, you still have to figure out what to do about money.



Realizing that your financial independence is up to you is the first wake-up call.



The second is when you become aware of the sea of “financial education” that d...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 39:34
Lessons from a Commercial Multifamily Investor, with Paul Moore https://themoneyadvantage.com/paul-moore-commercial-multifamily-investor/ Mon, 02 Jul 2018 09:00:07 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2295 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iHr-DsOLGYM In this fascinating interview with Paul Moore, we discussed opportunities for investors to build generational wealth through commercial multifamily investing.  Unfortunately, there are high barriers to entry into this investment sector.  New investors to this space may lack the capital requirements, loan qualifications, and experience needed to gain a seat at the table. Through real estate investment firm, Wellings Capital, Paul Moore is making this asset class available to investors who would otherwise lack access.  Wellings is a syndicator that allows investors to pool their funds to get the advantages of direct ownership of commercial multifamily real estate, along with its high returns, tax advantages, and low risk. You’ll gain powerful business insights as you hear Paul share his thought-provoking and honest story.  He confidently shares his monumental accomplishments and the significant failures that accompanied them along the way.  When you listen, be prepared to learn just as much from his successes as from his stories of failure. Paul Moore is masterful in business and marketing.  You’ll come away with a new appreciation for continuous learning and reinvention, solving problems for others, and staying congruent with your life mission. Where Entrepreneurship Fits into the Cash Flow System We love Entrepreneurship.  Business owners emphasize and focus on cash flow over accumulation. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. Entrepreneurship is part of Investing in stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom. Who Is Paul Moore? After graduating with an engineering degree and then an MBA from Ohio State, Paul entered the management development track at Ford Motor Company in Detroit. After five years, he departed to start a staffing company with a partner. They sold it to a publicly traded firm five years later for $2.9 million. Along the way, Paul was a finalist for Ernst & Young’s Michigan Entrepreneur of the Year two years straight (1996 & 1997). Paul later entered the real estate sector, where he flipped over 50 homes and 25 high-end waterfront lots, appeared as the only REALTOR® on HGTV’s House Hunters for a waterfront week special, rehabbed and managed rental properties, built many new homes, developed a subdivision, and started two successful online real estate marketing firms. He also built several other companies and made quite a few medium and high-risk investments along the way. Paul Moore’s Most Important Business Lessons High Risk Does Not Equal High Returns People often think that to get high returns, they have to take on high risk. Instead of high risk leading to high returns, Paul Moore says that high risk leads to the potential of high returns, and more so to the potential of higher loss.  Often, people think they’re investing, when really, they’re speculating or gambling. Investing should be more like watching paint dry or watching grass grow. If you want excitement, take $800 and go to Las Vegas. – Paul Samuelson, the First American to win the Nobel Prize in Economics According to Paul, investing is when your principal is safe, and you have a chance to make a return. In contrast, the definition of speculating is when your principal is not at all safe, and there’s a chance to make a return. His wisdom comes from several experiences speculating when he thought he was investing, and consequently, losing a lot of money. The Importance of Giving There is a universal law that you will get back in proportion to what you give. When Paul Moore was $2.5 Million in debt in 2007, he decided to model George Mueller’s heroic story of giving.  Paul made the most counterintuitive decision to give his way o... https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iHr-DsOLGYM In this fascinating interview with Paul Moore, we discussed opportunities for investors to build generational wealth through commercial multifamily investing.  Unfortunately,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iHr-DsOLGYM




In this fascinating interview with Paul Moore, we discussed opportunities for investors to build generational wealth through commercial multifamily investing.  Unfortunately, there are high barriers to entry into this investment sector.  New investors to this space may lack the capital requirements, loan qualifications, and experience needed to gain a seat at the table. Through real estate investment firm, Wellings Capital, Paul Moore is making this asset class available to investors who would otherwise lack access.  Wellings is a syndicator that allows investors to pool their funds to get the advantages of direct ownership of commercial multifamily real estate, along with its high returns, tax advantages, and low risk.



You’ll gain powerful business insights as you hear Paul share his thought-provoking and honest story.  He confidently shares his monumental accomplishments and the significant failures that accompanied them along the way.  When you listen, be prepared to learn just as much from his successes as from his stories of failure.



Paul Moore is masterful in business and marketing.  You’ll come away with a new appreciation for continuous learning and reinvention, solving problems for others, and staying congruent with your life mission.







Where Entrepreneurship Fits into the Cash Flow System







We love Entrepreneurship.  Business owners emphasize and focus on cash flow over accumulation.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



Entrepreneurship is part of Investing in stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom.



Who Is Paul Moore?



After graduating with an engineering degree and then an MBA from Ohio State, Paul entered the management development track at Ford Motor Company in Detroit.



After five years, he departed to start a staffing company with a partner. They sold it to a publicly traded firm five years later for $2.9 million.



Along the way, Paul was a finalist for Ernst & Young’s Michigan Entrepreneur of the Year two years straight (1996 & 1997).



Paul later entered the real estate sector, where he flipped over 50 homes and 25 high-end waterfront lots, appeared as the only REALTOR® on HGTV’s House Hunters for a waterfront week special, rehabbed and managed rental properties, built many new homes, developed a subdivision, and started two successful online real estate marketing firms.



He also built several other companies and made quite a few medium and high-risk investments along the way.



Paul Moore’s Most Important Business Lessons



High Risk Does Not Equal High Returns



People often think that to get high returns, they have to take on high risk.



Instead of high risk leading to high returns, Paul Moore says that high risk leads to the potential of high returns, and more so to the potential of higher loss.  Often, people think they’re investing, when really, they’re speculating or gambling.


]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 50:31
Be the Bank: The Biggest Thing You Can Do to Increase Your Cash Flow https://themoneyadvantage.com/biggest-thing-you-can-do-to-increase-your-cash-flow/ Mon, 25 Jun 2018 09:00:57 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2265 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yhhCWKRRSvU The #1 most effective way to increase your cash flow today is to be the bank. In order to be the bank you have to think like the bank.  Banking generates voluminous cash flow.  There are rules for how the bank operates that have established banking as the most powerful business model in the world.  You can follow these rules to increase your cash flow, starting from whatever income you have today.  This secret hidden in plain sight is the catalyst to increase your cash flow and take control of your financial destiny, without cutting back, working harder, or taking on more risk. Let’s build your bridge to time and money freedom by increasing your cash flow with the one most powerful step.  We’ll answer: Why focus on cash flow?What is cash flow?How do I increase my cash flow? We’ll give you the seven rules banks use that give them the upper hand. When you utilize these rules in your own economy, you’ll stop having so many dollars flow out of your hands, and you’ll start keeping and controlling more of your money. You’ll leverage the magic of compound interest, so you earn it, instead of paying it. Instead of making costly mistakes by following typical advice, you’ll think for yourself and take control. Rather than building the empires of banks, Wall Street, and financial institutions, you’ll begin building your own financial destiny. Where Increasing Your Cash Flow Fits into the Cash Flow System It may seem obvious that increasing your cash flow is a critical component of your cash flow system.  I mean, that’s the part of your life that is all about cash flow, right?  But here’s how it fits in the bigger picture exactly: The Cash Flow System moves you from survival, with little to no cash flow, to significance, where you have abundant cash flow from assets. In the foundational phase, you start by keeping more of the money you make.  In the next phase, you protect your money.  Finally, you make more money and increase your cash flow. Thinking like a bank is part of all three stages and allows you to increase your cash flow. Most importantly, it’s part of your mindset in the foundational phase.   Your mindset is what allows you to reduce your money leaks and keep more of your money. In the second phase, thinking like a bank allows you to protect your money, earn uninterrupted compound interest, and save like the wealthy. Finally, employing banking principles allows you to utilize cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom. What Is Cash Flow? Cash flow is when you have more money at the end of your month. Cash flow is the money that you’re not using up each month, that you can instead set aside and store up.  When you have cash flow, you have money left over in your monthly economy. Determine your current monthly cash flow with this simple equation: Cash Flow = Income – Expenses Having more cash flow gives you more options, and options give you freedom and control. Two Levels of Cash Flow There are two levels of cash flow.  The difference between the two is the source of your income. The first level we’ll call cash flow from income.  This is the most common income source.   When you have cash flow from income, your primary income source is a job. Of those wages, you spend less than you earn. The second level is cash flow from assets.  In this position, you have assets like rental real estate or self-sustaining businesses that do not require you to put in your time to generate a profit.  Your assets provide more income than you spend. This is the most desirable source of income and is the pinnacle of cash flow achievement. Why Focus on Cash Flow Now? Let's answer the question, why cash flow today?  You reach financial freedom when you’re in a position with income from your assets that exceeds your expenses. For example, a person with lifestyle expenses of $10, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yhhCWKRRSvU The #1 most effective way to increase your cash flow today is to be the bank. In order to be the bank you have to think like the bank.  Banking generates voluminous cash flow.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yhhCWKRRSvU




The #1 most effective way to increase your cash flow today is to be the bank. In order to be the bank you have to think like the bank.  Banking generates voluminous cash flow.  There are rules for how the bank operates that have established banking as the most powerful business model in the world.  You can follow these rules to increase your cash flow, starting from whatever income you have today.  This secret hidden in plain sight is the catalyst to increase your cash flow and take control of your financial destiny, without cutting back, working harder, or taking on more risk.



Let’s build your bridge to time and money freedom by increasing your cash flow with the one most powerful step.  We’ll answer:



* Why focus on cash flow?* What is cash flow?* How do I increase my cash flow?



We’ll give you the seven rules banks use that give them the upper hand.



When you utilize these rules in your own economy, you’ll stop having so many dollars flow out of your hands, and you’ll start keeping and controlling more of your money.



You’ll leverage the magic of compound interest, so you earn it, instead of paying it.



Instead of making costly mistakes by following typical advice, you’ll think for yourself and take control.



Rather than building the empires of banks, Wall Street, and financial institutions, you’ll begin building your own financial destiny.







Where Increasing Your Cash Flow Fits into the Cash Flow System







It may seem obvious that increasing your cash flow is a critical component of your cash flow system.  I mean, that’s the part of your life that is all about cash flow, right?  But here’s how it fits in the bigger picture exactly:



The Cash Flow System moves you from survival, with little to no cash flow, to significance, where you have abundant cash flow from assets.



In the foundational phase, you start by keeping more of the money you make.  In the next phase, you protect your money.  Finally, you make more money and increase your cash flow.



Thinking like a bank is part of all three stages and allows you to increase your cash flow.



Most importantly, it’s part of your mindset in the foundational phase.   Your mindset is what allows you to reduce your money leaks and keep more of your money.



In the second phase, thinking like a bank allows you to protect your money, earn uninterrupted compound interest, and save like the wealthy.



Finally, employing banking principles allows you to utilize cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom.



What Is Cash Flow?



Cash flow is when you have more money at the end of your month.



Cash flow is the money that you’re not using up each month,]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 56:39
Ted Benna: Reflections from the “Father of the 401(k)” https://themoneyadvantage.com/ted-benna-father-401k/ Mon, 18 Jun 2018 09:00:15 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2237 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FzIkG9x3u1g If you listen to the “financial experts” on tv or the radio, you will hear the typical blanket advice that you should put money into a 401(k).  But the question is, does that advice apply to everybody?  To get as much of an insider’s perspective as we could find, we interviewed Ted Benna, "inventor" of the 401(k). During this insightful conversation, we discussed the purpose of the 401(k), its history, shortcomings, and the need for reform.  This interview was forthright about why there’s a coming retirement crisis and what you can do about it if you want to take control of your financial destiny. In this episode, we’ll help you answer: What does the 401(k) help me accomplish?Is the 401(k) right for me? If you remember in How to Find Your Best Investments, we discussed that your investing strategy will be unique to you.  You maximize your gains when you take an active role in investing in what you know and control. So, where does the 401(k) fit for you? Individual Goals Create Individual Strategies Here at The Money Advantage, our objectives are to help you keep and control more of your money.  As an entrepreneur, you want control, access to your money, liquidity, cash flow, and tax advantages as possible.  A 401(k) doesn’t support those goals. However, to promote your education, it’s valuable to round out your perspective by considering the full discussion.  When you increase your knowledge, you gain the ability to make decisions and build confidence that you’re doing what’s best. Whether or not a 401(k) is a fit for you, it’s in your best interest to understand them.  401(k)s may be a part of providing solutions. The test of a first-rate intelligence is the ability to hold two opposed ideas in mind at the same time and still retain the ability to function. – F. Scott Fitzgerald In this previous conversation about abundance, we discussed why being open-minded and considering contrasting information is critical to learning: Unless you’re willing to expand your map, nothing new exists for you.  When we come into a conversation with people who see differently, it’s important to recognize that if we both had the same map, we’d think the same way. When we each defend our own interpretation of the facts, it leads to conflict.  The only way you can learn something new is to be willing to step off of your map and onto someone else’s.  It’s not about who’s right, but about learning what else is possible. Today, we’re jumping onto the map of someone with a different perspective so that we can expand our own map.  We invite you to do the same. Different Perspectives While you’ll notice a great deal of common ground in our philosophy and perspective, we don’t agree on everything.  We do agree that there are problems, but we do not completely agree about how to solve them. One specific distinction is that we do not view putting money in a 401(k) to be savings. We agree that it’s crucial to have a systematic way of setting money aside for the future before spending.  The 401(k) has provided a method for hundreds of thousands of people to invest over $10 Trillion. However, a 401(k) fails to meet the criteria of being a savings tool.  Savings is safe from the risk of market loss, liquid and growing.  A 401(k) is typically invested in stocks and mutual funds, exposing the balance to the risk of market volatility and loss of account value. Additionally, it has significant limitations on accessibility, making it unsuitable for storing your emergency/opportunity fund. Where Does the 401(k) Fit in the Cash Flow System? To gain perspective, let’s zoom out to look at an optimized personal economy. In the first phase of the Cash Flow System, you build a foundation to keep more of the money you make.  Then in the second phase, you protect your money.  Finally, in the third phase, you increase your money and make more. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FzIkG9x3u1g If you listen to the “financial experts” on tv or the radio, you will hear the typical blanket advice that you should put money into a 401(k).  But the question is, does that advice apply to everybody?
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FzIkG9x3u1g




If you listen to the “financial experts” on tv or the radio, you will hear the typical blanket advice that you should put money into a 401(k).  But the question is, does that advice apply to everybody?  To get as much of an insider’s perspective as we could find, we interviewed Ted Benna, "inventor" of the 401(k). During this insightful conversation, we discussed the purpose of the 401(k), its history, shortcomings, and the need for reform.  This interview was forthright about why there’s a coming retirement crisis and what you can do about it if you want to take control of your financial destiny.



In this episode, we’ll help you answer:



* What does the 401(k) help me accomplish?* Is the 401(k) right for me?



If you remember in How to Find Your Best Investments, we discussed that your investing strategy will be unique to you.  You maximize your gains when you take an active role in investing in what you know and control.



So, where does the 401(k) fit for you?







Individual Goals Create Individual Strategies



Here at The Money Advantage, our objectives are to help you keep and control more of your money.  As an entrepreneur, you want control, access to your money, liquidity, cash flow, and tax advantages as possible.  A 401(k) doesn’t support those goals.



However, to promote your education, it’s valuable to round out your perspective by considering the full discussion.  When you increase your knowledge, you gain the ability to make decisions and build confidence that you’re doing what’s best.



Whether or not a 401(k) is a fit for you, it’s in your best interest to understand them.  401(k)s may be a part of providing solutions.



The test of a first-rate intelligence is the ability to hold two opposed ideas in mind at the same time and still retain the ability to function. – F. Scott Fitzgerald



In this previous conversation about abundance, we discussed why being open-minded and considering contrasting information is critical to learning:



Unless you’re willing to expand your map, nothing new exists for you.  When we come into a conversation with people who see differently, it’s important to recognize that if we both had the same map, we’d think the same way. When we each defend our own interpretation of the facts, it leads to conflict.  The only way you can learn something new is to be willing to step off of your map and onto someone else’s.  It’s not about who’s right, but about learning what else is possible.



Today, we’re jumping onto the map of someone with a different perspective so that we can expand our own map.  We invite you to do the same.



Different Perspectives



While you’ll notice a great deal of common ground in our philosophy and perspective, we don’t agree on everything.  We do agree that there are problems, but we do not completely agree about how to solve them.



One specific distinction is that we do not view putting money in a 401(k) to be clean 50:10
How to Shop for Insurance Part 3: Life, Health, and Disability Insurance https://themoneyadvantage.com/how-to-shop-for-insurance-3-life-health-disability-insurance/ Mon, 11 Jun 2018 09:00:28 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2199 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dZTM7rAkqD4 Life, health, and disability insurance protect you, your body, your wellness, and your livelihood.  This range of coverage includes some of the most essential protections. Too often, people ask the wrong questions.  This leads them to draw the wrong conclusions about life, health, and disability insurance.   As a result, many remain drastically underinsured or forgo the protection altogether.  Without maximum life, health, and disability insurance, you leave the things that matter most, exposed to the highest risk.Asking how to save money on your life, health, and disability insurance is the wrong place to start. First, you want to best protect what's most important to you.  You get the maximum security and protection by securing the best possible, longest lasting, highest quality coverage.  After you find the best coverage, then you can use smart shopping strategies to lower your costs. Here’s straight talk about how to get the best insurance and make every dollar you spend in premium count. The Whole Series on Insurance In the last five articles, we’ve outlined an insurance philosophy and buying guide to put you in control. Why You Want Insurance Part 1 examined what insurance does. It transfers risk.Why You Want Insurance Part 2 discussed why it matters. It protects your greatest asset.Why You Want Insurance Part 3 covered the cost and answered why you should pay for insurance. It costs more to self-insure.How to Shop for Insurance Part 1 outlined the seven tips to save the most money when shopping for insurance in general.How to Shop for Insurance Part 2 gave guidance on buying home, auto, and business insurance. In This Article Today, we’re capping off the series by focusing on life, disability, and health insurance. We’ll show you how to secure the best life, health, and disability insurance coverage and be efficient with your premium costs.  We’ll answer: How do I best protect what matters most? How do I get the highest quality life, health, and disability insurance? Then, how do I save the most and spend the least on my life, health, and disability insurance? We’ll first walk you through understanding your coverages so you can feel protected and secure.  Then we’ll give you the exact tips to get the most and best value life, health, and disability insurance for the least premium. You’ll gain confidence and peace of mind without giving up any more of your dollars than necessary. More importantly, no matter what happens in your life, your future self will be secure, protected, and grateful.  You’ll be reassured that you made the best decisions in your power. Where Insurance Fits into Your Whole Personal Economy Let’s zoom out for a moment to remember where and why insurance fits into your Cash Flow System. Your foundation starts with keeping more of the money you make.  Second, you protect what you’ve built.  Finally, you increase your income to create time and money freedom and expand your legacy. Insurance fits in the protection stage.  With it, your livelihood is no longer at risk, but secure, regardless of the life circumstances you face. Your protection is like a roof on your financial house.  When the shingles are sufficient and cover the whole house, it keeps storms outside your house, preventing them from getting inside and destroying your belongings.  Similarly, when you have adequate insurance protection, your income and assets you’ve built are safe from financial storms that may occur in your life. The Universe of You Imagine drawing concentric circles around you to rank the importance of the things in your life.  At the center, you might find your autonomy, contribution, sense of purpose, meaning and fulfillment.  This also includes the physical and mental capabilities that give you the power to decide and act. In the next, you might find your loved ones and their sense of security, safety, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dZTM7rAkqD4 Life, health, and disability insurance protect you, your body, your wellness, and your livelihood.  This range of coverage includes some of the most essential protections. Too often,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dZTM7rAkqD4




Life, health, and disability insurance protect you, your body, your wellness, and your livelihood.  This range of coverage includes some of the most essential protections. Too often, people ask the wrong questions.  This leads them to draw the wrong conclusions about life, health, and disability insurance.   As a result, many remain drastically underinsured or forgo the protection altogether.  Without maximum life, health, and disability insurance, you leave the things that matter most, exposed to the highest risk.Asking how to save money on your life, health, and disability insurance is the wrong place to start. First, you want to best protect what's most important to you.  You get the maximum security and protection by securing the best possible, longest lasting, highest quality coverage.  After you find the best coverage, then you can use smart shopping strategies to lower your costs.



Here’s straight talk about how to get the best insurance and make every dollar you spend in premium count.







The Whole Series on Insurance



In the last five articles, we’ve outlined an insurance philosophy and buying guide to put you in control.



*
Why You Want Insurance Part 1 examined what insurance does. It transfers risk.* Why You Want Insurance Part 2 discussed why it matters. It protects your greatest asset.* Why You Want Insurance Part 3 covered the cost and answered why you should pay for insurance. It costs more to self-insure.* How to Shop for Insurance Part 1 outlined the seven tips to save the most money when shopping for insurance in general.* How to Shop for Insurance Part 2 gave guidance on buying home, auto, and business insurance.



In This Article



Today, we’re capping off the series by focusing on life, disability, and health insurance.



We’ll show you how to secure the best life, health, and disability insurance coverage and be efficient with your premium costs.  We’ll answer:



* How do I best protect what matters most? * How do I get the highest quality life, health, and disability insurance? * Then, how do I save the most and spend the least on my life, health, and disability insurance?



We’ll first walk you through understanding your coverages so you can feel protected and secure.  Then we’ll give you the exact tips to get the most and best value life, health, and disability insurance for the least premium.



You’ll gain confidence and peace of mind without giving up any more of your dollars than necessary.



More importantly, no matter what happens in your life, your future self will be secure, protected, and grateful.]]> Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 1:07:05 How to Shop For Insurance Part 2: Home and Auto Insurance https://themoneyadvantage.com/how-to-shop-for-insurance-part-2-home-and-auto-insurance/ Mon, 04 Jun 2018 09:00:38 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2158 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=213FWlAdFY0 Home and auto insurance are two pillars of insurance protection that are almost universally understood to be necessary. However, when it comes to choosing and paying for coverage, you have nearly infinite options.  The range of coverage details, exemptions, coverage amounts, and limitations add complexity.  This can make shopping for insurance seem like a maze without an exit.Without the knowledge of what to look for, your home and auto insurance can become a costly money leak.  But overwhelm is no reason to pay more than you need to or settle for coverage that’s less than best. Your goal is to pay the least for the best possible coverage.  To help you do that, we want to show you the tricks of the trade.  These insights will help you become more efficient with these coverages, keeping more of your dollars in your pocket. With these strategies, you’ll get the best deals on your home and auto insurance and win at insurance shopping. In the last article, we gave you the seven tips to save on insurance in general.  Today, we’ll apply that specifically to your home and auto insurance to answer: How do I make the best decisions on my home and auto insurance?How do I shrink my home and auto insurance cost while maximizing my protection?What do I include in my home and auto insurance coverage to get the best for the lowest price? We’ll first walk you through understanding your coverages.  Then we’ll give you the exact tips to get the best value home and auto insurance for the least premium.  You'll feel protected and secure, without mourning the cost. Once we’ve done that, we’ll walk you through the added layer of business insurances.  We'll show you how to maximize your coverage and minimize your costs as you protect one of your most valuable assets. You’ll gain confidence and peace of mind without giving up any more of your dollars in monthly expenses than necessary. Where Insurance Fits into Your Whole Personal Economy Let’s zoom out for a moment to remember where and why insurance fits into your Cash Flow System. Your foundation starts with keeping more of the money you make.  Second, you protect what you’ve built.  Finally, you increase your income to create time and money freedom and expand your legacy. Insurance fits in the protection stage.  With it, your livelihood is no longer at risk, but secure, regardless of the life circumstances you face. Your protection is like a roof on your financial house.  When the shingles are sufficient and cover the whole house, it keeps storms outside your house, preventing them from getting inside and destroying your belongings.  Similarly, when you have adequate insurance protection, your income and assets you’ve built are safe from financial storms that may occur in your life. Understanding Your Auto Insurance The Primary Purpose of Auto Insurance: Liability Protection The primary purpose of auto insurance is to transfer your risk of having to pay out of pocket if you cause injury or damage to others. If you are at fault in an accident, your liability portion of your auto insurance will cover the cost of damages to the other person, up to your coverage limits. Coverage Limits for Liability Protection To understand your coverage limits, look at the number code on your liability protection.  It would be something like this: $100,000/$300,000/$100,000. The three numbers correspond to the other vehicle only.  In order, they are: Per Person: The limit paid per injured person for bodily injury for people in the other vehiclePer Accident: The limit paid for total injured people in the other carProperty Damage: The limit for all property you’ve damaged, except your own (such as vehicles, curbs, buildings, etc.) Coverage ranges from state-required minimums to legally operate a car, usually around $25,000/$50,000/$25,000, up to a maximum of about $500,000/$500,000/$500,000. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=213FWlAdFY0 Home and auto insurance are two pillars of insurance protection that are almost universally understood to be necessary. However, when it comes to choosing and paying for coverage,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=213FWlAdFY0




Home and auto insurance are two pillars of insurance protection that are almost universally understood to be necessary. However, when it comes to choosing and paying for coverage, you have nearly infinite options.  The range of coverage details, exemptions, coverage amounts, and limitations add complexity.  This can make shopping for insurance seem like a maze without an exit.Without the knowledge of what to look for, your home and auto insurance can become a costly money leak.  But overwhelm is no reason to pay more than you need to or settle for coverage that’s less than best.



Your goal is to pay the least for the best possible coverage.  To help you do that, we want to show you the tricks of the trade.  These insights will help you become more efficient with these coverages, keeping more of your dollars in your pocket.



With these strategies, you’ll get the best deals on your home and auto insurance and win at insurance shopping.







In the last article, we gave you the seven tips to save on insurance in general.  Today, we’ll apply that specifically to your home and auto insurance to answer:



* How do I make the best decisions on my home and auto insurance?* How do I shrink my home and auto insurance cost while maximizing my protection?* What do I include in my home and auto insurance coverage to get the best for the lowest price?



We’ll first walk you through understanding your coverages.  Then we’ll give you the exact tips to get the best value home and auto insurance for the least premium.  You'll feel protected and secure, without mourning the cost.



Once we’ve done that, we’ll walk you through the added layer of business insurances.  We'll show you how to maximize your coverage and minimize your costs as you protect one of your most valuable assets.



You’ll gain confidence and peace of mind without giving up any more of your dollars in monthly expenses than necessary.



Where Insurance Fits into Your Whole Personal Economy







Let’s zoom out for a moment to remember where and why insurance fits into your Cash Flow System.



Your foundation starts with keeping more of the money you make.  Second, you protect what you’ve built.  Finally, you increase your income to create time and money freedom and expand your legacy.



Insurance fits in the protection stage.  With it, your livelihood is no longer at risk, but secure, regardless of the life circumstances you face.



Your protection is like a roof on your financial house.  When the shingles are sufficient and cover the whole house, it keeps storms outside your house, preventing them from getting inside and destroying your belongings.  Similarly, when you have adequate insurance protection, your income and assets you’ve built are safe from financial storms that may occur in your life.



Understanding Your Auto Insurance



]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 30:24
How to Shop for Insurance Part 1: 7 Tips to Save on Insurance https://themoneyadvantage.com/how-to-shop-for-insurance-part-1-7-tips-to-save-on-insurance/ Mon, 28 May 2018 09:00:51 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2132 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rNLoqEr546o When you shop for insurance, it’s best to start with a game plan.  Then you know what to look for and how to save on insurance without sacrificing value. It’s just like shopping for groceries, a marketing strategist, or an investment property.First, you need to know what you want.  Next, you want to know how to get the best deal. Finally, you need to know where to find it.If you’ve been following along in this series on protection, you know why you want insurance. You’re here because you want an insurance strategy that transfers as much risk as possible to protect your human life value. You want as much of the best, most enduring, highest quality coverage you can get. Now it’s time to find the best deals. Over the next three articles, we’re going to walk you through how to save on insurance. We’ll answer: How do I maximize the value I get for the least premium?What protections should I have?What are some pitfalls to avoid, so my protection doesn’t become a money leak? Today, we’ll show you seven tips to get the most and best value coverage for the least premium so that you can feel protected and secure.  You’ll gain confidence and peace of mind without giving up any more of your dollars in monthly expenses than absolutely necessary. Previously If you're not sure why you would want insurance in the first place, here’s the first three articles in the series to help you do exactly that: Why You Want Insurance Part 1 examined what insurance does. It transfers risk.Why You Want Insurance Part 2 discussed why it matters. It protects your greatest asset.Why You Want Insurance Part 3 covered the cost and answered why you should pay for insurance. It costs more to self-insure. Where Insurance Fits into Your Whole Personal Economy Let’s zoom out for a moment to remember where and why insurance fits into your Cash Flow System. Your foundation starts with keeping more of the money you make.  Second, you protect what you’ve built.  Finally, you increase your income to build time and money freedom and expand your legacy. Insurance fits in the protection stage.  With it, your livelihood is no longer at risk, but secure, regardless of the life circumstances you face. Your protection is like a roof on your financial house.  When the shingles are sufficient and cover the whole house, it keeps storms outside your house, preventing them from getting inside and destroying your belongings.  Similarly, when you have adequate insurance protection, your income and assets you’ve built are safe from financial storms that may occur in your life. Banish Buyer’s Remorse If you’ve recognized a disparity between the coverage you have and the coverage you want, it’s time to go shopping.  Whether you are purchasing insurance for the first time, adding new lines of coverage, or shoring up an existing strategy, the decision can be quite overwhelming. At the store, when you go shopping without a plan, a well-meaning salesperson asks you what you’re looking for and how they can help.  Instead of sounding nice, they seem like they just want your money. You either dodge them and continue browsing or find yourself talked into leaving with more than you wished, spending twice as much as you’d wanted. Maybe you’ve been confronted by the irresistible well-placed items near the checkout line.  Before you know it, you’re lamenting buying those ten extra items that you never had in mind when you stepped into the store. That’s called buyer’s remorse. We don’t want that to be you when it comes to insurance. Confident Insurance Shopping Is the Goal When you have the insider’s knowledge on finding the best deals, you have a new confidence that puts you in control.  It’s like being an exclusive member and getting access to the VIP sales before everyone else finds out. So, here’s a guide to confident insurance shopping. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rNLoqEr546o When you shop for insurance, it’s best to start with a game plan.  Then you know what to look for and how to save on insurance without sacrificing value. It’s just like shopping for groceries,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rNLoqEr546o




When you shop for insurance, it’s best to start with a game plan.  Then you know what to look for and how to save on insurance without sacrificing value. It’s just like shopping for groceries, a marketing strategist, or an investment property.First, you need to know what you want.  Next, you want to know how to get the best deal. Finally, you need to know where to find it.If you’ve been following along in this series on protection, you know why you want insurance.



You’re here because you want an insurance strategy that transfers as much risk as possible to protect your human life value. You want as much of the best, most enduring, highest quality coverage you can get.







Now it’s time to find the best deals.



Over the next three articles, we’re going to walk you through how to save on insurance.



We’ll answer:



* How do I maximize the value I get for the least premium?* What protections should I have?* What are some pitfalls to avoid, so my protection doesn’t become a money leak?



Today, we’ll show you seven tips to get the most and best value coverage for the least premium so that you can feel protected and secure.  You’ll gain confidence and peace of mind without giving up any more of your dollars in monthly expenses than absolutely necessary.



Previously



If you're not sure why you would want insurance in the first place, here’s the first three articles in the series to help you do exactly that:



* Why You Want Insurance Part 1 examined what insurance does. It transfers risk.* Why You Want Insurance Part 2 discussed why it matters. It protects your greatest asset.* Why You Want Insurance Part 3 covered the cost and answered why you should pay for insurance. It costs more to self-insure.



Where Insurance Fits into Your Whole Personal Economy







Let’s zoom out for a moment to remember where and why insurance fits into your Cash Flow System.



Your foundation starts with keeping more of the money you make.  Second, you protect what you’ve built.  Finally, you increase your income to build time and money freedom and expand your legacy.



Insurance fits in the protection stage.  With it, your livelihood is no longer at risk, but secure, regardless of the life circumstances you face.



Your protection is like a roof on your financial house.  When the shingles are sufficient and cover the whole house, it keeps storms outside your house, preventing them from getting inside and destroying your belongings.  Similarly, when you have adequate insurance protection,]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 38:37
The Go-Giver: The Unexpected Secret of Success, with Bob Burg https://themoneyadvantage.com/the-go-giver-secret-of-success-bob-burg/ Mon, 21 May 2018 09:00:35 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2110 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jE2gHoholqo If you have been reading The Money Advantage blog for a while, you may already know that The Go-Giver book played a central role in How The Money Advantage Began. We are huge fans of Bob Burg and John David Mann's Go-Giver Series. The Go-Giver is an engaging parable about the unexpected system of getting predictable, proven results in building a prosperous business.This story reveals the five laws of stratospheric success, giving you the recipe to make more money in your entrepreneurial endeavors by adding value and increasing your impact. The Go-Giver is an engaging parable about the unexpected system of getting predictable, proven results in building a prosperous business.This story reveals the five laws of stratospheric success, giving you the recipe to make more money in your entrepreneurial endeavors by adding value and increasing your impact.If you have been reading The Money Advantage blog for awhile, you may already know that The Go-Giver book played a central role in How The Money Advantage Began. Where Your Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System At The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We are entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  We have a compass that always points back to the principles of wealth, not just to strategies or products.  You need the right mindset, philosophy, and principles of abundance, expansive thinking, creation, cash flow, and control in place first before any financial tactics can genuinely benefit and serve you. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make. Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. This conversation on principles of wealth creation fits right into the very first step of the first phase. Why a Go-Giver Mindset Matters In business, you may feel stuck in your current level of achievement.  You may be excelling but want to expand and scale your business outside your current capabilities. Or, you may find yourself in the struggle for survival, wanting a steady stream of incoming clients in the future to remain profitable. Perhaps you’re working to meet a quota in sales to qualify for a trip or the next rank in status, or to reach your own goal and internal metric of success. Many business owners reach a plateau of success, where, try as they might, they need a new skillset and mindset to reach the next level of achievement. While you want the fruit of success, the hustle, drive, ambition, and force will only take you so far before you burn out and call it quits. Wherever you find yourself, The Go-Giver shows you the mindset to move from struggling to thriving, or from successful to ultra-successful, without doubling your efforts to get there. Bob Burg and John David Mann lay out actionable laws of success in this delightfully-written story that will move you from hustling to attracting business instead. We brought Bob Burg in for an interview to answer: What is the Go-Giver all about?How do I live the Go-Giver principles to build my business?How can the struggling become successful, or the successful become ultra-successful? Meet Bob Burg, Co-Author and "How-To Guy" of The Go-Giver Bob Burg is a sought-after speaker at company leadership and sales conferences sharing the platform with everyone from today’s business leaders and broadcast personalities to even a former U.S. President. Bob is the author of several books on sales, marketing, and influence, with total book sales of well over a million copies. His book, The Go-Giver, coauthored with John David Mann, itself has sold over 700,000 copies, and it has been translated into 21 languages. His and John’s newest parable in the Go-Giver Series is The Go-Giver Influencer. Bob Burg is an advocate, supporter, and defender of the Free Enterprise system, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jE2gHoholqo If you have been reading The Money Advantage blog for a while, you may already know that The Go-Giver book played a central role in How The Money Advantage Began.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jE2gHoholqo




If you have been reading The Money Advantage blog for a while, you may already know that The Go-Giver book played a central role in How The Money Advantage Began. We are huge fans of Bob Burg and John David Mann's Go-Giver Series.



The Go-Giver is an engaging parable about the unexpected system of getting predictable, proven results in building a prosperous business.This story reveals the five laws of stratospheric success, giving you the recipe to make more money in your entrepreneurial endeavors by adding value and increasing your impact.



The Go-Giver is an engaging parable about the unexpected system of getting predictable, proven results in building a prosperous business.This story reveals the five laws of stratospheric success, giving you the recipe to make more money in your entrepreneurial endeavors by adding value and increasing your impact.If you have been reading The Money Advantage blog for awhile, you may already know that The Go-Giver book played a central role in How The Money Advantage Began.







Where Your Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System







At The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We are entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  We have a compass that always points back to the principles of wealth, not just to strategies or products.  You need the right mindset, philosophy, and principles of abundance, expansive thinking, creation, cash flow, and control in place first before any financial tactics can genuinely benefit and serve you.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make. Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



This conversation on principles of wealth creation fits right into the very first step of the first phase.



Why a Go-Giver Mindset Matters



In business, you may feel stuck in your current level of achievement.  You may be excelling but want to expand and scale your business outside your current capabilities.



Or, you may find yourself in the struggle for survival, wanting a steady stream of incoming clients in the future to remain profitable.



Perhaps you’re working to meet a quota in sales to qualify for a trip or the next rank in status, or to reach your own goal and internal metric of success.



Many business owners reach a plateau of success, where, try as they might, they need a new skillset and mindset to reach the next level of achievement.



While you want the fruit of success, the hustle, drive, ambition, and force will only take you so far before you burn out and call it quits.



Wherever you find yourself, The Go-Giver shows you the mindset to move from struggling to thriving, or from successful to ultra-successful, without doubling your efforts to get there.



]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 43:50
Why You Want Insurance Part 3: It Costs More to Self-Insure https://themoneyadvantage.com/why-you-want-insurance-part-3-it-costs-more-to-self-insure/ Mon, 14 May 2018 09:00:04 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2082 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=I1_GwiJtM20 To navigate your insurance decisions, you must weigh the costs and opportunity costs of each option.  While some choose to self-insure as a solution to reduce costs, there are additional costs hidden beneath the surface that you need to be aware of.Insurance is fairly polarizing.  Chances are, you either love it or you hate it.  And for most, it all boils down to cost.If you’re in the maximum-insurance-for-all-time camp, you want as much protection as you can get.  You see no expiration on your desire to be insured, and you have no problem paying for it. However, if you lean towards just-the-minimums-ma’am, you begrudgingly pay for just what’s legally required.  You would rather do anything else with your money. Where Insurance Fits into Your Whole Personal Economy Let’s zoom out for a moment to remember where and why insurance fits into your Cash Flow System. Your foundation starts with keeping more of the money you make.  Second, you protect what you’ve built.  Finally, you increase your income to create time and money freedom and expand your legacy. Insurance fits in the protection stage.  With it, your livelihood is no longer at risk, but secure, regardless of the life circumstances you face. Your protection is like a roof on your financial house.  When the shingles are sufficient and cover the whole house, it keeps storms outside your house, preventing them from getting inside and destroying your belongings.  Similarly, when you have adequate insurance protection, your income and assets you’ve built are safe from financial storms that may occur in your life. Everyone Wants Insurance Let’s address one misconception so we can start off on the same page.  The truth is that everyone wants insurance and as much of it as they can get. Why? If it were free, how much would you get? You and just about everyone else would want it all. I think the lines would be even longer than the ones camped outside a new Chick-fil-A grand opening that give the first 100 a year of free chicken sandwich meals. Now, we all know that we can’t get something for nothing.  No insurance company would agree to that arrangement, because it’s unsustainable. They’d always lose money, go out of business, and that would put you right back in the same position of having no insurance. Because there’s a cost to transfer risk, you now have to decide if it’s worth it to you. Perception of Cost vs. Reality On the surface, it appears there’s a positive correlation between the amount coverage and the cost.  When the amount of insurance goes up, so does the price tag. Logically then, the way to achieve the lowest cost would be to have the least insurance. Given that perspective, most people run the cost-benefit analysis throughout their life to calibrate how much coverage to have at any given point in time.  They carefully measure needs and weigh the benefits and costs like two kids on an old-fashioned see-saw, looking for equilibrium.  Do the benefits outweigh the costs or is it the other way around? But that’s not the whole story.  Most don’t see the big picture because of the opportunity costs that lurk just out of view. Let’s dive into the heart of the matter so that we can gain some clarity in our decision-making. The Panoramic View As with all parts of your financial life, the whole system is more important than the individual components.  To make sure each piece fits the larger purpose of your life, let’s come back to the big picture of an optimized personal economy that’s in your control. You’re earning, spending, giving, saving, and investing from a perspective of abundance.  You know that you have everything you need and that you create wealth by serving others. Because you protect what you have built, you have future guarantees that your assets and cash flow will be there for you. You find and fix the places where money is leak... https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=I1_GwiJtM20 To navigate your insurance decisions, you must weigh the costs and opportunity costs of each option.  While some choose to self-insure as a solution to reduce costs,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=I1_GwiJtM20




To navigate your insurance decisions, you must weigh the costs and opportunity costs of each option.  While some choose to self-insure as a solution to reduce costs, there are additional costs hidden beneath the surface that you need to be aware of.Insurance is fairly polarizing.  Chances are, you either love it or you hate it.  And for most, it all boils down to cost.If you’re in the maximum-insurance-for-all-time camp, you want as much protection as you can get.  You see no expiration on your desire to be insured, and you have no problem paying for it.



However, if you lean towards just-the-minimums-ma’am, you begrudgingly pay for just what’s legally required.  You would rather do anything else with your money.







Where Insurance Fits into Your Whole Personal Economy







Let’s zoom out for a moment to remember where and why insurance fits into your Cash Flow System.



Your foundation starts with keeping more of the money you make.  Second, you protect what you’ve built.  Finally, you increase your income to create time and money freedom and expand your legacy.



Insurance fits in the protection stage.  With it, your livelihood is no longer at risk, but secure, regardless of the life circumstances you face.



Your protection is like a roof on your financial house.  When the shingles are sufficient and cover the whole house, it keeps storms outside your house, preventing them from getting inside and destroying your belongings.  Similarly, when you have adequate insurance protection, your income and assets you’ve built are safe from financial storms that may occur in your life.



Everyone Wants Insurance



Let’s address one misconception so we can start off on the same page.  The truth is that everyone wants insurance and as much of it as they can get.



Why?



If it were free, how much would you get?



You and just about everyone else would want it all. I think the lines would be even longer than the ones camped outside a new Chick-fil-A grand opening that give the first 100 a year of free chicken sandwich meals.



Now, we all know that we can’t get something for nothing.  No insurance company would agree to that arrangement, because it’s unsustainable. They’d always lose money, go out of business, and that would put you right back in the same position of having no insurance.



Because there’s a cost to transfer risk, you now have to decide if it’s worth it to you.



Perception of Cost vs. Reality







On the surface,]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 38:01
Content Marketing That Attracts and Converts Happy Clients, with Maggie Patterson https://themoneyadvantage.com/content-marketing-that-converts-maggie-patterson/ Mon, 07 May 2018 09:00:48 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2065 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wjn9RKUxCwE Content marketing is a powerful tool to reach your future customers before they choose to do business with you. We brought Maggie Patterson on our podcast because she specializes in making content marketing simple.If you’ve been in business for 20 years or 15 minutes, you’ve realized that one of the primary levers of success is having customers.With people to see, you can find out what works best, make money, fine-tune, and scale.But without them, you’re dying a slow and painful death that eventually takes you out of business. So how do you attract and convert happy clients quickly, simply, and sustainably?  For many businesses, it starts with building a relationship with potential clients before they buy from you through content marketing. Where Investing in Your Business Fits into the Cash Flow System We love Entrepreneurship.  Business owners emphasize and focus on cash flow over accumulation. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. Entrepreneurship is part of Investing in stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom. Why Content Marketing? We want to help you build a life and business you love.  One way we do that is to give you tools and resources to help you scale into a self-sustaining business.  Sometimes, those resources are outside our area of expertise. Wherever you are now on the spectrum from a solo operation where all business depends on you, to having a team working from their unique abilities to support you, you have the opportunity to grow. You may be in real estate, the medical profession, a law practice, construction or consulting.  Regardless, you can provide education-based content to attract, nurture, and convert strangers into satisfied, happy clients. Through content, you can meet your potential clients where they are.  When you answer their questions, you establish yourself as the solution for when they’re ready to make a purchase decision. It gives them the ability to get to know you, find out if they like you, and decide whether to work with you. Clearing the Content Marketing Hurdles If you’re providing educational content at any level to potential clients, you may be familiar with funnels, traffic, conversion, and ads.  You may be using or desire to provide education through your website, emails, your LinkedIn profile, articles, blogs, video, podcasting, books, or landing pages. All of this communication requires words that you write or speak, and that your potential customers receive. Your goal is to use those words create a congruent story.  In doing so, you want to convert someone who doesn’t know you at all into a paying client. Once you decide to create content, it’s easy to become overwhelmed. Messaging takes time to create.  It needs to be congruent.  It must answer the questions that are top of mind to your potential clients.  And it requires technology to support the moving parts. To help you decide how to approach content marketing in a way that’s right for you and design a strategy to get everything working together, we brought in Maggie Patterson, of SCOOP Industries, to answer your questions like: Should I use content marketing in my business?How can I strategically fine-tune my content marketing to get more results?When should I outsource my content marketing and hire a professional? Meet Maggie Patterson, Strategic Communications Extraordinaire Maggie Patterson, the VP of Content Marketing with SCOOP Industries, is a strategic communications expert and B2B content marketer who works with small to mid-sized businesses to help them meet their business goals. Her specialties are customer case studies and blogging, and she’s a Master Level Content Marketer. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wjn9RKUxCwE Content marketing is a powerful tool to reach your future customers before they choose to do business with you. We brought Maggie Patterson on our podcast because she specializes in making content market...
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wjn9RKUxCwE




Content marketing is a powerful tool to reach your future customers before they choose to do business with you. We brought Maggie Patterson on our podcast because she specializes in making content marketing simple.If you’ve been in business for 20 years or 15 minutes, you’ve realized that one of the primary levers of success is having customers.With people to see, you can find out what works best, make money, fine-tune, and scale.But without them, you’re dying a slow and painful death that eventually takes you out of business.



So how do you attract and convert happy clients quickly, simply, and sustainably?  For many businesses, it starts with building a relationship with potential clients before they buy from you through content marketing.







Where Investing in Your Business Fits into the Cash Flow System







We love Entrepreneurship.  Business owners emphasize and focus on cash flow over accumulation.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



Entrepreneurship is part of Investing in stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom.



Why Content Marketing?



We want to help you build a life and business you love.  One way we do that is to give you tools and resources to help you scale into a self-sustaining business.  Sometimes, those resources are outside our area of expertise.



Wherever you are now on the spectrum from a solo operation where all business depends on you, to having a team working from their unique abilities to support you, you have the opportunity to grow.



You may be in real estate, the medical profession, a law practice, construction or consulting.  Regardless, you can provide education-based content to attract, nurture, and convert strangers into satisfied, happy clients.



Through content, you can meet your potential clients where they are.  When you answer their questions, you establish yourself as the solution for when they’re ready to make a purchase decision. It gives them the ability to get to know you, find out if they like you, and decide whether to work with you.



Clearing the Content Marketing Hurdles



If you’re providing educational content at any level to potential clients, you may be familiar with funnels, traffic, conversion, and ads.  You may be using or desire to provide education through your website, emails, your LinkedIn profile, articles, blogs, video, podcasting, books, or landing pages.



All of this communication requires words that you write or speak, and that your potential customers receive.



Your goal is to use those words create a congruent story.  In doing so, you want to convert someone who doesn’t know you at all into a paying client.



Once you decide to create content, it’s easy to become overwhelmed.



Messaging takes time to create.  It needs to be congruent.  It must answer the questions that are top of mind to your potential clients.  And it requires technology to support the moving parts.



]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 44:54
Why You Want Insurance Part 2: It Protects Your Human Life Value https://themoneyadvantage.com/why-you-want-insurance-part-2-human-life-value/ Mon, 30 Apr 2018 09:00:54 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=2011 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zMY8I8FxEJ4 Insurance is about more than protecting your stuff. It’s about protecting your human life value.Often, you need insurance ranks pretty close on the motivation list with you need to change the oil in your car.Here’s the filtering mechanism your brain goes through when you hear it:  Not that pressing.  Things are going fine without it.  Why be inconvenienced to handle this non-urgent matter?  Not that relevant.  Out of sight, out of mind.  Dismiss. Right? But what if I told you that the reason to change your oil in your car was not about your car at all?  Changing your oil protects you, your peace of mind, and your ability to create value. Where Insurance Fits into Your Whole Personal Economy Let’s zoom out for a moment to remember where and why insurance fits into your Cash Flow System. Your foundation starts with keeping more of the money you make.  Second, you protect what you’ve built.  Finally, you increase your income to create time and money freedom and expand your legacy. Insurance fits in the protection stage.  With it, your livelihood is no longer at risk, but secure, regardless of the life circumstances you face. Your protection is like a roof on your financial house.  When the shingles are sufficient and cover the whole house, it keeps storms outside your house, preventing them from getting inside and destroying your belongings.  Similarly, when you have adequate insurance protection, your income and assets you’ve built are safe from financial storms that may occur in your life. Without changing your oil, you run the risk of thousands of dollars of irreparable damage that can be done when a car runs out of oil.  Your nightmare of needing to replace a car fast is now upon you.  While buying a new car should be fun and exciting, you now have to spend hours searching for the right vehicle just to bring your life back into equilibrium and normalcy.  Basic transportation in your everyday life that was easy before now becomes a complicated algorithm of managing other people’s availabilities to find out how they can help you get from point A to point B. This seemingly menial task of preventative maintenance is now all-important.  It’s not really about the car, but about protecting your peace of mind, and saving yourself the worry and frustration. Similarly, insurance is about more than just protecting your stuff.  It’s about protecting you. An Optimized Personal Economy Let’s take a moment to zoom out and look at the big picture of your financial life. In a well-functioning personal economy, you start from a mindset of abundance. Next, you protect what you earn through insurance and legal planning to solidify the foundation. Then you optimize your efficiency and minimize the leaks and losses that have money flowing out of your control. As you increase your net investible income in your opportunity fund, you accelerate your wealth through investing for cash flow. The foundation of protection allows you to build greater wealth, more sustainably, and quicker. Last Time In Why You Want Insurance Part 1 – Insurance Transfers Risk, we covered the first three of 11 reasons why you want insurance and discussed what insurance does. Insurance contractually transfers risk to the insurance company, so that you don’t have to bear the financial burden of adverse life events.  When you transfer risk, you gain the peace of mind to know that, no matter what happens, you have a safety net that will catch you. We discussed the agreement that you enter with the insurance company.  In exchange for a premium, they will compensate, or indemnify, your loss, making you whole.  The premium is based on actuarial data that calculates the probability of your risk. The least risky time, when you’re comfortable, and there are no risks on the immediate horizon, is the best time to get insurance. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zMY8I8FxEJ4 Insurance is about more than protecting your stuff. It’s about protecting your human life value.Often, you need insurance ranks pretty close on the motivation list with you need to change the oil in your ...
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zMY8I8FxEJ4




Insurance is about more than protecting your stuff. It’s about protecting your human life value.Often, you need insurance ranks pretty close on the motivation list with you need to change the oil in your car.Here’s the filtering mechanism your brain goes through when you hear it:  Not that pressing.  Things are going fine without it.  Why be inconvenienced to handle this non-urgent matter?  Not that relevant.  Out of sight, out of mind.  Dismiss.



Right?



But what if I told you that the reason to change your oil in your car was not about your car at all?  Changing your oil protects you, your peace of mind, and your ability to create value.







Where Insurance Fits into Your Whole Personal Economy



Let’s zoom out for a moment to remember where and why insurance fits into your Cash Flow System.







Your foundation starts with keeping more of the money you make.  Second, you protect what you’ve built.  Finally, you increase your income to create time and money freedom and expand your legacy.



Insurance fits in the protection stage.  With it, your livelihood is no longer at risk, but secure, regardless of the life circumstances you face.



Your protection is like a roof on your financial house.  When the shingles are sufficient and cover the whole house, it keeps storms outside your house, preventing them from getting inside and destroying your belongings.  Similarly, when you have adequate insurance protection, your income and assets you’ve built are safe from financial storms that may occur in your life.



Without changing your oil, you run the risk of thousands of dollars of irreparable damage that can be done when a car runs out of oil.  Your nightmare of needing to replace a car fast is now upon you.  While buying a new car should be fun and exciting, you now have to spend hours searching for the right vehicle just to bring your life back into equilibrium and normalcy.  Basic transportation in your everyday life that was easy before now becomes a complicated algorithm of managing other people’s availabilities to find out how they can help you get from point A to point B.



This seemingly menial task of preventative maintenance is now all-important.  It’s not really about the car, but about protecting your peace of mind, and saving yourself the worry and frustration.



Similarly, insurance is about more than just protecting your stuff.  It’s about protecting you.



An Optimized Personal Economy



Let’s take a moment to zoom out and look at the big picture of your financial life.



In a well-functioning personal economy, you start from a mindset of abundance.



Next, you protect what you earn through insurance and legal planning to solidify the foundation.



Then you optimize your efficiency and minimize the leaks and losses that have money flowing out of your control.



As you increase your clean 31:41
Estate Planning That Works, with Rick Randall https://themoneyadvantage.com/estate-planning-that-works-rick-randall/ Mon, 23 Apr 2018 09:00:53 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1836 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iwgFlTbFI7Y Rick Randall says that estate planning that works is not the norm, but it does not have to be that way. The goal of estate planning is to dictate how you will transfer the baton of your life’s wealth and wisdom to generations after you.  With it, you ensure your legacy will live on, beyond you, rather than dissolving at your death.Estate planning that works gives you the ability to control, preserve and protect the wealth you’ve created when you’re no longer able to. Love, Money, and Control says it like this: With proper planning, you can control your financial and personal affairs while you are well and competent and leave instructions for how your affairs should be managed – in essence, still maintaining control – if you become physically or mentally disabled. Love, Money, and Control With estate planning, you set plans in motion today to take care of the things that are most important to you, like your children, your health, and your money. It is the most efficient way to transfer wealth with minimal loss and ensure your assets aren’t tied up in probate and chiseled away by taxes. Where Estate Planning Fits into Your Cashflow Creation System Encircling your family and assets with a bulletproof estate plan will maximize your peace of mind.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.   That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.   The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest. Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  This is where estate planning fits in.  You’ll know that no matter what happens to you, your wishes will be carried out, your assets will remain intact, and your wisdom will empower generations after you.  Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy. The Overwhelming Majority of People Don’t Get What They Wanted Overall, estate planning is a critical part of planning for the end of your life.  It ensures what you want to happen will happen. There are countless compelling reasons to do estate planning. Yet, with all the reasons to plan, only about 30% of Americans have an estate plan in place. That's because it’s one of those things that’s easier not to do. Firstly, it’s uncomfortable and distressing to think about the end of your life. Secondly, we all know “that family” that fell apart because of an inheritance.  Wealth transfer is often fraught with turmoil and conflict, and we don’t want that to happen to us.  We’d rather ignore our dysfunction than confront it head-on.  Often the family dynamics invite a tension and disagreement about how the money will change hands, who will receive what, and how decisions will be made. If you don't put your own estate plan in place, your state will give you one by default, and it won't be what you want. Of those who do plan, many of those estate plans have very little chance of working. Your Most Important Estate Planning Questions Answered We brought Rick Randall, Founder of Randall Gentry & Pike, and Chairman and CEO of the National Network of Estate Planning Attorneys, onto the show to tell you why most estate plans don’t work, what to do instead, and to answer: Why should I do estate planning?Who is estate planning for?How do I make sure my estate plan will work?What will make my estate plan of the greatest value to me and generations after me?What is estate planning that works? An Innovative Estate Planning Leader https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iwgFlTbFI7Y Rick Randall says that estate planning that works is not the norm, but it does not have to be that way. The goal of estate planning is to dictate how you will transfer the baton of your life’s wealth and ...
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iwgFlTbFI7Y




Rick Randall says that estate planning that works is not the norm, but it does not have to be that way. The goal of estate planning is to dictate how you will transfer the baton of your life’s wealth and wisdom to generations after you.  With it, you ensure your legacy will live on, beyond you, rather than dissolving at your death.Estate planning that works gives you the ability to control, preserve and protect the wealth you’ve created when you’re no longer able to.







Love, Money, and Control says it like this:



With proper planning, you can control your financial and personal affairs while you are well and competent and leave instructions for how your affairs should be managed – in essence, still maintaining control – if you become physically or mentally disabled.
Love, Money, and Control



With estate planning, you set plans in motion today to take care of the things that are most important to you, like your children, your health, and your money.



It is the most efficient way to transfer wealth with minimal loss and ensure your assets aren’t tied up in probate and chiseled away by taxes.



Where Estate Planning Fits into Your Cashflow Creation System







Encircling your family and assets with a bulletproof estate plan will maximize your peace of mind.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.  



That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.  



The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest.



Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  This is where estate planning fits in.  You’ll know that no matter what happens to you, your wishes will be carried out, your assets will remain intact, and your wisdom will empower generations after you. 



Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy.



The Overwhelming Majority of People Don’t Get What They Wanted



Overall, estate planning is a critical part of planning for the end of your life.  It ensures what you want to happen will happen.



There are countless compelling reasons to do estate planning.



Yet, with all the reasons to plan, only about 30% of Americans have an estate plan in place.



That's because it’s one of those things that’s easier not to do.



Firstly, it’s uncomfortable and distressing to think about the end of your life.



Secondly, we all know “that family” that fell apart because of an inheritance.  Wealth transfer is often fraught with turmoil and conflict, and we don’t want that to happen to us.  We’d rather ignore our dysfunction than confront it head-...]]> Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 1:01:08 Why You Want Insurance Part 1: Insurance Transfers Risk https://themoneyadvantage.com/why-you-want-insurance-part-1-transfer-risk/ Mon, 16 Apr 2018 09:00:45 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1934 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sHtxT74llfU Throughout civilization, people have created tools to transfer risk, protecting themselves from negative circumstances.  This is the core function of insurance: to transfer risk.  It’s what makes insurance not only something you want but something to love.However, many people have a misguided and negative view of insurance, being inadequately insured or uninsured altogether.  As a result, they live with more worry, fear, and doubt because of the possibility of loss.  Consequently, they limit their potential.Let’s open up the dialogue and approach the topic from an abundance perspective, to learn why the wealthy value protection, and why you should too. Spoiler alert: it’s because the benefits of protection extend far beyond the coverage itself. Where Transferring Risk Fits into Your Whole Personal Economy Let’s zoom out for a moment to remember where and why insurance fits into your Cash Flow System. Your foundation starts with keeping more of the money you make.  Second, you protect what you’ve built.  Finally, you increase your income to create time and money freedom and expand your legacy. Insurance fits in the protection stage.  With it, your livelihood is no longer at risk, but secure, regardless of the life circumstances you face. Your protection is like a roof on your financial house.  When the shingles are sufficient and cover the whole house, it keeps storms outside your house, preventing them from getting inside and destroying your belongings.  Similarly, when you have adequate insurance protection, your income and assets you’ve built are safe from financial storms that may occur in your life. In this series, we’ll show you the 11 reasons why you want to protect your money, and answer: What does insurance do?Why does it matter? Why protect my money when I could just make more instead?Is the cost worth it?With limited resources, how do I prioritize paying for protection?What protections are important and why? Today, we’re exploring the topic of risk, our relationship to risk, and the ideal timeframe to transfer risk. Why Most People Hate Insurance Health insurance, auto insurance, disability insurance, life insurance, homeowner’s insurance, professional liability insurance, umbrella insurance, worker’s compensation, business overhead expense insurance, business owner’s insurance, long-term care insurance, gap insurance, key man insurance, critical illness. Feel like you need a shower yet? If you’re like most people, the thought of insurance brings up feelings of dread.  The desire to escape all the horrible things that could happen, along with their consequences has us succumbing to spending hundreds of dollars that we don’t want to spend. Insurance seems like a labyrinth of confusion, where you pay exorbitant premiums, get nothing in return, and the insurance company always wins. Many weigh the risks and decide the event is unlikely enough that they forgo the insurance altogether. Protection through insurance and legal planning is often seen as a necessary evil.  You want it, but it’s expensive and time-consuming, and there are so many other things you’d rather be doing with that money. Why We Love Insurance Let’s address the elephant in the room for a moment, shall we?  You might be thinking, of course, you love insurance because you sell it! Here at The Money Advantage, we educate people about how to keep and control more money, increase cash flow, and protect their wealth. Insurance is a vital part of that.  Yes, we sell insurance, specifically life and disability insurance, and receive compensation for the sale of those products. The reason we love insurance is that we use it and see the value in our own personal economy, as well as its role in maximizing the personal economy of the clients we work with. We were believers and consumers before we were educators and advisors. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sHtxT74llfU Throughout civilization, people have created tools to transfer risk, protecting themselves from negative circumstances.  This is the core function of insurance: to transfer risk.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sHtxT74llfU




Throughout civilization, people have created tools to transfer risk, protecting themselves from negative circumstances.  This is the core function of insurance: to transfer risk.  It’s what makes insurance not only something you want but something to love.However, many people have a misguided and negative view of insurance, being inadequately insured or uninsured altogether.  As a result, they live with more worry, fear, and doubt because of the possibility of loss.  Consequently, they limit their potential.Let’s open up the dialogue and approach the topic from an abundance perspective, to learn why the wealthy value protection, and why you should too.



Spoiler alert: it’s because the benefits of protection extend far beyond the coverage itself.







Where Transferring Risk Fits into Your Whole Personal Economy







Let’s zoom out for a moment to remember where and why insurance fits into your Cash Flow System.



Your foundation starts with keeping more of the money you make.  Second, you protect what you’ve built.  Finally, you increase your income to create time and money freedom and expand your legacy.



Insurance fits in the protection stage.  With it, your livelihood is no longer at risk, but secure, regardless of the life circumstances you face.



Your protection is like a roof on your financial house.  When the shingles are sufficient and cover the whole house, it keeps storms outside your house, preventing them from getting inside and destroying your belongings.  Similarly, when you have adequate insurance protection, your income and assets you’ve built are safe from financial storms that may occur in your life.



In this series, we’ll show you the 11 reasons why you want to protect your money, and answer:



* What does insurance do?* Why does it matter? * Why protect my money when I could just make more instead?* Is the cost worth it?* With limited resources, how do I prioritize paying for protection?* What protections are important and why?



Today, we’re exploring the topic of risk, our relationship to risk, and the ideal timeframe to transfer risk.



Why Most People Hate Insurance



Health insurance, auto insurance, disability insurance, life insurance, homeowner’s insurance, professional liability insurance, umbrella insurance, worker’s compensation, business overhead expense insurance, business owner’s insurance, long-term care insurance, gap insurance, key man insurance, critical illness.



Feel like you need a shower yet?



If you’re like most people, the thought of insurance brings up feelings of dread.  The desire to escape all the horrible things that could happen, along with their consequences has us succumbing to spending hundreds of dollars that we don’t want to spend.



Insurance seems like a labyrinth of confusion, where you pay exorbitant premiums, get nothing in return, and the insurance company always wins.

]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 36:56
The Family Office Model: Investing Like the Wealthy, with Richard C. Wilson https://themoneyadvantage.com/family-office-invest-like-the-wealthy-richard-c-wilson/ Mon, 09 Apr 2018 00:00:03 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1933 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K3ViNmCBEaM In this episode, we asked Richard C. Wilson, the CEO of the Family Office Club, to share his experience in coordinating the wealth teams of multimillionaire and billionaire families. There’s a divergence between the investing strategies of the status quo and those of the ultra-successful.  The ultra-wealthy leverage a family office model so they can focus their efforts on what they do best.  Viewing wealth as a team sport allows you to stay focused and do what you love. Most people use common financial thinking.  This has them feeling out of control, losing money, hanging on for the ride, and hoping everything works out.Instead, the ultra-wealthy have a completely different set of rules. There’s a divergence between the investing strategies of the status quo and those of the ultra-successful.  The ultra-wealthy leverage a family office model so they can focus their efforts on what they do best.  Viewing wealth as a team sport allows you to stay focused and do what you love. Most people use common financial thinking.  This has them feeling out of control, losing money, hanging on for the ride, and hoping everything works out.Instead, the ultra-wealthy have a completely different set of rules. If you follow the status quo, you’ll get status quo results. But if you want to create a life of wealth and freedom, learn from those who have created it.  And do what it takes to follow suit. Where Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System We love cash flow.  Cash flow today is the stepping stone for cash flow tomorrow. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. Investing is part of stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom. Family Office: A Window into the Strategies of the Ultra-Wealthy We’re making it easy because we’re bringing the financial world of the ultra-wealthy in close to give you the opportunity to see it for yourself. Like studying something under a microscope, here’s your window into elite investing.  You'll have the opportunity to touch, feel, and explore it for yourself. To achieve the extraordinary time and money freedom you desire, learn the way the wealthy think about investing.  Study their principles, their reasons, their goals, and their why.  Look through their lens and find out how they see the world differently. Instead of honing your investing through blood, tears, and poor decisions, learn how to invest like the wealthy. When you see what they are doing, you can model their decision-making.  This allows you to accelerate your wealth creation beyond the limits of what you thought was possible. We’ll answer: How do the ultra-wealthy invest differently than anyone else?How do they focus on what they know and can control?Why the ultra-wealthy value liquidity?How do the ultra-wealthy view diversificationWhat is the importance of a family mission, values, goals, objectives, and governance in their investing strategy? From this conversation, you’ll gain insight on how to invest like the wealthy in your own life. The Big Picture If you’re following along in this series on saving and investing, you’ve realized the power of saving first.  You crave the peace of mind, stability, and confidence it brings you, and how it helps you create more. With a savings system in place, you’ve explored ways to store it most effectively to maximize your safety, liquidity, and growth. You are developing your investor identity to target your investing strategy.  Because of this, you're shrinking your risk and boosting your returns by investing in what you know and control. Now, we’ll zoom in on the investing strategy of the wealthy.  You'll see how they’re investing to achieve exceptional results. Richard C. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K3ViNmCBEaM In this episode, we asked Richard C. Wilson, the CEO of the Family Office Club, to share his experience in coordinating the wealth teams of multimillionaire and billionaire families.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K3ViNmCBEaM




In this episode, we asked Richard C. Wilson, the CEO of the Family Office Club, to share his experience in coordinating the wealth teams of multimillionaire and billionaire families.



There’s a divergence between the investing strategies of the status quo and those of the ultra-successful.  The ultra-wealthy leverage a family office model so they can focus their efforts on what they do best.  Viewing wealth as a team sport allows you to stay focused and do what you love. Most people use common financial thinking.  This has them feeling out of control, losing money, hanging on for the ride, and hoping everything works out.Instead, the ultra-wealthy have a completely different set of rules.



There’s a divergence between the investing strategies of the status quo and those of the ultra-successful.  The ultra-wealthy leverage a family office model so they can focus their efforts on what they do best.  Viewing wealth as a team sport allows you to stay focused and do what you love. Most people use common financial thinking.  This has them feeling out of control, losing money, hanging on for the ride, and hoping everything works out.Instead, the ultra-wealthy have a completely different set of rules.



If you follow the status quo, you’ll get status quo results.



But if you want to create a life of wealth and freedom, learn from those who have created it.  And do what it takes to follow suit.







Where Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System







We love cash flow.  Cash flow today is the stepping stone for cash flow tomorrow.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



Investing is part of stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom.



Family Office: A Window into the Strategies of the Ultra-Wealthy



We’re making it easy because we’re bringing the financial world of the ultra-wealthy in close to give you the opportunity to see it for yourself.



Like studying something under a microscope, here’s your window into elite investing.  You'll have the opportunity to touch, feel, and explore it for yourself.



To achieve the extraordinary time and money freedom you desire, learn the way the wealthy think about investing.  Study their principles, their reasons, their goals, and their why.  Look through their lens and find out how they see the world differently.



Instead of honing your investing through blood, tears, and poor decisions, learn how to invest like the wealthy.



When you see what they are doing, you can model their decision-making.  This allows you to accelerate your wealth creation beyond the limits of what you thought was possible.



We’ll answer:



* How do the ultra-wealthy invest differently than anyone else?* How do they focus on what they know and can control?* Why the ultra-wealthy value liquidity?* How do the ultra-wealthy view diversification* What is the importance of a family mission, values, goals, objectives, and governance in their investing strategy?



From this conversation, you’ll gain insight on how to invest like the wealthy in your own life.



]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 50:15
Saving vs. Investing: What Is Investing? Part 2 – How to Find Your Best Investments https://themoneyadvantage.com/saving-vs-investing-what-is-investing-part2-best-investments/ Mon, 02 Apr 2018 09:00:10 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1808 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Of6dysqMJ04 In a sea of investment choices, it can be overwhelming to determine which are the best investments for you. But don’t let overwhelm keep you in the dark, procrastinating, making mediocre decisions, losing money, and perpetually frustrated. The first step to confident investing is having a clear picture of exactly what you want and WHY.  Knowing what you want allows you to set goals that will advance you towards your destination and measure your progress.  Secondly, prepare.  Next, you need to be armed with the tools to identify opportunities that match.  Finally, you implement, measure progress, and repeat. Define successPrepareIdentify opportunities that matchImplementMeasure progressRinse and repeat Where Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System We love cash flow.  Cash flow today is the stepping stone for cash flow tomorrow. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. Investing is part of stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom. In the last article, Saving vs. Investing: What is Investing? Part 1 – Cash Flow, we’ve illustrated the power of cash flow investing in creating financial freedom. Before that, we discussed the preparation of habitual saving that allows you to build usable capital. Today, we’ll help you select your opportunities by answering: How do I determine the best investments for me?How do I minimize risk in my investments? We’ll help you determine the best investments for you by showing you that the answer lies in the most unexpected place. And then we’ll give you the #1 secret to lowering your investment risk. How Do I Determine the Best Investments for Me? Now that you have a vision for what you want your investments to do, let’s go shopping.  How do you figure out what the best investments are? Asset Categories Instead of narrowing down your choices, we first need to expand the options.  Unfortunately, what you’re typically offered is like seeing the appetizer menu only, when there’s a full range of salad, soup, entrée, dessert, and cocktail menus to choose from. While you may have been led to believe that your options are all housed in the stock market, the world of investing is much broader. There are four main asset categories to choose from: Paper AssetsCommoditiesReal EstateBusiness Paper Assets Paper assets include stocks, bonds, mutual funds, options, and the forex market. Within this category are equities (stocks), fixed income assets (bonds), and cash equivalents that include money market accounts. Often, paper assets are wrapped into a basket of mutual funds with various risk levels. There are many ways to invest in the stock market, including using a broker or through an individual brokerage account.  Strategies range from buy-and-hold, to options trading with puts and calls. Commodities Commodities are real, hard assets like gold, silver, crude oil, wheat, cattle, coffee, etc.  They are the tangible, physical asset itself.  Owning commodities is different than trading the futures market for these commodities, which would be classified as a paper asset. Real Estate Real estate is a tangible, hard asset of land and buildings.  It includes investing in rental real estate for cash flow, wholesaling, or fixing up to “flip.”  Property may be residential single-family homes, multi-family, or commercial real estate. Business Business is another asset class.  You can invest by owning a business, franchise ownership, running the business, being on a board of directors, investing money, investing time, or loaning people money. Now that we’ve widened the universe of investing, let’s hone in on the selection criteria for your best investments. To do that, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Of6dysqMJ04 In a sea of investment choices, it can be overwhelming to determine which are the best investments for you. But don’t let overwhelm keep you in the dark, procrastinating, making mediocre decisions,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Of6dysqMJ04




In a sea of investment choices, it can be overwhelming to determine which are the best investments for you. But don’t let overwhelm keep you in the dark, procrastinating, making mediocre decisions, losing money, and perpetually frustrated. The first step to confident investing is having a clear picture of exactly what you want and WHY.  Knowing what you want allows you to set goals that will advance you towards your destination and measure your progress.  Secondly, prepare.  Next, you need to be armed with the tools to identify opportunities that match.  Finally, you implement, measure progress, and repeat.



* Define success* Prepare* Identify opportunities that match* Implement* Measure progress* Rinse and repeat







Where Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System







We love cash flow.  Cash flow today is the stepping stone for cash flow tomorrow.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



Investing is part of stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom.



In the last article, Saving vs. Investing: What is Investing? Part 1 – Cash Flow, we’ve illustrated the power of cash flow investing in creating financial freedom.



Before that, we discussed the preparation of habitual saving that allows you to build usable capital.



Today, we’ll help you select your opportunities by answering:



* How do I determine the best investments for me?* How do I minimize risk in my investments?



We’ll help you determine the best investments for you by showing you that the answer lies in the most unexpected place.



And then we’ll give you the #1 secret to lowering your investment risk.



How Do I Determine the Best Investments for Me?



Now that you have a vision for what you want your investments to do, let’s go shopping.  How do you figure out what the best investments are?



Asset Categories



Instead of narrowing down your choices, we first need to expand the options.  Unfortunately, what you’re typically offered is like seeing the appetizer menu only, when there’s a full range of salad, soup, entrée, dessert, and cocktail menus to choose from.



While you may have been led to believe that your options are all housed in the stock market, the world of investing is much broader.



There are four main asset categories to choose from:



* Paper Assets* Commodities* Real Estate* Business



Paper Assets



Paper assets include stocks, bonds, mutual funds, options, and the forex market.



Within this category are equities (stocks), fixed income assets (bonds), and cash equivalents that include money market accounts.



Often, paper assets are wrapped into a basket of mutual funds with various risk levels.



]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 38:59
Personal Finance Solutions for REALTORS®, with Moses Seuram https://themoneyadvantage.com/personal-finance-solutions-for-realtors-moses-seuram/ Mon, 26 Mar 2018 09:00:43 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1893 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gyCnJkfwNbU Many successful REALTORS® struggle when it comes to planning for the future.  They have high incomes, live an upper-middle-class lifestyle or better, build growing businesses.  However, they don’t have a plan for future income that they’re confident will lead to financial freedom. This is no truer than in the REALTOR® community.  More than 50% of REALTORS® are broke at the end of their career.  They’re making good money, but overpaying in taxes, spending too much of their money, and don’t have cash flow.  50% don’t own their own homes.  Most want to invest in real estate to build multiple sources of income, but don’t have the capital to invest. This problem has come to the attention of NAR, the National Association of REALTORS®, a 1.2-Million-member Trade Association.  NAR’s leaders have recognized the need for financial planning among its members, saying “REALTORS® are successful in their careers, but struggle when it is time to retire.” Where Financial Education Fits into the Cash Flow System At The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We are entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  We have a compass that always points back to the principles of wealth, not just to strategies or products.  You need the right mindset, philosophy, and principles of abundance, expansive thinking, creation, cash flow, and control in place first before any financial tactics can genuinely benefit and serve you. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make. Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. This conversation on personal finance, and principles of wealth creation fits right into the very first step of the first phase. 2017 National Association of REALTORS® Financial Planning Goals This year, NAR has plans to focus on this problem.  They’ve mobilized an advisory group in 2017 to develop programs and ideas to help their members start planning as early as they can to save for a strong financial future. In keeping with The Money Advantage’s purpose to empower business owners with financial education to increase their cash flow and control of their financial resources and accelerate their journey to financial freedom, we are actively creating solutions that address this need. To discuss solutions and a way forward for REALTORS®, we interviewed Moses Seuram, REALTOR® and the 2018 NYSAR (New York State Association of REALTORS®, Inc.) President-Elect. REALTORS and other business owners can glean from this conversation and be empowered to create financial freedom. From the Vantage Point of a Working REALTOR® and Local and National Leader Moses’ unique vantage point gives him the credibility to participate in creating the solution. He’s earned his way, not only as a successful REALTOR(R) but also as an accomplished leader who’s volunteering and giving back to his community. His accomplishments include: Licensed Real Estate Associate Broker with KeystoneRealtyUSA2018 NYSAR (New York State Association of REALTORS®, Inc.) President-Elect2013 President of LIBOR (Long Island Board of REALTORS®)2013 YPN (Young Professionals Network) Top 20 Under 40 Lifetime Achievement Award2009 – 2016 REALTORS® Honor Society2010 REALTOR® Salesperson of the YearTreasurer for The Long Island REALTORS® Federal Credit UnionDirector, National Association of REALTORS®Executive Director, New York State Association of REALTORS® Along with the National Association of REALTORS®, Moses has also played an integral role in lobbying for key provisions for homeowners and REALTORS® in the 2017 Tax Reform. Additionally, he is a successful real estate investor who’s taking control of his financial life and living the principles of Prosperity Economics.  He models and teaches the value of paying yourself first, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gyCnJkfwNbU Many successful REALTORS® struggle when it comes to planning for the future.  They have high incomes, live an upper-middle-class lifestyle or better, build growing businesses.  However,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gyCnJkfwNbU




Many successful REALTORS® struggle when it comes to planning for the future.  They have high incomes, live an upper-middle-class lifestyle or better, build growing businesses.  However, they don’t have a plan for future income that they’re confident will lead to financial freedom. This is no truer than in the REALTOR® community.  More than 50% of REALTORS® are broke at the end of their career.  They’re making good money, but overpaying in taxes, spending too much of their money, and don’t have cash flow.  50% don’t own their own homes.  Most want to invest in real estate to build multiple sources of income, but don’t have the capital to invest.



This problem has come to the attention of NAR, the National Association of REALTORS®, a 1.2-Million-member Trade Association.  NAR’s leaders have recognized the need for financial planning among its members, saying “REALTORS® are successful in their careers, but struggle when it is time to retire.”







Where Financial Education Fits into the Cash Flow System







At The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We are entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  We have a compass that always points back to the principles of wealth, not just to strategies or products.  You need the right mindset, philosophy, and principles of abundance, expansive thinking, creation, cash flow, and control in place first before any financial tactics can genuinely benefit and serve you.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make. Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



This conversation on personal finance, and principles of wealth creation fits right into the very first step of the first phase.



2017 National Association of REALTORS® Financial Planning Goals



This year, NAR has plans to focus on this problem.  They’ve mobilized an advisory group in 2017 to develop programs and ideas to help their members start planning as early as they can to save for a strong financial future.



In keeping with The Money Advantage’s purpose to empower business owners with financial education to increase their cash flow and control of their financial resources and accelerate their journey to financial freedom, we are actively creating solutions that address this need.



To discuss solutions and a way forward for REALTORS®, we interviewed Moses Seuram, REALTOR® and the 2018 NYSAR (New York State Association of REALTORS®, Inc.) President-Elect.



REALTORS and other business owners can glean from this conversation and be empowered to create financial freedom.



From the Vantage Point of a Working REALTOR® and Local and National Leader
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 56:59
Saving vs. Investing: What Is Investing? Part 1 – Cash Flow https://themoneyadvantage.com/saving-vs-investing-what-is-investing-part1-cash-flow/ Mon, 19 Mar 2018 09:00:39 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1743 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NDYuAcl2qVA Most investing returns fizzle far beneath our expectations.  When we most want our money to generate cash flow, we end up flatlining, or even losing money. The prosperity and confidence we'd hoped for elude us, leaving us more anxious and uncertain instead. Could it be that we have our sights on the wrong target?  Let's take a look at investing from a cash flow perspective to untangle the confusion and bring you investing clarity. You need to understand why this investing performance failure occurs, in order to overcome it, get your money working for you, and create the financial peace and prosperity you desire. This segment on investing tells you how. Where Cash Flow Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System We love cash flow.  Cash flow today is the stepping stone for cash flow tomorrow. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. Investing is part of stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom. Why Investing Is the Finale and the Catalyst of Saving This article fits into a larger series on saving and investing. We’ve explored the WHY, HOW, and WHAT of a successful savings strategy.  We gave clear guidelines on how to create the habit of paying yourself first to build an Emergency/Opportunity Fund that’s safe, liquid and growing.  We distinguished savings from investing and discussed the quality of various financial vehicles in fulfilling the role of savings. But the discussion on savings wouldn’t be complete without a framework for what to do with your savings.  Instead of leaving savings to accumulate slowly over time, we want to put those dollars to work in opportunities to accelerate financial freedom. Putting our capital to work to earn a return is precisely the role of investing. Saving and Investing, Better Together You don’t save forever without the objective of putting the dollars to work.  But you can’t put dollars to work until you’ve built them up first. And then, once you’ve invested and are earning dollars with your dollars, how do you continue your savings habit which was the foundation for your success in the first place? Saving and investing go hand-in-hand, like the chicken and the egg.  Which came first, no one knows, but each continues to support and perpetuate the other. Saving well will give you more money to invest.  And investing well will, in turn, give you more money to save. Both are equally important.  Saving and investing maximize your whole personal economy, if you get them working together. To top off this series on savings, we’ll now bring investing into the crosshairs.  This article will explore the WHAT and WHY of investing. Let’s key in on the finer points of investing to answer further: What are opportunities?What is investing?How is investing different from saving?What are the end goals of investing?How do investments change my financial life and create financial freedom? Investing is much larger than the steps of a deal, investment returns, or the best stocks today.  If you camp out in the HOW and WHAT but miss the WHY and the principles, you can end up way off track, losing money, and never reaching your potential. Our goal is to help you develop higher-level thinking about investing. If you are clear on the principles that govern investing, you’ll be able to make investment decisions that accomplish your goals better and faster. What Is Investing? Broadly, here’s the definition of an investment: a devoting, using, or giving of time, talent, emotional energy, or money for a purpose or to achieve something. The PRINCIPLE is: investing is anything that requires your time, energy, and/or money, in a way to produce more than what you put in. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NDYuAcl2qVA Most investing returns fizzle far beneath our expectations.  When we most want our money to generate cash flow, we end up flatlining, or even losing money. The prosperity and confidence we'd hoped for elu...
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NDYuAcl2qVA




Most investing returns fizzle far beneath our expectations.  When we most want our money to generate cash flow, we end up flatlining, or even losing money. The prosperity and confidence we'd hoped for elude us, leaving us more anxious and uncertain instead. Could it be that we have our sights on the wrong target?  Let's take a look at investing from a cash flow perspective to untangle the confusion and bring you investing clarity.



You need to understand why this investing performance failure occurs, in order to overcome it, get your money working for you, and create the financial peace and prosperity you desire.



This segment on investing tells you how.







Where Cash Flow Investing Fits into the Cash Flow System







We love cash flow.  Cash flow today is the stepping stone for cash flow tomorrow. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



Investing is part of stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom.



Why Investing Is the Finale and the Catalyst of Saving



This article fits into a larger series on saving and investing.



We’ve explored the WHY, HOW, and WHAT of a successful savings strategy.  We gave clear guidelines on how to create the habit of paying yourself first to build an Emergency/Opportunity Fund that’s safe, liquid and growing.  We distinguished savings from investing and discussed the quality of various financial vehicles in fulfilling the role of savings.



But the discussion on savings wouldn’t be complete without a framework for what to do with your savings.  Instead of leaving savings to accumulate slowly over time, we want to put those dollars to work in opportunities to accelerate financial freedom.



Putting our capital to work to earn a return is precisely the role of investing.



Saving and Investing, Better Together



You don’t save forever without the objective of putting the dollars to work.  But you can’t put dollars to work until you’ve built them up first.



And then, once you’ve invested and are earning dollars with your dollars, how do you continue your savings habit which was the foundation for your success in the first place?



Saving and investing go hand-in-hand, like the chicken and the egg.  Which came first, no one knows, but each continues to support and perpetuate the other.



Saving well will give you more money to invest.  And investing well will, in turn, give you more money to save.



Both are equally important.  Saving and investing maximize your whole personal economy, if you get them working together.



To top off this series on savings, we’ll now bring investing into the crosshairs.  This article will explore the WHAT and WHY of investing.



Let’s key in on the finer points of investing to answer further:



* What are opportunities?* What is investing?* How is investing different from saving?* What are the end goals of investing?]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 56:42
Transform Your Life and Business with the Power of Gratitude, with Kevin Clayson https://themoneyadvantage.com/transform-your-life-power-of-gratitude-kevin-clayson/ Mon, 12 Mar 2018 09:00:32 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1771 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qZrpe_0rpVU We interviewed Kevin Clayson, author of FLIP the Gratitude Switch.  He has made it his life’s work to empower people with a powerful, tangible formula that puts gratitude to work. Gratitude is a key ingredient in the abundance mindset recipe required for building a life and business you love.  It’s like the yeast in a bread recipe or the coffee beans in the coffee.  In fact, I’d go so far as to say it’s the elixir of life.  It has the power to heal, elevate, bring clarity, create solutions, expand love, and increase your personal power.  It’s miraculous when it’s applied.But for many of us, gratitude is plentiful when things are going well, and non-existent when we face problems.  In the difficult moments, gratitude seems unattainable. So, we chalk it up to good intentions and cutesy idealism that doesn’t work. This conversation will help you believe again in gratitude's astonishing power and put it into action with a simple formula. Where Your Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System At The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We are entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  We have a compass that always points back to the principles of wealth, not just to strategies or products.  You need the right mindset, philosophy, and principles of abundance, expansive thinking, creation, cash flow, and control in place first before any financial tactics can genuinely benefit and serve you. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make. Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. This conversation on the mindset, philosophy, and principles of wealth creation fits right into the very first step of the first phase. The Chief Officer of Awesome: Kevin Clayson Kevin Clayson is the President and Owner of Gratifuel, LLC and the Co-Founder and Director of Content and Marketing at Done for You Real Estate USA.  Kevin is an international professional speaker who shares his simple formula for unlimited joy and fulfillment. He has spoken to thousands of Middle School and High School students and is also a highly requested business and corporate speaker.  He has shared the stage with some of the biggest names in the personal development, speaking, coaching, business, and author world. Kevin Clayson's message is guaranteed to inspire you through stories of real-life experiences as a husband, a father, a multi-million-dollar business owner and the world's ONLY Chief Officer of Awesome! Mindset Is Everything I learned this truth about money from a mentor: Mental Capital X Relationship Capital = Financial Capital Your financial success is the result of your mindset and relationships.  Your mindset creates your financial outcomes.  An abundance mindset is the cause of financial abundance, not a result of it. Further, your mindset and relationships are the limiters on your financial success. If you want to create financial abundance, begin by making constant, incremental, daily improvements in your mindset. Gratitude Is Action The main reason why gratitude seems whimsical and fairy-tale-like is that it’s invisible and we don’t comprehend it. It’s easy to be grateful for things when life seems to be going our way.  But what then of those times when what we wish for seems to be far out of reach?  Could I suggest that we see gratitude as a disposition, a way of life that stands independent of our current situation?  In other words, I’m suggesting that instead of being thankful for things, we focus on being thankful in our circumstances, whatever they may be.  – Dieter Uchtdorf Gratitude is not an emotion or a feeling.  Emotions change like the wind, based on circumstances. It’s not gratitude journaling, which is an isolated event that's removed from the battlefront of our moment-to-momen... https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qZrpe_0rpVU We interviewed Kevin Clayson, author of FLIP the Gratitude Switch.  He has made it his life’s work to empower people with a powerful, tangible formula that puts gratitude to work.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qZrpe_0rpVU




We interviewed Kevin Clayson, author of FLIP the Gratitude Switch.  He has made it his life’s work to empower people with a powerful, tangible formula that puts gratitude to work.



Gratitude is a key ingredient in the abundance mindset recipe required for building a life and business you love.  It’s like the yeast in a bread recipe or the coffee beans in the coffee.  In fact, I’d go so far as to say it’s the elixir of life.  It has the power to heal, elevate, bring clarity, create solutions, expand love, and increase your personal power.  It’s miraculous when it’s applied.But for many of us, gratitude is plentiful when things are going well, and non-existent when we face problems.  In the difficult moments, gratitude seems unattainable.



So, we chalk it up to good intentions and cutesy idealism that doesn’t work.



This conversation will help you believe again in gratitude's astonishing power and put it into action with a simple formula.







Where Your Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System







At The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We are entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  We have a compass that always points back to the principles of wealth, not just to strategies or products.  You need the right mindset, philosophy, and principles of abundance, expansive thinking, creation, cash flow, and control in place first before any financial tactics can genuinely benefit and serve you.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make. Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



This conversation on the mindset, philosophy, and principles of wealth creation fits right into the very first step of the first phase.



The Chief Officer of Awesome: Kevin Clayson



Kevin Clayson is the President and Owner of Gratifuel, LLC and the Co-Founder and Director of Content and Marketing at Done for You Real Estate USA.  Kevin is an international professional speaker who shares his simple formula for unlimited joy and fulfillment.



He has spoken to thousands of Middle School and High School students and is also a highly requested business and corporate speaker.  He has shared the stage with some of the biggest names in the personal development, speaking, coaching, business, and author world.



Kevin Clayson's message is guaranteed to inspire you through stories of real-life experiences as a husband, a father, a multi-million-dollar business owner and the world's ONLY Chief Officer of Awesome!



Mindset Is Everything



I learned this truth about money from a mentor:



Mental Capital X Relationship Capital = Financial Capital



Your financial success is the result of your mindset and relationships.  Your mindset creates your financial outcomes.  An abundance mindset is the cause of financial abundance, not a result of it.



Further, your mindset and relationships are the limiters on your financial success....]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 1:05:38
Saving vs. Investing: What Is Savings? https://themoneyadvantage.com/saving-vs-investing-what-is-savings/ Mon, 05 Mar 2018 10:00:49 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1670 What Is Savings: Why We Need a Definition https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Fs6S8Kfwy8Q In all the financial pressure you feel to plan for the future, have you ever stopped to consider, fundamentally, what is savings?  Often the answer is in asking the right questions.  Concerning great questions, this is one that will behoove you to ask, understand, and answer that question for yourself.Savings.  We love having it.  We know we need it.  Everybody wants more of it.Savings is a precept of wealth-building.  It’s a foundational cornerstone and precursor to success in almost every other area of your financial life. And yet, frankly, the savings levels of American adults are embarrassing.  Most people’s savings accounts languish far beneath the level of what they want to have. According to a 2016 GOBankingRates survey, 34% of all adults in the U.S. have $0 in savings, 35% have less than $1000, and ONLY 15% have $10,000 or more. There’s a disparity between our desire to save and the amount we have in savings.  For that reason, our mindset about savings becomes laden with guilt. To add insult to injury, there’s confusion about what savings, in fact, is. It’s pretty hard to achieve something you don’t feel good about or have a clear definition of.  It will continually be “un-prioritized.” Where Savings Fits into Your Cashflow Creation System Building a stockpile of savings is to help you weather months of tight income or unforeseen expenses will move you light years ahead towards peace of mind and financial stability.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.   That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.   The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest. Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  Here, you’ll create the right canopy of protection in your financial life.  This second stage encompasses all aspects of Privatized Banking, a key savings and capital deployment strategy that secures your access to capital, maximizing your control, by allowing you to be your own banker. Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy. The Nuts and Bolts To clear the air and help you save more, let’s get down to brass tacks. We’re tackling what savings is and what it isn’t.  We’ll answer: What is savings and what is it not?How do I know if it’s savings?Where can I save my money?What are the best places to save money? And we’ll share the four top reasons why people aren’t saving, to help you overcome them and set you on a course to financial confidence and freedom. The foundations are the most important pieces to get right.  Whether you have significant savings and are looking for a better storage tank, want to beef up your savings, or if you’re just getting started, this discussion will help you get the clarity you need to up-level your savings. Related Articles and Podcast Episodes In Why the Wealthy Love Cash (Savings) Part 1 and Why the Wealthy Love Cash Part 2, we discussed the reasons the wealthy save: to create confidence and peace of mind, to sleep better at night, and to have the liquidity to jump into the right opportunities. In How to Save Like the Wealthy, we discussed how to design a system for managing the flow of your money that builds an emergency and opportunity fund and puts you in control. Our Definition of Savings Needs Work In this article, we’ll bring you 100% clarity on what savings is. Firstly, let’s start with your definition of savings. What Is Savings: Why We Need a Definition https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Fs6S8Kfwy8Q In all the financial pressure you feel to plan for the future, have you ever stopped to consider, fundamentally, what is savings? What Is Savings: Why We Need a Definition




https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Fs6S8Kfwy8Q




In all the financial pressure you feel to plan for the future, have you ever stopped to consider, fundamentally, what is savings?  Often the answer is in asking the right questions.  Concerning great questions, this is one that will behoove you to ask, understand, and answer that question for yourself.Savings.  We love having it.  We know we need it.  Everybody wants more of it.Savings is a precept of wealth-building.  It’s a foundational cornerstone and precursor to success in almost every other area of your financial life.



And yet, frankly, the savings levels of American adults are embarrassing.  Most people’s savings accounts languish far beneath the level of what they want to have.



According to a 2016 GOBankingRates survey, 34% of all adults in the U.S. have $0 in savings, 35% have less than $1000, and ONLY 15% have $10,000 or more.



There’s a disparity between our desire to save and the amount we have in savings.  For that reason, our mindset about savings becomes laden with guilt.



To add insult to injury, there’s confusion about what savings, in fact, is.



It’s pretty hard to achieve something you don’t feel good about or have a clear definition of.  It will continually be “un-prioritized.”







Where Savings Fits into Your Cashflow Creation System







Building a stockpile of savings is to help you weather months of tight income or unforeseen expenses will move you light years ahead towards peace of mind and financial stability.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.  



That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.  



The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest.



Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  Here, you’ll create the right canopy of protection in your financial life.  This second stage encompasses all aspects of Privatized Banking, a key savings and capital deployment strategy that secures your access to capital, maximizing your control, by allowing you to be your own banker.



Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy.



The Nuts and Bolts



To clear the air and help you save more, let’s get down to brass tacks.



We’re tackling what savings is and what it isn’t.  We’ll answer:



* What is savings and what is it not?* How do I know if it’s savings?* Where can I save my money?* What are the best places to save money?



And we’ll share the four top reasons why people aren’t saving, to help you overcome them and set you on a course to fin...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 58:46
Trump’s Tax Reform: What Entrepreneurs Need to Know, with Dustin Griffiths https://themoneyadvantage.com/trumps-tax-reform-dustin-griffiths/ Mon, 26 Feb 2018 10:00:21 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1720 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=W1UpHGh7Pf0 Trump's tax reform has made a lot of big changes to the tax code.  Because of the overhaul, our proactive tax team posted a series of blogs outlining the changes and what they mean for you.  When we read them, we knew right away that we wanted to share them with you. So, we brought Dustin Griffiths back on the podcast to share the changes we think are most relevant to the small business owner.  We're also sharing the links to all of their blogs to help you gain more clarity. Disclaimer: We've published this content for educational purposes only.  For individual recommendations and advice for your specific situation, please consult with a qualified tax professional. Listen to the Podcast This conversation expanded on each of the following topics.  We discussed examples and situations to help you understand how the changes will apply to you.  To gain the greatest understanding, be sure to listen to the conversation. Where Taxes Fit into the Cash Flow System Strategically (and legally) shrinking your tax liability is a huge part of fixing your money leaks.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.   That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.   The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest. Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  Locating and solving your money leaks is just a temporary bandaid if there’s risk that you could lose it. Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy. How Trump's Tax Reform Affects You Corporate Tax Rates Corporate tax rates went down from 34% to 21%.  However, C corps pay a double tax.  They're taxed at the corporate level and again at the individual shareholder level when you pay yourself.  Your total tax rate must account for both, and may effectively create a total tax rate of 36 - 51%. 20% Deduction for Pass-Through Entities Pass-through entities, like partnerships, S corporations, and sole proprietors, now will only have to claim 80% of business taxable income.  However, there are additional calculations if your AGI is over $315K or ($157K if you're single), and for service-based businesses, to determine if and how you can use this deduction. This is a “YUGE” tax savings for many small business owners!  Without doing anything differently, many of you are going to get a 20% reduction of your business's taxable income. Vehicle and Asset Purchases Asset purchases have received an expansion of the Bonus Depreciation and Section 179 definition, as well as the depreciation limits.  This allows you to deduct 100% of the depreciation up front, in many cases, being able to fully expense the purchase price in the first year, for new and used assets. This expansion puts more dollars in your pocket for large asset purchases.  However, the true test to determine whether to purchase an asset is whether you needed it in the first place. Business Expense Changes You can no longer deductions meals and entertainment expenses unless you use them for your employees. If you find that you had a lot of these entertainment expenses or eating out with clients, business just got more expensive. Changes in Real Estate Tax Laws For residential or commercial real estate investors, the reform simplified the definition of property improvements and limited the 1031 like-kind exchanges to real property.  Additionally, rules to inventory, including real property, allow you to deduct the purchase of inventory up-front... https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=W1UpHGh7Pf0 Trump's tax reform has made a lot of big changes to the tax code.  Because of the overhaul, our proactive tax team posted a series of blogs outlining the changes and what they mean for you.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=W1UpHGh7Pf0




Trump's tax reform has made a lot of big changes to the tax code.  Because of the overhaul, our proactive tax team posted a series of blogs outlining the changes and what they mean for you.  When we read them, we knew right away that we wanted to share them with you. So, we brought Dustin Griffiths back on the podcast to share the changes we think are most relevant to the small business owner.  We're also sharing the links to all of their blogs to help you gain more clarity.



Disclaimer: We've published this content for educational purposes only.  For individual recommendations and advice for your specific situation, please consult with a qualified tax professional.



Listen to the Podcast



This conversation expanded on each of the following topics.  We discussed examples and situations to help you understand how the changes will apply to you.  To gain the greatest understanding, be sure to listen to the conversation.







Where Taxes Fit into the Cash Flow System







Strategically (and legally) shrinking your tax liability is a huge part of fixing your money leaks.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.  



That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.  



The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest.



Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  Locating and solving your money leaks is just a temporary bandaid if there’s risk that you could lose it.



Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy.



How Trump's Tax Reform Affects You



Corporate Tax Rates



Corporate tax rates went down from 34% to 21%.  However, C corps pay a double tax.  They're taxed at the corporate level and again at the individual shareholder level when you pay yourself.  Your total tax rate must account for both, and may effectively create a total tax rate of 36 - 51%.



20% Deduction for Pass-Through Entities



Pass-through entities, like partnerships, S corporations, and sole proprietors, now will only have to claim 80% of business taxable income.  However, there are additional calculations if your AGI is over $315K or ($157K if you're single), and for service-based businesses, to determine if and how you can use this deduction.



This is a “YUGE” tax savings for many small business owners!  Without doing anything differently, many of you are going to get a 20% reduction of your business's taxable income.



Vehicle and Asset Purchases



Asset purchases have received an expansion of the Bonus Depreciation and Section 179 definition, as well as the depreciation limits.]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 1:02:06
How to Save Like the Wealthy https://themoneyadvantage.com/how-to-save-like-the-wealthy/ Mon, 19 Feb 2018 10:00:36 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1538 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AYUG9Qttgq4 If you want to seize opportunities like the wealthy, you will need to save like the wealthy. Building a financial system is a lot like barrel racing.Far away from the roar of audiences, the outcome of the race is determined by the hours of preparation and conditioning spent outside the ring, out of the public eye, before the race.Likewise, in building true wealth, developing a savings system is the preparation and conditioning it takes to succeed. Where Savings Fits into Your Cashflow Creation System Building a stockpile of savings is to help you weather months of tight income or unforeseen expenses will move you light years ahead towards peace of mind and financial stability.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.   That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.   The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest. Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  Here, you’ll create the right canopy of protection in your financial life.  This second stage encompasses all aspects of Privatized Banking, a key savings and capital deployment strategy that secures your access to capital, maximizing your control, by allowing you to be your own banker. Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy. Everything I Needed to Know I Learned from Equestrian Barrel Racing As a teen, I rode horses.  I got into competitive racing in speed and agility games like barrel racing, pole weaving, and keyhole. Just about everything I needed to know about life, I learned from the process of training to win in the ring. Where Winning HAPPENS The climax of barrel racing was the high-adrenaline, crowd-cheering, dirt-flying 28 seconds careening around the cloverleaf pattern of the barrel racing course.  Or it was the 11 seconds spent in the ring flashing through the pole-weaving course. I lived for that part.  The moment of truth.  It’s where the winning happened. From a spectator’s vantage point, it would be so easy to think it was the only part that mattered. Where Winning Is CREATED However, far more critical to the outcome were the hours upon hours of training and preparation. To perform well, conditioning was essential. There were warm-ups and cool-downs at a brisk trot.  We raced for miles upon miles across varied terrain to build endurance and stamina.  There were hundreds of hours of rides through the fields and forests, on trails, through swamps, and over fallen logs as we built agility and light-footedness. We took hundreds of practice runs at all paces, focusing on the fundamentals.  There were lurching starts, and sliding stops at the gentle flick of a wrist.  We practiced lead changes at a light pace with slight shift of weight. We worked over and over on exactly the right lead changes at the exactly the right moment, leaning into the turns at exactly the right point in the turn with exactly the right angles.  My horse and I learned to pay attention to the littlest things in order to be in tune with each other, listening, dancing. Precision.  Endurance.  Agility.  Speed.  Conditioning was the make-or-break of racing. Need I mention the even lesser-applauded routines like feeding, grooming, doctoring, and barn cleaning?  Compared to the competition?  Boring.  No audience.  No cheering crowds.  No timers or metrics. The point?  If you focus just on the flashy event, you’ll miss all the components that make up the win: the preparation, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AYUG9Qttgq4 If you want to seize opportunities like the wealthy, you will need to save like the wealthy. Building a financial system is a lot like barrel racing.Far away from the roar of audiences,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AYUG9Qttgq4




If you want to seize opportunities like the wealthy, you will need to save like the wealthy. Building a financial system is a lot like barrel racing.Far away from the roar of audiences, the outcome of the race is determined by the hours of preparation and conditioning spent outside the ring, out of the public eye, before the race.Likewise, in building true wealth, developing a savings system is the preparation and conditioning it takes to succeed.







Where Savings Fits into Your Cashflow Creation System







Building a stockpile of savings is to help you weather months of tight income or unforeseen expenses will move you light years ahead towards peace of mind and financial stability.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.  



That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.  



The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest.



Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  Here, you’ll create the right canopy of protection in your financial life.  This second stage encompasses all aspects of Privatized Banking, a key savings and capital deployment strategy that secures your access to capital, maximizing your control, by allowing you to be your own banker.



Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy.



Everything I Needed to Know I Learned from Equestrian Barrel Racing



As a teen, I rode horses.  I got into competitive racing in speed and agility games like barrel racing, pole weaving, and keyhole.



Just about everything I needed to know about life, I learned from the process of training to win in the ring.



Where Winning HAPPENS



The climax of barrel racing was the high-adrenaline, crowd-cheering, dirt-flying 28 seconds careening around the cloverleaf pattern of the barrel racing course.  Or it was the 11 seconds spent in the ring flashing through the pole-weaving course.



I lived for that part.  The moment of truth.  It’s where the winning happened.



From a spectator’s vantage point, it would be so easy to think it was the only part that mattered.



Where Winning Is CREATED



However, far more critical to the outcome were the hours upon hours of training and preparation.



To perform well, conditioning was essential.



There were warm-ups and cool-downs at a brisk trot.  We raced for miles upon miles across varied terrain to build endurance and stamina.  There were hundreds of hours of rides through the fields and forests, on trails, through swamps, and over fallen logs as we built agility and light-footedness.



We took hundreds of practice runs at all paces, focusing on the fundamentals.  There were lurching starts,]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 39:29
Explode Real Estate Returns with Privatized Banking, with Jimmy Vreeland https://themoneyadvantage.com/explode-real-estate-returns-privatized-banking-jimmy-vreeland/ Mon, 12 Feb 2018 10:00:50 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1601 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CI2eDBJqyHY Jimmy Vreeland is maximizing his real estate returns by using the premier financing strategy of the wealthy. As stand-alone tools, both real estate and high cash value life insurance are top-notch.  Their powers of cash flow, appreciation, equity, leverage, tax advantages, and a hedge against inflation are unrivaled by any other product.But when you combine these two high-quality assets together, your money does two things at the same time.  This gives you an unfair advantage parallel to none. If you’re a believer in one or the other, see how using these two assets symbiotically will supercharge your results. Where Real Estate Returns Fit in the Cash Flow System We love cash flow.  Cash flow today is the stepping stone for cash flow tomorrow. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. Investing is part of stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom. Two Starting Points to the Same Bridge You may be starting from one pillar or the other. On the one hand, perhaps you have cash value life insurance.  You want more than just to let the money sit in the policy.  You’re asking: How can I use my cash value life insurance to invest in cash-flowing real estate to accelerate my financial freedom? On the other hand, perhaps you are a real estate investor.  You want to finance most efficiently to increase your gains.  You’re asking: How do I amplify my real estate returns, by financing through cash value life insurance? We found no one better to help you understand this strategy than Jimmy Vreeland.  He's a real estate investor who is exploding his real estate returns by building a bridge between these two assets. Jimmy Vreeland is a passionate real estate investor who is helping other investors to reap the rewards of real estate investing. The Advantages of Real Estate Returns Jimmy Vreeland was an Army Ranger and US military officer who read Rich Dad, Poor Dad while he was in Afghanistan. He realized that he wanted to create systematic, scalable wealth through cash flow in a low-tax environment. He wanted an asset that he controlled, where he could build wealth by creating value instead of gambling through investments on Wall Street. All the indicators pointed to real estate. Consequently, he bought his first property in 2006 and began adding one property per year. The Beginnings of a Real Estate Lease Options Empire In 2014, Jimmy Vreeland and Bob Scott, both former US Military officers and Academy Graduates, partnered to create Joint Ops Properties. To capitalize on unique opportunities in the US Real Estate market. Joint Ops is now a leader in lease option investment properties.  They have decades of combined experience behind them, with an emphasis on the St. Louis area. Joint Ops Properties has been able to secure over 160 distressed properties. AND another 40 turnkey properties, often at just 30 to 40 cents on the dollar.  Joint Ops currently focuses on single-family homes and tenants seeking a lease to own option. This results in tenant buyers with more “skin in the game”. As opposed to a traditional tenant with no long-term interest in the home. Providing Value to Tenants and Investors Joint Ops is providing value to tenants, investors, and the community of St. Louis.  A New Lease on Life for Tenants They offer lease options to tenants in the St. Louis, MO area, allowing them to sign an option to buy at an agreed-upon price in 2 years in exchange for 5% of the value up front.  This allows the tenant time and consistent payments to fix their credit so that they can work their way into an FHA 30-year mortgage. Real Estate Returns (Cash Flow) for Investors For investors looking for monthly cash flow, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CI2eDBJqyHY Jimmy Vreeland is maximizing his real estate returns by using the premier financing strategy of the wealthy. As stand-alone tools, both real estate and high cash value life insurance are top-notch.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CI2eDBJqyHY




Jimmy Vreeland is maximizing his real estate returns by using the premier financing strategy of the wealthy. As stand-alone tools, both real estate and high cash value life insurance are top-notch.  Their powers of cash flow, appreciation, equity, leverage, tax advantages, and a hedge against inflation are unrivaled by any other product.But when you combine these two high-quality assets together, your money does two things at the same time.  This gives you an unfair advantage parallel to none.



If you’re a believer in one or the other, see how using these two assets symbiotically will supercharge your results.







Where Real Estate Returns Fit in the Cash Flow System







We love cash flow.  Cash flow today is the stepping stone for cash flow tomorrow.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make.  Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



Investing is part of stage 3.  Building a cash-flowing asset portfolio of real estate and business accelerates time and money freedom.



Two Starting Points to the Same Bridge



You may be starting from one pillar or the other.



On the one hand, perhaps you have cash value life insurance.  You want more than just to let the money sit in the policy.  You’re asking: How can I use my cash value life insurance to invest in cash-flowing real estate to accelerate my financial freedom?



On the other hand, perhaps you are a real estate investor.  You want to finance most efficiently to increase your gains.  You’re asking: How do I amplify my real estate returns, by financing through cash value life insurance?



We found no one better to help you understand this strategy than Jimmy Vreeland.  He's a real estate investor who is exploding his real estate returns by building a bridge between these two assets.



Jimmy Vreeland is a passionate real estate investor who is helping other investors to reap the rewards of real estate investing.



The Advantages of Real Estate Returns



Jimmy Vreeland was an Army Ranger and US military officer who read Rich Dad, Poor Dad while he was in Afghanistan.



He realized that he wanted to create systematic, scalable wealth through cash flow in a low-tax environment.



He wanted an asset that he controlled, where he could build wealth by creating value instead of gambling through investments on Wall Street.



All the indicators pointed to real estate.



Consequently, he bought his first property in 2006 and began adding one property per year.



The Beginnings of a Real Estate Lease Options Empire



In 2014, Jimmy Vreeland and Bob Scott, both former US Military officers and Academy Graduates, partnered to create Joint Ops Properties. To capitalize on unique opportunities in the US Real Estate market.



Joint Ops is now a leader in lease option investment properties.  They have decades of combined experience behind them, with an emphasis on the St. Louis area.



Joint Ops Properties has been able to secure over 160 distres...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 49:15
Why the Wealthy Love Cash, Part 2 https://themoneyadvantage.com/why-the-wealthy-love-cash-part-2/ Mon, 05 Feb 2018 10:00:59 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=798 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5PK5HP8mgFw The concept of holding cash – savings – is such an intricate, multi-faceted one.  This series will walk you through the WHY, the compelling reasons to value and build cash savings. Then, we’ll show you how to apply it and reveal the key distinctions to keep you on track.If you have a great enough WHY, then figuring out what to do becomes important.  But it all comes back to WHY.Since we love Simon Sinek’s Start with Why concept, we aim to apply it in everything we communicate.  You may have noticed. Where Savings Fits into Your Cashflow Creation System Building a stockpile of savings is to help you weather months of tight income or unforeseen expenses will move you light years ahead towards peace of mind and financial stability.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.   That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.   The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest. Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  Here, you’ll create the right canopy of protection in your financial life.  This second stage encompasses all aspects of Privatized Banking, a key savings and capital deployment strategy that secures your access to capital, maximizing your control, by allowing you to be your own banker. Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy. Real Life Stories and Examples of the Ultra-Wealthy Who Have a Strong Cash Position We know that theory without concrete evidence and facts to back it up is useless.  In fact, it will probably just fade out of your mind like a sand castle washed away by the waves. Today we're digging into some examples of the ultra-wealthy who are comfortable being in cash.  They don't feel the need to be fully invested all the time. We’ll discuss examples of Suze Orman and Mark Cuban, and their reasons for a strong position of safety and cash. We’ll point you to a bank report showing that the super-rich with over $30 Million in investible assets often have about 35% of their total portfolio in cash. And then, we’ll give you a Cash Flow Awareness Exercise you can do personally.  It's the same exercise that we use for our clients to help them think through their spending so they can free up more surplus cash each month. An Empowering Philosophy of Saving In Why the Wealthy Love Cash, Part 1, we discussed many of the ideas and philosophy about WHY savings is not only relevant but also crucial to your success. Cash savings creates peace of mind so you’re able to operate from a mindset of abundance and confidence.  With that perspective, you'll make better decisions and have greater clarity. Savings has guarantees.  That creates more options in the future. Because you have peace of mind and guarantees, you’re not desperate.  You focus your time and energy on the right clients, activities, and investments that align with your Investor DNA.  In this way, you create more value. You have the cash to cover setbacks, unexpected expenses, emergencies, or failure.  You’re able to rebound because cash is king, especially in a crisis. Budgeting and paying off debt are two strategies often touted as the root of financial confidence and freedom.  But neither create the same confidence that savings will. Aside from saving for emergencies, one of the primary reasons to save is for opportunities.  Not surprisingly, opportunities find people with cash. Another reason to put money aside is for no-regrets fun.  That way, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5PK5HP8mgFw The concept of holding cash – savings – is such an intricate, multi-faceted one.  This series will walk you through the WHY, the compelling reasons to value and build cash savings. Then,
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5PK5HP8mgFw




The concept of holding cash – savings – is such an intricate, multi-faceted one.  This series will walk you through the WHY, the compelling reasons to value and build cash savings. Then, we’ll show you how to apply it and reveal the key distinctions to keep you on track.If you have a great enough WHY, then figuring out what to do becomes important.  But it all comes back to WHY.Since we love Simon Sinek’s Start with Why concept, we aim to apply it in everything we communicate.  You may have noticed.







Where Savings Fits into Your Cashflow Creation System







Building a stockpile of savings is to help you weather months of tight income or unforeseen expenses will move you light years ahead towards peace of mind and financial stability.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.  



That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.  



The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest.



Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  Here, you’ll create the right canopy of protection in your financial life.  This second stage encompasses all aspects of Privatized Banking, a key savings and capital deployment strategy that secures your access to capital, maximizing your control, by allowing you to be your own banker.



Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy.



Real Life Stories and Examples of the Ultra-Wealthy Who Have a Strong Cash Position



We know that theory without concrete evidence and facts to back it up is useless.  In fact, it will probably just fade out of your mind like a sand castle washed away by the waves.



Today we're digging into some examples of the ultra-wealthy who are comfortable being in cash.  They don't feel the need to be fully invested all the time.



We’ll discuss examples of Suze Orman and Mark Cuban, and their reasons for a strong position of safety and cash.



We’ll point you to a bank report showing that the super-rich with over $30 Million in investible assets often have about 35% of their total portfolio in cash.



And then, we’ll give you a Cash Flow Awareness Exercise you can do personally.  It's the same exercise that we use for our clients to help them think through their spending so they can free up more surplus cash each month.



An Empowering Philosophy of Saving



In Why the Wealthy Love Cash, Part 1, we discussed many of the ideas and philosophy about WHY savings is not only relevant but also crucial to your success.



Cash savings creates peace of mind so you’re able to operate from a mindset of abundance and confidence.]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 55:02
Prosperity Economics Principles, with Kim D.H. Butler https://themoneyadvantage.com/prosperity-economics-principles-kim-butler/ Mon, 29 Jan 2018 10:00:55 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1188 Kim Butler is a champion of Prosperity Economics principles who's bringing them back into the mainstream.  She’s revitalizing the traditional way of thinking, condensing age-old wealth principles into the 7 Principles of Prosperity.  She helps people get their money doing more jobs and building wealth outside of Wall Street.She’s the owner of Partners 4 Prosperity, a Registered Investment Advisory firm dedicated to the Prosperity Economics Principles.Additionally, Kim serves as the co-host of the Prosperity Podcast and a best-selling author of 6 books, including Live Your Life Insurance and Busting the Retirement Lies.She’s recommended by financial thought leaders like Robert Kiyosaki and has been listed in Investopedia’s top 100 most influential financial advisors in 2017. She’s been a tremendous influence on the philosophy and work of The Money Advantage, and we have the utmost respect for her. In this interview, we discuss her backstory.  You’ll see how she developed her financial wisdom and how her abundance mindset is allowing her to continue her objective to help as many people as possible in as many ways as possible. Where Prosperity Economics Principles Fit into the Cash Flow System At The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We are entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  We have a compass that always points back to the principles of wealth, not just to strategies or products.  You need the right mindset, philosophy, and principles of abundance, expansive thinking, creation, cash flow, and control in place first before any financial tactics can genuinely benefit and serve you. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make. Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. This conversation on the Prosperity Economics principles of wealth creation fits right into the very first step of the first phase. Here are the interview highlights: Before Kim Started Partners 4 Prosperity [3:30] Kim was a “typical” financial planner, with a Series 6 and 7 licenses to sell stocks, bonds, and mutual funds.  She made her living creating and delivering financial plans. When she became aware of the assumptions that made the plans unreliable the moment they were printed, she became disenfranchised with typical financial planning.  She felt she was subjecting clients’ money to so much risk. The Assumptions of Typical Financial Planning [5:25] The client is responsible to project when they’ll want to retire, what exactly they would want to happen if they had died yesterday, what interest rate they expect to achieve, and what inflation rate they presume. Because the foundation for the plans is complete guesswork, the plans have failed people as the roadmap they were intended to be. An Entrepreneurial Journey That Started in 4th Grade [6:53] When Kim was in 4th grade, her parents gifted her the raw materials for a business. They gave her a milk cow and taught her how to milk by hand.  She sold milk to friends and neighbors, earning an income.  She had to keep track of her finances, manage expenses, collect payment, and pay taxes. Giving up a Designation to Provide More Guarantees and Certainty [10:00] Kim had earned and held the Certified Financial Planner (CFP) designation.  To maintain her designation, Kim kept up with her continuing education.  Time and time again, she found incorrect assumptions that she could no longer subscribe to.  The questions and answers were simply incorrect. She realized that the designation didn’t have weight or meaning for clients.  If she had a designation at all, she wanted it to be about her clients, not about what test she had passed. She gave up the CFP designation to maintain the integrity of her convictions and be able to provide clients with more guarantees and certainty. Kim Butler is a champion of Prosperity Economics principles who's bringing them back into the mainstream.  She’s revitalizing the traditional way of thinking, condensing age-old wealth principles into the 7 Principles of Prosperity.



Kim Butler is a champion of Prosperity Economics principles who's bringing them back into the mainstream.  She’s revitalizing the traditional way of thinking, condensing age-old wealth principles into the 7 Principles of Prosperity.  She helps people get their money doing more jobs and building wealth outside of Wall Street.She’s the owner of Partners 4 Prosperity, a Registered Investment Advisory firm dedicated to the Prosperity Economics Principles.Additionally, Kim serves as the co-host of the Prosperity Podcast and a best-selling author of 6 books, including Live Your Life Insurance and Busting the Retirement Lies.She’s recommended by financial thought leaders like Robert Kiyosaki and has been listed in Investopedia’s top 100 most influential financial advisors in 2017.



She’s been a tremendous influence on the philosophy and work of The Money Advantage, and we have the utmost respect for her.



In this interview, we discuss her backstory.  You’ll see how she developed her financial wisdom and how her abundance mindset is allowing her to continue her objective to help as many people as possible in as many ways as possible.







Where Prosperity Economics Principles Fit into the Cash Flow System







At The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We are entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  We have a compass that always points back to the principles of wealth, not just to strategies or products.  You need the right mindset, philosophy, and principles of abundance, expansive thinking, creation, cash flow, and control in place first before any financial tactics can genuinely benefit and serve you.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make. Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



This conversation on the Prosperity Economics principles of wealth creation fits right into the very first step of the first phase.



Here are the interview highlights:



Before Kim Started Partners 4 Prosperity



[3:30] Kim was a “typical” financial planner, with a Series 6 and 7 licenses to sell stocks, bonds, and mutual funds.  She made her living creating and delivering financial plans.



When she became aware of the assumptions that made the plans unreliable the moment they were printed, she became disenfranchised with typical financial planning.  She felt she was subjecting clients’ money to so much risk.



The Assumptions of Typical Financial Planning



]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 50:22
Why the Wealthy Love Cash, Part 1 https://themoneyadvantage.com/why-the-wealthy-love-cash-savings-part-1/ Mon, 22 Jan 2018 10:00:35 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=857 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=g4f6nxH_eLE Have you ever had conflicting thoughts about cash savings?  You'd feel better with more savings, but you're not really sure it's a winning financial strategy. Savings is pure magic.  Within its seed is infinite and tremendous potential.  This article will help you see and unleash the power of savings to accomplish your financial goals.Savings is a value of the ultra-wealthy.  Having savings – liquid, accessible, safe cash – is critical and relevant, even in today’s economy, even with boring returns. But because the hard pull of the media, financial messaging, and what everyone else is doing points the opposite direction, saving often becomes snubbed and overlooked. Savings certainly doesn’t have the most electrifying connotation, I know. Because today's interest rates are at an all-time low, saving money seems wasteful.  It seems you’re putting your money out of commission, letting it just sit on the sidelines. In addition, financing is cheap and easy.  It quickly becomes a go-to source of capital when you don’t have cash of your own. To top it off, it seems like investments get higher returns than savings do, and that you’ll end up ahead if you invest instead. But, could this be only part of the story? Where Savings Fits into Your Cashflow Creation System Building a stockpile of savings is to help you weather months of tight income or unforeseen expenses will move you light years ahead towards peace of mind and financial stability.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.   That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.   The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest. Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  Here, you’ll create the right canopy of protection in your financial life.  This second stage encompasses all aspects of Privatized Banking, a key savings and capital deployment strategy that secures your access to capital, maximizing your control, by allowing you to be your own banker. Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy. The Big Why of Savings: It Protects Your Mindset As we embark on this series about savings, we’ll walk through the reasons why having cash is so meaningful, from the perspective of the wealthy.  It becomes apparent that they’ve thought differently than everyone who’s currently tethered to “average” status.  It's enough to take notice. The wealthy know how to build financial wealth.  But they recognize that true wealth is a richness of mind, body, spirit, and relationships.  Their goal is a more fulfilling quality of life in every category of their life, today and in the future.  They meticulously attend to creating a life that supports that objective. Mental health tops the list.  With confidence and peace of mind, they're at their best.  They have the most creative, relaxed, confident version of themselves to bring to the table.  It allows them to use their unique abilities to create value and serve others. They go to great lengths to protect their mindset.  They value savings because it protects their peace of mind and gives them confidence for the future. With cash, they’re poised to take advantage of future opportunities, especially during a crisis. We’ll learn what they are doing as they prepare for the future, with an ear to the ground, listening to what is around the corner. Definition of Savings To make sure we’re on the same page before we dive in, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=g4f6nxH_eLE Have you ever had conflicting thoughts about cash savings?  You'd feel better with more savings, but you're not really sure it's a winning financial strategy. Savings is pure magic.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=g4f6nxH_eLE




Have you ever had conflicting thoughts about cash savings?  You'd feel better with more savings, but you're not really sure it's a winning financial strategy. Savings is pure magic.  Within its seed is infinite and tremendous potential.  This article will help you see and unleash the power of savings to accomplish your financial goals.Savings is a value of the ultra-wealthy.  Having savings – liquid, accessible, safe cash – is critical and relevant, even in today’s economy, even with boring returns.



But because the hard pull of the media, financial messaging, and what everyone else is doing points the opposite direction, saving often becomes snubbed and overlooked.




Savings certainly doesn’t have the most electrifying connotation, I know.



Because today's interest rates are at an all-time low, saving money seems wasteful.  It seems you’re putting your money out of commission, letting it just sit on the sidelines.



In addition, financing is cheap and easy.  It quickly becomes a go-to source of capital when you don’t have cash of your own.



To top it off, it seems like investments get higher returns than savings do, and that you’ll end up ahead if you invest instead.



But, could this be only part of the story?







Where Savings Fits into Your Cashflow Creation System







Building a stockpile of savings is to help you weather months of tight income or unforeseen expenses will move you light years ahead towards peace of mind and financial stability.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.  



That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.  



The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest.



Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  Here, you’ll create the right canopy of protection in your financial life.  This second stage encompasses all aspects of Privatized Banking, a key savings and capital deployment strategy that secures your access to capital, maximizing your control, by allowing you to be your own banker.



Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy.



The Big Why of Savings: It Protects Your Mindset



As we embark on this series about savings, we’ll walk through the reasons why having cash is so meaningful, from the perspective of the wealthy.  It becomes apparent that they’ve thought differently than everyone who’s currently tethered to “average” status.  It's enough to take notice.



The wealthy know how to build financial wealth.  But they recognize that true wealth is a richness of mind, body, spirit, and relationships.  Their goal is a more fulfilling quality of life in every category of their life, today and in the future.  They meticulously attend to creating a life that sup...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 54:33
How to Pay Less in Taxes Legally, with Dustin Griffiths https://themoneyadvantage.com/pay-less-taxes-legally-dustin-griffiths/ Mon, 15 Jan 2018 10:00:14 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1554 “Tax Empowered” vs. “Tax Scared” It’s time to stop tipping the IRS and pay less in taxes legally, from now on.No one likes paying the IRS, but are you letting the government steal from you?  If you aren’t strategic, tax deadlines can feel like doomsday.  You’re stuck with hating that you pay so much in taxes or fearing you’re doing something wrong.But, there’s no need for the word “taxes” to have you tucking your tail and running for the hills.While the IRS is not your friend, the tax code can be.  But it requires you to understand and apply the rules in your favor.If you don't want to pour through and interpret the IRS regulations on your own, you're not alone.  The tax code is a bunch of legalese and linguistic judo.You need someone in your corner who wants you to pay less in taxes, legally. A tax strategist can help you navigate the law with grace and efficiency.  They embrace the tax code as a roadmap for reducing your taxes.  And they're willing to stand up to the IRS on your behalf, helping you leverage the tax code.  This helps you make strategic decisions that keep more dollars in your pocket. Then, taxes seem less like a monster and more like an obstacle course to master. Dustin Griffiths, at Incite Tax and Accounting, is one such tax strategist.  He believes that you are the best person to steward your resources, not the federal government. Where Taxes Fit into the Cash Flow System Strategically (and legally) shrinking your tax liability is a huge part of fixing your money leaks.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.   That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.   The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest. Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  Locating and solving your money leaks is just a temporary bandaid if there’s risk that you could lose it. Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy. Paying Less in Taxes Is Critical to Your Wealth Strategy Maximizing your cash flow and control of resources is one of the top priorities at The Money Advantage. Our expectation with tax planning is to be proactive and aggressively capture as many possible tax dollars that could be used in your own personal economy. Tax decisions aren’t isolated choices in a vacuum.  Every dollar you keep, instead of paying to Uncle Sam, is another dollar you can steward and use productively in your life. Instead of feeling powerless, we want to equip you with the knowledge and education to pay less in taxes legally. Legally Rigging the Tax Game in Your Favor There is a line separating what is legal and what is not.  Often, out fear and lack of understanding the tax code, many other tax professionals stay far away from the line. Dustin and the Incite team confidently walk right up to the line.  If it’s in the tax code, they will use it for your benefit. They aggressively find and apply the tax law to make sure you keep as much of your money as possible, this year and every year going forward.  In this way, they maximize your cash flow now and in the future, helping you keep more money in your control. They view taxes as an integral part of an overall wealth strategy and make it their mission to help you keep and control more of your money. Corporate Rent: One Strategy Most CPAs Miss One of the simple strategies almost all business owners can use, but most people are unaware of, could easily save them $3 - $5K in taxes. Rental income for personal property rented more ... “Tax Empowered” vs. “Tax Scared” It’s time to stop tipping the IRS and pay less in taxes legally, from now on.No one likes paying the IRS, but are you letting the government steal from you?  If you aren’t strategic, “Tax Empowered” vs. “Tax Scared”







It’s time to stop tipping the IRS and pay less in taxes legally, from now on.No one likes paying the IRS, but are you letting the government steal from you?  If you aren’t strategic, tax deadlines can feel like doomsday.  You’re stuck with hating that you pay so much in taxes or fearing you’re doing something wrong.But, there’s no need for the word “taxes” to have you tucking your tail and running for the hills.While the IRS is not your friend, the tax code can be.  But it requires you to understand and apply the rules in your favor.If you don't want to pour through and interpret the IRS regulations on your own, you're not alone.  The tax code is a bunch of legalese and linguistic judo.You need someone in your corner who wants you to pay less in taxes, legally.



A tax strategist can help you navigate the law with grace and efficiency.  They embrace the tax code as a roadmap for reducing your taxes.  And they're willing to stand up to the IRS on your behalf, helping you leverage the tax code.  This helps you make strategic decisions that keep more dollars in your pocket.



Then, taxes seem less like a monster and more like an obstacle course to master.



Dustin Griffiths, at Incite Tax and Accounting, is one such tax strategist.  He believes that you are the best person to steward your resources, not the federal government.







Where Taxes Fit into the Cash Flow System







Strategically (and legally) shrinking your tax liability is a huge part of fixing your money leaks.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.  



That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.  



The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest.



Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  Locating and solving your money leaks is just a temporary bandaid if there’s risk that you could lose it.



Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build time and money freedom and leave a rich legacy.



Paying Less in Taxes Is Critical to Your Wealth Strategy



Maximizing your cash flow and control of resources is one of the top priorities at The Money Advantage.



Our expectation with tax planning is to be proactive and aggressively capture as many possible tax dollars that could be used in your own personal economy.



Tax decisions aren’t isolated choices in a vacuum.  Every dollar you keep, instead of paying to Uncle Sam, is another dollar you can steward and use productively in your life.



Instead of feeling powerless, we want to equip you with the knowledge and education to pay less in taxes legally.



Legally Rigging the Tax Game in Your Favor

]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 47:45
Entrepreneurial Lessons from a Top Amazon Seller, with Tyler Douthitt https://themoneyadvantage.com/entrepreneurial-lessons-top-amazon-seller-tyler-douthitt/ Mon, 08 Jan 2018 17:00:25 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1186 Along the 12-year journey to becoming a top Amazon seller, Tyler Douthitt has accumulated a wealth of entrepreneurial wisdom.  It takes a considerable amount of grit, resilience, vision, and self-awareness to make it to the top 2%.In this interview, you’ll note: His abundance perspective to create a great life, not only for himself but also for othersThe importance of being responsiveThe value of taking the one next step We hope his story, his success, and his lessons will encourage you along your entrepreneurial journey. Who Tyler Is Now Tyler Douthitt is a top Amazon seller, entrepreneur, lifelong businessman, and investor. He’s building a business as well as a personal brand.  His social media presence has over 10K followers on LinkedIn and Facebook each. He’s just launched a podcast titled the TD Project. He lives in Illinois with his wife and kids and runs his companies from his home office. How Honing a Niche Market Accelerated His Sales as a Top Amazon Seller Because Tyler worked in his parent’s business for 11 years, he gained experience with supply chains, and sourcing and selling products. He began selling earbuds as a result of cause and effect, continual learning and responding to the market. Each time he grew, the customers changed, along with those customer’s needs, and he had to stay responsive to innovate and continue to meet those needs differently. Sales exploded when he connected to the Amazon prime marketplace and moved from fulfilling individual orders to delivering bulk orders to his niche customer: schools. A Customer-Centric Business Model to Deliver More Value Than His Competitors He learned the supply chain in his industry and cut out the middleman, along with his commission. By doing so, he was able to provide better selection, better prices, and quicker delivery. Customized Direct Marketing Strategies Reach His Customer More Effectively Tyler attributes a significant majority of his success to targeted marketing strategies that reached his audience with information they want, where they want to receive it. Tyler noticed so many schools buying earbuds, so he inquired of his brother-in-law, an assistant principal, to determine who has the buying decision for these types of purchases. When he learned that the principal makes these decisions, and the best way to connect was to email them directly, he took action right away. Tyler began emailing school principals with his product and price and explained how his earbuds met their testing requirements. As that evolved, he started going to principal association conferences with his wife, building relationships face-to-face.  He showed how he could satisfy bulk orders at better prices, with more color options. The Greatest Lessons In looking back over what has fostered his success in becoming a top Amazon seller, Tyler says that it’s important to match your work ethic to your ambition. His daily vlog shows the honest side of his life. Having a business is like having a child.  There’s never a day I’m not a parent.  There’s never a day I’m not a business owner. Other Podcast Highlights: [6:45] How Tyler documents his daily routines to give transparency to an entrepreneur’s real life.[8:15] Perspective on balancing business and family life.[10:40] An inside look into the supply chain of buying, shipping, packing, and invoicing the earbuds.[16:20] A healthy perspective on sharing your business model and strategies that are not “teaching your competition.”[18:10] Hear the live result of an abundance mindset, and how it opened doors to exchange value with others.[18:55] How a top seller in a technologically-related industry continues to innovate into the future.[23:00] The difference between business owners and entrepreneurs.[24:00] Building entrepreneurial success that’s better than retirement.[27:50] The way to scale your business starts with serving a satisfied niche custom... Along the 12-year journey to becoming a top Amazon seller, Tyler Douthitt has accumulated a wealth of entrepreneurial wisdom.  It takes a considerable amount of grit, resilience, vision, and self-awareness to make it to the top 2%.In this interview,



Along the 12-year journey to becoming a top Amazon seller, Tyler Douthitt has accumulated a wealth of entrepreneurial wisdom.  It takes a considerable amount of grit, resilience, vision, and self-awareness to make it to the top 2%.In this interview, you’ll note:



* His abundance perspective to create a great life, not only for himself but also for others* The importance of being responsive* The value of taking the one next step



We hope his story, his success, and his lessons will encourage you along your entrepreneurial journey.







Who Tyler Is Now



Tyler Douthitt is a top Amazon seller, entrepreneur, lifelong businessman, and investor.



He’s building a business as well as a personal brand.  His social media presence has over 10K followers on LinkedIn and Facebook each.



He’s just launched a podcast titled the TD Project.



He lives in Illinois with his wife and kids and runs his companies from his home office.



How Honing a Niche Market Accelerated His Sales as a Top Amazon Seller



Because Tyler worked in his parent’s business for 11 years, he gained experience with supply chains, and sourcing and selling products.



He began selling earbuds as a result of cause and effect, continual learning and responding to the market.



Each time he grew, the customers changed, along with those customer’s needs, and he had to stay responsive to innovate and continue to meet those needs differently.



Sales exploded when he connected to the Amazon prime marketplace and moved from fulfilling individual orders to delivering bulk orders to his niche customer: schools.



A Customer-Centric Business Model to Deliver More Value Than His Competitors



He learned the supply chain in his industry and cut out the middleman, along with his commission.



By doing so, he was able to provide better selection, better prices, and quicker delivery.



Customized Direct Marketing Strategies Reach His Customer More Effectively



Tyler attributes a significant majority of his success to targeted marketing strategies that reached his audience with information they want, where they want to receive it.



Tyler noticed so many schools buying earbuds, so he inquired of his brother-in-law, an assistant principal, to determine who has the buying decision for these types of purchases.



When he learned that the principal makes these decisions, and the best way to connect was to email them directly, he took action right away.



Tyler began emailing school principals with his product and price and explained how his earbuds met their testing requirements.



As that evolved, he started going to principal association conferences with his wife, building relationships face-to-face.  He showed how he could satisfy bulk orders at better prices, with more color options.



The Greatest Lessons



In looking back over what has fostered his success in becoming a top Amazon seller, Tyler says that it’s important to match your work ethic to your ambition.



His daily vlog shows the honest side of his life.



]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 47:51
What is Prosperity Economics? Part 2 https://themoneyadvantage.com/financial-planning-what-is-prosperity-economics-part-2/ Mon, 01 Jan 2018 17:00:27 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1183 Typical Financial Planning vs. Prosperity Economics The Prosperity Economics Movement is a wholesome and positive remedy to the limitations, guesses, and fear-based typical financial planning. On the one hand, the typical financial conversation holds an underlying opinion that you should give your money to someone else more qualified than you, put it aside for the future, not touch it or use it now, and hope things work out. On the other hand, the abundance-centric, value-creating, opportunity-seeking perspective of Prosperity Economics puts money in your hands today.  It validates that you’re the best person to be in control.  Prosperity Economics relentlessly steers towards financial freedom by prioritizing cash flow over accumulation. Refreshingly, it empowers you, the individual, with maximum control and certainty. The prosperity perspective is a departure from the status quo of today and a return to the traditional way of thinking about and handling money.  Similar to how people built wealth before the 1980’s, it encourages you to rely on your own business and put money in tools you know and control like savings accounts, whole life insurance policies, cash-flowing investments, and precious metals. Where Your Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System At The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We are entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  We have a compass that always points back to the principles of wealth, not just to strategies or products.  You need the right mindset, philosophy, and principles of abundance, expansive thinking, creation, cash flow, and control in place first before any financial tactics can genuinely benefit and serve you. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make. Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. This conversation on the mindset, philosophy, and principles of wealth creation fits right into the very first step of the first phase. How’s Your Thinking? Whether or not you’ve ever considered your way of thinking about money, you owe it to yourself to pause for a moment of reflection.  Have you fostered your awareness of what you are allowing to influence your financial beliefs and perspectives? We aim to help you develop clarity on your financial foundations and philosophy. If your current mindset is not helping you create your ideal life, we give you the permission to think differently. This article, in conjunction with Part 1, provides the basis for understanding the principles and beliefs guiding the typical money conversation and those behind the prosperity conversation. In Part 1 In What Is Prosperity Economics? – Part 1, we Dissected the false assumptions that are the foundation of typical financial planningIlluminated why financial planning has failedOutlined the four fundamental differences between the typical and the time-tested traditional financial paradigmsDiscussed the first eight of the twelve comparisons between financial planning and Prosperity Economics: Meeting needs and goals only vs. pursuing wants and dreams Minimizing requirements vs. optimizing opportunities Product-oriented vs. strategy-oriented Rate-of-return emphasis vs. focus on recovering opportunity cost Institutions control your money vs. you control your money Focus on your portfolio vs. focus on your whole personal economy Net worth measurement vs. cash flow measurement Retirement focus vs. freedom oriented In Part 2 In today’s article, we’ll highlight the last four of the twelve differentiators. 1) Living Only on Interest vs. Spending and Replacing Principal With the typical financial conversation, the ambition is to build a nest egg large enough to live on interest in retirement without depleting the principal. You used to be able to withdraw 5%, Typical Financial Planning vs. Prosperity Economics The Prosperity Economics Movement is a wholesome and positive remedy to the limitations, guesses, and fear-based typical financial planning. On the one hand, Typical Financial Planning vs. Prosperity Economics







The Prosperity Economics Movement is a wholesome and positive remedy to the limitations, guesses, and fear-based typical financial planning.



On the one hand, the typical financial conversation holds an underlying opinion that you should give your money to someone else more qualified than you, put it aside for the future, not touch it or use it now, and hope things work out.



On the other hand, the abundance-centric, value-creating, opportunity-seeking perspective of Prosperity Economics puts money in your hands today.  It validates that you’re the best person to be in control.  Prosperity Economics relentlessly steers towards financial freedom by prioritizing cash flow over accumulation.



Refreshingly, it empowers you, the individual, with maximum control and certainty.



The prosperity perspective is a departure from the status quo of today and a return to the traditional way of thinking about and handling money.  Similar to how people built wealth before the 1980’s, it encourages you to rely on your own business and put money in tools you know and control like savings accounts, whole life insurance policies, cash-flowing investments, and precious metals.







Where Your Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System







At The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We are entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  We have a compass that always points back to the principles of wealth, not just to strategies or products.  You need the right mindset, philosophy, and principles of abundance, expansive thinking, creation, cash flow, and control in place first before any financial tactics can genuinely benefit and serve you.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make. Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



This conversation on the mindset, philosophy, and principles of wealth creation fits right into the very first step of the first phase.



How’s Your Thinking?



Whether or not you’ve ever considered your way of thinking about money, you owe it to yourself to pause for a moment of reflection.  Have you fostered your awareness of what you are allowing to influence your financial beliefs and perspectives?



We aim to help you develop clarity on your financial foundations and philosophy.



If your current mindset is not helping you create your ideal life, we give you the permission to think differently.



This article, in conjunction with clean 38:23
Maximizing Your Business Tax Deductions in 2018, with Mark Schreiber https://themoneyadvantage.com/maximizing-business-tax-deductions-mark-schreiber/ Mon, 25 Dec 2017 17:00:39 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1432 Do you know if you’re maximizing your business tax deductions?  If the thought of the new year brings you tax anxiety, you’re not alone. Many business owners fear tax season and the “day of reckoning” when they find out how much they owe to Uncle Sam. No one likes to part with hard-earned dollars or wonder whether they may have overpaid. To make matters worse, taxes seem like an endless maze of confusion.  Blindly trusting a professional and hoping they’re doing everything in your best interest is a sure-fire way to feel disempowered and out of control. In our work with business owners, one question rises to the forefront of all financial strategy – how do I pay less in taxes? Overpaying taxes is one of the most impactful money leaks we see for business owners because their money is flowing out of their control. Instead, we’re leaning into that dysphoria. We believe that education empowers you with the confidence to take action and make better decisions. Where Taxes Fit into the Cash Flow System Strategically (and legally) shrinking your tax liability is a huge part of fixing your money leaks.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.   That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.   The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest. Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  Locating and solving your money leaks is just a temporary bandaid if there’s risk that you could lose it. Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build financial freedom and leave a rich legacy. Plan for Your Best Tax Year Yet 2018 is a brand-new year. Instead of taxes being something that makes you cringe, we want to empower you with a mindset, tips, knowledge, and strategy to help you keep more of your money by leveraging the tax code and maximizing your tax deductions. In this interview with Mark Schreiber, CPA and Tax Strategist with e3 Wealth, we discuss the best way to start 2018 prepared to make it your best year for tax savings. Mark’s Background Mark has worked in public accounting for 35 years. In his work with small businesses and entrepreneurs, he focuses on doing taxes, tax planning, and estate tax planning.  He’s been with one of the “large eight” CPA firms and joined e3 2 years ago. Interview Highlights: A lot of Tax Planning is Reactive: At the end of the year, you hand over your books, your CPA crunches the numbers and gives you a tax return.  It’s not often proactive, forward-looking tax planning that takes into consideration your specific business and plans with an objective to minimize taxes this year and every year going forward. Tax Deferrals, Deductions, and Credits: Tax deferrals reduce taxable income this year by postponing a portion of income to pay tax in the future instead.  On the other hand, tax deductions reduce taxable income this year, and never come back to be taxed again.  Tax credits shrink your tax bill dollar-for-dollar. How to Save 15.3% on Your Taxes With 1 Strategy: Many self-employed people are Sole Proprietors.  They file a Schedule C and pay ordinary tax, PLUS 7.65% for the employee portion of FICA and Medicare, PLUS another 7.65% for the employer portion of FICA and Medicare.  This additional 15.3% is referred to as the self-employment tax, and business owners pay it on top of regular income tax.   A business entity taxed as an S Corp has a way to minimize the self-employment tax.  After paying a reasonable salary to the business owner at the full self-employment tax rate, Do you know if you’re maximizing your business tax deductions?  If the thought of the new year brings you tax anxiety, you’re not alone. Many business owners fear tax season and the “day of reckoning” when they find out how much they owe to Uncl... Do you know if you’re maximizing your business tax deductions?  If the thought of the new year brings you tax anxiety, you’re not alone.







Many business owners fear tax season and the “day of reckoning” when they find out how much they owe to Uncle Sam.



No one likes to part with hard-earned dollars or wonder whether they may have overpaid.



To make matters worse, taxes seem like an endless maze of confusion.  Blindly trusting a professional and hoping they’re doing everything in your best interest is a sure-fire way to feel disempowered and out of control.



In our work with business owners, one question rises to the forefront of all financial strategy – how do I pay less in taxes?



Overpaying taxes is one of the most impactful money leaks we see for business owners because their money is flowing out of their control.



Instead, we’re leaning into that dysphoria.



We believe that education empowers you with the confidence to take action and make better decisions.







Where Taxes Fit into the Cash Flow System







Strategically (and legally) shrinking your tax liability is a huge part of fixing your money leaks.  But it’s just one small step of a greater journey of building time and money freedom.  



That’s why we’ve put together the 3-step Entrepreneur’s Cash Flow System.  



The first step is keeping more of the money you make.  This includes tax planning, debt restructuring, cash flow awareness, and restructuring your savings so you can access it as an emergency/opportunity fund.  This step frees up and increases your cash flow, so you have more to save, and consequently, more to invest.



Then, you’ll protect your money with savings, insurance and legal protection.  Locating and solving your money leaks is just a temporary bandaid if there’s risk that you could lose it.



Finally, you’ll put your money to work and get it to make more by investing in cash-flowing assets to build financial freedom and leave a rich legacy.



Plan for Your Best Tax Year Yet



2018 is a brand-new year.



Instead of taxes being something that makes you cringe, we want to empower you with a mindset, tips, knowledge, and strategy to help you keep more of your money by leveraging the tax code and maximizing your tax deductions.



In this interview with Mark Schreiber, CPA and Tax Strategist with e3 Wealth, we discuss the best way to start 2018 prepared to make it your best year for tax savings.



Mark’s Background



Mark has worked in public accounting for 35 years.



In his work with small businesses and entrepreneurs, he focuses on doing taxes, tax planning, and estate tax planning.  He’s been with one of the “large eight” CPA firms and joined e3 2 years ago.



Interview Highlights:



* A lot of Tax Planning is Reactive:

* At the end of the year, you hand over your books, your CPA crunches the numbers and gives you a tax return.]]> Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 42:24 What is Prosperity Economics? Part 1 https://themoneyadvantage.com/what-is-prosperity-economics-part-1/ Mon, 18 Dec 2017 04:01:50 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1181 Prosperity Economics has begun its renaissance as an alternative to typical financial planning.  An increasing number of courageous, conscious, independent thinkers have outgrown typical financial planning. They resonate with a different financial philosophy that provides more control, certainty, and permission to use their money now. For them, the financial status quo has been losing its luster. Its unfulfilled promises and failure to produce economic security have grown increasingly apparent. Where Your Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System At The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We are entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  We have a compass that always points back to the principles of wealth, not just to strategies or products.  You need the right mindset, philosophy, and principles of abundance, expansive thinking, creation, cash flow, and control in place first before any financial tactics can genuinely benefit and serve you. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make. Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. This conversation on the mindset, philosophy, and principles of wealth creation fits right into the very first step of the first phase. Typical Financial Planning Is Planning to Fail All around, you notice people who have socked away money in retirement plans who are unable to retire.  They’re working longer because they have to, giving up on the lifestyle they’d hoped for, or fearing running out of money. You’re told it’s their fault because they haven’t saved enough. But even the most diligent and disciplined savers have had wealth indiscriminately erased by the fickle tide of the market. It seems impossible to get ahead, much less to win the financial game. The incongruences are shocking.  Many tried to ignore it, but you couldn't.  No matter what you do, it seems like you’re swimming against the tide in a system that’s rigged against you. If you put less away for the future, you end up not having enough in the future. If you put more away for the future, you end up more worried about losing what you’ve built because of uncertainty and the risk of loss. Unsettled About Unanswered Questions You have many looming questions about what you've heard from the media, Wall Street, and the financial planning industry. You’re not content with feeling out of control.  You don't like closing your eyes and hanging on for the ride, hoping for the best.  You want guarantees and certainty that put you in the driver's seat of your life and destiny. Isn't that why you started a business in the first place?  To create your future and take the bull by the horns?  The Unstable Premises of Typical Financial Planning, Demystified There’s valid reason for you to feel unsettled.  Your hunch about the status quo is right: it is failing the American population. The underlying assumptions of typical financial planning don’t fit your worldview or your life goals. Here’s why: Typical Financial Planning Assumption #1: You desire to feel great about your money means you want a plan for retirement. Typical financial advice today is usually synonymous with retirement planning.  Its aim is to plan for your future.  Planning for the most robust present isn’t within its scope. Typical Financial Planning Assumption #2: You can create a plan that will work, based on guesses about the future. The starting point of the conversation is: When do you want to retire?How much can you save or invest?How long do you expect to live?What do you expect inflation to be over time?What is your risk tolerance?How much money do you need in retirement? No one can legitimately know the answers to these questions. Instead of looking dumb, we make guesses that are nowhere near concrete answers. Prosperity Economics has begun its renaissance as an alternative to typical financial planning.  An increasing number of courageous, conscious, independent thinkers have outgrown typical financial planning.



Prosperity Economics has begun its renaissance as an alternative to typical financial planning.  An increasing number of courageous, conscious, independent thinkers have outgrown typical financial planning.



They resonate with a different financial philosophy that provides more control, certainty, and permission to use their money now.



For them, the financial status quo has been losing its luster.



Its unfulfilled promises and failure to produce economic security have grown increasingly apparent.







Where Your Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System







At The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We are entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  We have a compass that always points back to the principles of wealth, not just to strategies or products.  You need the right mindset, philosophy, and principles of abundance, expansive thinking, creation, cash flow, and control in place first before any financial tactics can genuinely benefit and serve you.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make. Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



This conversation on the mindset, philosophy, and principles of wealth creation fits right into the very first step of the first phase.



Typical Financial Planning Is Planning to Fail



All around, you notice people who have socked away money in retirement plans who are unable to retire.  They’re working longer because they have to, giving up on the lifestyle they’d hoped for, or fearing running out of money.



You’re told it’s their fault because they haven’t saved enough.



But even the most diligent and disciplined savers have had wealth indiscriminately erased by the fickle tide of the market.



It seems impossible to get ahead, much less to win the financial game.



The incongruences are shocking.  Many tried to ignore it, but you couldn't.  No matter what you do, it seems like you’re swimming against the tide in a system that’s rigged against you.



If you put less away for the future, you end up not having enough in the future.



If you put more away for the future, you end up more worried about losing what you’ve built because of uncertainty and the risk of loss.



Unsettled About Unanswered Questions



You have many looming questions about what you've heard from the media, Wall Street, and the financial planning industry.



You’re not content with feeling out of control.  You don't like closing your eyes and hanging on for the ride, hoping for the best.  You want guarantees and certainty that put you in the driver's seat of your life and destiny.



Isn't that why you started a business in the first place?  To create your future and take the bull by the horns? 



]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 57:07
Dr. Robert Murphy: Infinite Banking – Increasing Capital and Cashflow https://themoneyadvantage.com/infinite-banking-cashflow-robert-murphy/ Mon, 11 Dec 2017 17:00:51 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1179 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dYURsXmE2lc Robert Murphy discusses an out-of-the-box strategy, Infinite Banking, that complements the entrepreneur.  He is an economist in an unconventional wrapper. His sense of humor and straight-talk help him convey the most difficult concepts with elegance and simplicity we can all understand. He’s a free market thinker with the courage to be contrarian. He goes against the grain of the financial and economic status quo that marginalizes entrepreneurs and disregards their primary needs.  Instead, he salutes the nobility of entrepreneurship.  He gives clear-cut guidance on how to fortify their financial footing with cash flow and control of capital. Where Infinite Banking Fits into Your Cash Flow System Infinite Banking (Privatized Banking) is just one step in the greater Cash Flow System. Infinite banking is sandwiched between Stage 1, where you’re being more efficient and keeping more money you already make, and Stage 3, where you’re increasing cash flow from your investments. While it’s nestled into Stage 2, Protection, it also improves everything else around it.  Infinite Banking helps you keep more of the money you make in Stage 1, amplify your cash-flowing asset strategy in Stage 3, and accelerate your Time and Money Freedom. Robert Murphy Has Credentials That Have Earned Him Wide Respect Robert P. Murphy is an austrian economist and Research Assistant Professor with the Free Market Institute at Texas Tech University. Along with Tom Woods, he is co-host of the popular podcast “Contra Krugman.” Robert has a Ph.D. in economics from New York University. He is also Senior Economist with the Institute for Energy Research, Senior Fellow with the Fraser Institute, Senior Fellow at the Mises Institute, and Research Fellow with the Independent Institute. He’s a prolific author and speaker on Austrian economics. Robert Murphy has testified before Congress on energy markets and monetary policy and has given numerous interviews on TV and radio. He is the author of hundreds of articles and several books on economic topics created for the layperson. He publishes (with Carlos Lara) the Lara-Murphy Report, and is co-creator of the IBC Practitioner Program. He’s a member of the board at the Nelson Nash Institute. His works have been published in: The AustrianMises Daily ArticleThe Journal of Libertarian StudiesQuarterly Journal of Austrian EconomicsMises ReviewThe Free MarketReview of Austrian EconomicsSpeeches and Presentations Robert Murphy Interview Highlights The Human Element That Makes Economics Unpredictable Robert Murphy makes economics simple and relevant to everyday people making everyday life decisions. While mainstream economics is often confusing, he gives people the tools to understand the world around them and make decisions. Robert starts by casting off a general assumption that economics is fundamentally math.  He brings the human element front and center, writing in his book, Lessons for the Young Economist. “Economics always involves the operation of at least one mind, intelligence that has conscious goals and takes steps to influence the material world in order to achieve those goals.” ~ Robert Murphy Economics has individual actors that you can’t put into a mathematical model.  They aren’t going to consistently do the same thing, like in a science lab.  He says: “Economists face two huge problems: the objects of their study have minds of their own, and it’s much harder to perform a controlled experiment in economics than it is in natural science.” ~ Robert Murphy If you attempt to treat the social sciences like the physical sciences, it gives a false concept of precision.  People are much more complicated than atoms and molecules. Real-world economics has to account for an unknown future, and best equip us to flourish in any environment. Austrian Economics Celebrates the Entrepreneur https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dYURsXmE2lc Robert Murphy discusses an out-of-the-box strategy, Infinite Banking, that complements the entrepreneur.  He is an economist in an unconventional wrapper. His sense of humor and straight-talk help him con...
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dYURsXmE2lc




Robert Murphy discusses an out-of-the-box strategy, Infinite Banking, that complements the entrepreneur.  He is an economist in an unconventional wrapper. His sense of humor and straight-talk help him convey the most difficult concepts with elegance and simplicity we can all understand. He’s a free market thinker with the courage to be contrarian.



He goes against the grain of the financial and economic status quo that marginalizes entrepreneurs and disregards their primary needs.  Instead, he salutes the nobility of entrepreneurship.  He gives clear-cut guidance on how to fortify their financial footing with cash flow and control of capital.







Where Infinite Banking Fits into Your Cash Flow System







Infinite Banking (Privatized Banking) is just one step in the greater Cash Flow System.



Infinite banking is sandwiched between Stage 1, where you’re being more efficient and keeping more money you already make, and Stage 3, where you’re increasing cash flow from your investments.



While it’s nestled into Stage 2, Protection, it also improves everything else around it.  Infinite Banking helps you keep more of the money you make in Stage 1, amplify your cash-flowing asset strategy in Stage 3, and accelerate your Time and Money Freedom.



Robert Murphy Has Credentials That Have Earned Him Wide Respect



Robert P. Murphy is an austrian economist and Research Assistant Professor with the Free Market Institute at Texas Tech University. Along with Tom Woods, he is co-host of the popular podcast “Contra Krugman.”



Robert has a Ph.D. in economics from New York University. He is also Senior Economist with the Institute for Energy Research, Senior Fellow with the Fraser Institute, Senior Fellow at the Mises Institute, and Research Fellow with the Independent Institute.



He’s a prolific author and speaker on Austrian economics.



Robert Murphy has testified before Congress on energy markets and monetary policy and has given numerous interviews on TV and radio. He is the author of hundreds of articles and several books on economic topics created for the layperson.



He publishes (with Carlos Lara) the Lara-Murphy Report, and is co-creator of the IBC Practitioner Program.



He’s a member of the board at the Nelson Nash Institute.



His works have been published in:



* The Austrian* Mises Daily Article* The Journal of Libertarian Studies* Quarterly Journal of Austrian Economics* Mises Review* The Free Market* Review of Austrian Economics* Speeches and Presentations



Robert Murphy Interview Highlights



The Human Element That Makes Economics Unpredictable



Robert Murphy makes economics simple and relevant to everyday people making everyday life decisions.
]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 51:30
Abundance: Philosophy, Principles and Beliefs https://themoneyadvantage.com/abundance-philosophy-principles-beliefs/ Tue, 05 Dec 2017 03:52:06 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=1043 Your financial life should have come with the instructions: "For best results, abundance thinking required!"  Your financial results are a direct product of your way of thinking about money.  While it's tempting to jump right into strategies and products and investments, you'll never outperform your mindset.  You are your greatest investment, therefore exponential results are created by an abundance mindset. In the famous Indian fable of the Blind Men and the Elephant, six blind men described an elephant from their perspective.  One said it was like a rope, and another said the elephant was like a tree.  A third said it was like a spear.  The fourth, a snake.  The fifth, a fan.  And finally, the sixth man said it was like a wall. Each man had touched a different part of the elephant, and his experience shaped his understanding. Their limited thinking is evident to us.  But all too often, we, just like each blind man, are unaware of our own finite mindset. Our mindset is intangible and tucked away out of sight, so it’s easy to think it doesn’t require your attention. You can be unaware of it, ignore it, pretend it’s something different, or choose it. Regardless of your level of consciousness around your mindset and beliefs, your mental programming is driving your life. Where an Abundance Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System At The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We are entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  We have a compass that always points back to the principles of wealth, not just to strategies or products.  You need the right mindset, philosophy, and principles of abundance, expansive thinking, creation, cash flow, and control in place first before any financial tactics can genuinely benefit and serve you. In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make. Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more. This conversation on the mindset, philosophy, and principles of wealth creation fits right into the very first step of the first phase. How We Learn If you want different results than you see today, it’s not enough to change your actions.  You need to expand your mindset. In the elephant story, each man was beholden to his perspective.  They each believed that their own experience was the full interpretation, and it led them to severe errors of judgment.  Not one was willing to learn from each other to broaden his understanding. When it comes to our understanding of the world, we’re each like the blind men. Of all of the available facts in the world, each of us knows some of them.  None of us know them all.  The limited set of facts we have and our interpretation of them form our unique map.  Of the 7 billion people in the world, all of them have a map, and none of them look like yours. This is your belief system.  Unless you're willing to expand your map, nothing new exists for you. When we come into a conversation with people who see differently, it's important to recognize that if we both had the same map, we'd think the same way. When we each defend our own interpretation of the facts, it leads to conflict. The only way you can learn something new is to be willing to step off of your map and onto someone else's. It's not about who's right, but about learning what else is possible. We Don’t Know Everything Here at The Money Advantage, we don't claim to be all-knowing gurus with all the answers. In our life and work, we've seen a specific way of thinking about money that produces the healthiest, most vibrant lives. We'd like to invite you into our understanding about money. What We Do Know is This Let's have a candid discussion about the foundational principles and beliefs that lead to a life of abundance and prosperity. We’re laying a foundation of prosperous thinking in your mo... Your financial life should have come with the instructions: "For best results, abundance thinking required!"  Your financial results are a direct product of your way of thinking about money.  While it's tempting to jump right into strategies and produc... Your financial life should have come with the instructions: "For best results, abundance thinking required!"  Your financial results are a direct product of your way of thinking about money.  While it's tempting to jump right into strategies and products and investments, you'll never outperform your mindset.  You are your greatest investment, therefore exponential results are created by an abundance mindset.







In the famous Indian fable of the Blind Men and the Elephant, six blind men described an elephant from their perspective.  One said it was like a rope, and another said the elephant was like a tree.  A third said it was like a spear.  The fourth, a snake.  The fifth, a fan.  And finally, the sixth man said it was like a wall.



Each man had touched a different part of the elephant, and his experience shaped his understanding.



Their limited thinking is evident to us.  But all too often, we, just like each blind man, are unaware of our own finite mindset.



Our mindset is intangible and tucked away out of sight, so it’s easy to think it doesn’t require your attention.



You can be unaware of it, ignore it, pretend it’s something different, or choose it.



Regardless of your level of consciousness around your mindset and beliefs, your mental programming is driving your life.







Where an Abundance Mindset Fits into the Cash Flow System







At The Money Advantage, we are a community of wealth creators.  We are entrepreneurially-minded business owners who are taking control of our lives and financial destiny.  We have a compass that always points back to the principles of wealth, not just to strategies or products.  You need the right mindset, philosophy, and principles of abundance, expansive thinking, creation, cash flow, and control in place first before any financial tactics can genuinely benefit and serve you.



In the Cash Flow System, you first increase cash flow by keeping more of the money you make. Then you protect your money.  Finally, you increase and make more.



This conversation on the mindset, philosophy, and principles of wealth creation fits right into the very first step of the first phase.



How We Learn



If you want different results than you see today, it’s not enough to change your actions.  You need to expand your mindset.



In the elephant story, each man was beholden to his perspective.  They each believed that their own experience was the full interpretation, and it led them to severe errors of judgment.  Not one was willing to learn from each other to broaden his understanding.



When it comes to our understanding of the world, we’re each like the blind men.



Of all of the available facts in the world, each of us knows some of them.  None of us know them all.  The limited set of facts we have and our interpretation of them form our unique map.  Of the 7 billion people in the world, all of them have a map, and none of them look like yours.



This is your belief system.  Unless you're willing to expand your map, nothing new exists for you.]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 50:15
Just Take Action https://themoneyadvantage.com/just-take-action/ Thu, 09 Nov 2017 04:59:05 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=994 With naivety that makes me laugh now, after having my first child, I thought I'd have so much free time, why not start a business?As much courage as it takes to tell one’s story, it’s also tremendously freeing and empowering. I heard it said that the most important gift we can give is our story.  Every story we hear is a gift because we find ourselves in each other’s stories.  We receive the gift of permission to live out our own story bravely, own it, and share it. I’ll share how I, Rachel Marshall, became a cash flow coach, how it’s a part of my family, why I keep going, and why I want to keep growing for my entire life.  More importantly, I’ll tell you about the mindset breakthroughs along the way. I’ll tell you about the ugly mistakes I made during the process.  I hope to encourage you not to give up.  I hope to show you that there are lessons on the other side that are worth every gut-wrenching tear. And I’ll show you how consistently taking action, no matter how imperfect, has been the secret to growth, confidence, and progress. I hope to give you the permission to think differently and grow along with like-minded entrepreneurs. In case you missed it, in the prior episodes, we covered How The Money Advantage Began, and my co-host Bruce's backstory in The Mindset Shift. My Core Strengths Illuminated By an Eclectic History I grew up the oldest of 4 on a farm in Minnesota. Everything I did was with my whole heart, with a grand, epic meaning. I was involved in 4-H throughout grade school. At 12 years old, on one of my project folders I defined 4-H: … a window into greater levels of knowledge, determination, personal development, perseverance and effort which involves making friends, learning new skills, and having fun. I rode horses and competed at the state level in barrel racing.  This taught me alot about dedication, hard work, and being coachable. At 17, I moved 1,300 miles away from home to join a ministry training program.  We traveled across the nation, leading youth conferences. I joined the administrative staff of my church and led a team of 90 volunteers, and learned that I loved inspiring people to work together.  Through writing training curriculum, I developed the ability to teach. After I married Lucas in 2006, I finished out a bachelor’s degree in psychology and business.  I was drawn to marriage and family therapy.  In college, I discovered my aptitude for accounting and was offered a paid scholarship to make it my major.  I turned it down, thinking I wouldn’t be interested in “crunching numbers.” Out of college, I landed a career in business and human resource management.  Training and development was my strength, and I thrived in building relationships that drew out the potential of others and inspiring teamwork.  I learned that leadership and influence didn’t have to come from a company title or a supervisory position. The Intrigue of Entrepreneurship I can point back to an eighth-grade introduction to Robert Kiyosaki’s Rich Dad Poor Dad, and the Cashflow Game, as the first seed of entrepreneurship in my life. I wanted to understand investing and business ownership that made money and created financial freedom. The desire lay dormant for several years and resurfaced when Lucas and I were dating. We’d have long conversations about what we wanted to do in the future.  We weighed and researched many options, from starting a computer services company, to a coffeehouse, to buying a franchise like a Subway or a cleaning company. At the time, we didn’t know much about our unique abilities or how to best use our strengths.  Our main motivation was to build a business that would help us personally create cash flow and financial freedom. The Silly Idea That Got Us Started Five years after we were married, we welcomed our daughter into the world.  Overnight, I went from full-time employee to full-time stay-at-home mom. With naivety that makes me laugh now, after having my first child, I thought I'd have so much free time, why not start a business?As much courage as it takes to tell one’s story, it’s also tremendously freeing and empowering. With naivety that makes me laugh now, after having my first child, I thought I'd have so much free time, why not start a business?As much courage as it takes to tell one’s story, it’s also tremendously freeing and empowering.







I heard it said that the most important gift we can give is our story.  Every story we hear is a gift because we find ourselves in each other’s stories.  We receive the gift of permission to live out our own story bravely, own it, and share it.



I’ll share how I, Rachel Marshall, became a cash flow coach, how it’s a part of my family, why I keep going, and why I want to keep growing for my entire life.  More importantly, I’ll tell you about the mindset breakthroughs along the way.



I’ll tell you about the ugly mistakes I made during the process.  I hope to encourage you not to give up.  I hope to show you that there are lessons on the other side that are worth every gut-wrenching tear.



And I’ll show you how consistently taking action, no matter how imperfect, has been the secret to growth, confidence, and progress.



I hope to give you the permission to think differently and grow along with like-minded entrepreneurs.







In case you missed it, in the prior episodes, we covered How The Money Advantage Began, and my co-host Bruce's backstory in The Mindset Shift.



My Core Strengths Illuminated By an Eclectic History



I grew up the oldest of 4 on a farm in Minnesota.



Everything I did was with my whole heart, with a grand, epic meaning.



I was involved in 4-H throughout grade school. At 12 years old, on one of my project folders I defined 4-H:



… a window into greater levels of knowledge, determination, personal development, perseverance and effort which involves making friends, learning new skills, and having fun.



I rode horses and competed at the state level in barrel racing.  This taught me alot about dedication, hard work, and being coachable.



At 17, I moved 1,300 miles away from home to join a ministry training program.  We traveled across the nation, leading youth conferences.



I joined the administrative staff of my church and led a team of 90 volunteers, and learned that I loved inspiring people to work together.  Through writing training curriculum, I developed the ability to teach.



After I married Lucas in 2006, I finished out a bachelor’s degree in psychology and business.  I was drawn to marriage and family therapy.  In college, I discovered my aptitude for accounting and was offered a paid scholarship to make it my major.  I turned it down, thinking I wouldn’t be interested in “crunching numbers.”



Out of college, I landed a career in business and human resource management.  Training and development was my strength, and I thrived in building relationships that drew out the potential of others and inspiring teamwork.  I learned that leadership and influence didn’t have to come from a company title or a supervisory position.



]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 40:13
The Mindset Shift https://themoneyadvantage.com/mindset-shift/ Wed, 08 Nov 2017 03:54:12 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=917 At 25 years old, Bruce Wehner had chest pains and thought he was having a heart attack.  The crisis caused him to face his own mortality.  He re-evaluated the nobility of hard work, pushing himself, and hustling.Bruce’s backstory highlights two strategic mindset shifts that have developed him into the person he is today. Because of his experience, he has become a giver with the keen ability to add value to his clients’ lives.The first shift was a decision not to be dependent on another person or entity for his livelihood.The second shift was the move from transactional selling to truly delivering value.Bruce’s early life experiences in business and entrepreneurship led him to embrace business ownership as a way of life.  Because he understands the business culture and unique challenges owners face, he serves them with tremendous value. His perspective and insights are what have allowed him to personally take thousands of clients through a financial discovery process.  His objective is to put the client in control of their own financial destiny. We hope that you will find yourself in his story and that his transparent honesty will validate your own experiences. In case you missed it, in the prior episode, we discussed How The Money Advantage Began. The Prevailing Culture of Dependence Bruce grew up during the ‘60s and ‘70s.  During the years of the Vietnam War conflict in the '60s, the US economy was struggling.  This was an influential time for Bruce as he watched the birth of entitlement programs. Additionally, in the pre-World War II timeframe, as the industrial revolution began, the economy shifted from being dominated by small businesses, to one driven by corporations and employees. Together, these changes caused people to develop a mindset of dependence on the government and corporations. The Early Influence of His Father’s Business Despite the backdrop of dependence that surrounded him, Bruce learned about business ownership at a very young age. He was the child of German immigrants. His father, like many others in the immigrant community, owned a business. From working in his father’s Shell Service Station, Bruce learned about the value of hard work and the necessity of innovation. He watched his Dad build a self-sustaining business.  His dad developed a team and had the flexibility to leave the business and have it continue to operate. As a child, he remembers working long hours in the gas station, often from 6 a.m. to 9 p.m. The Need for Innovation During Creative Destruction The Oil Embargo of 1975-1976 and Missouri’s Blue Laws restricted his father’s ability to operate his business. This brought about creative destruction, shifting the industry from true service to self-service and convenience.  Service stations used to include pumping gas for people, tire rotation, windshield washing, checking the radiator and fan belts.  To stay competitive, merchants had to mark down the gas.  They provided gas as a loss leader and added convenience items to bring in profit. Bruce’s father couldn't expand into the convenience model because his station was landlocked.  He was unable to ride the wave of change and stay profitable in the new environment and lost his business as a result. The Undercurrent of a Scarcity Mindset As Bruce looks back, he notices the fear that shrouded his father’s entrepreneurial activities.  Business was a grind, and the hard work and long hours were esteemed.  Business was not something you could enjoy and find true meaning and fulfillment in. His family and community believed in never owing anyone, business ownership, taking care of yourself, and living frugally. Additionally, there was a trend in the Baby Boomer generation that it was taboo to talk about money.  As a result, they didn't pass on knowledge to the next generation. In spite of it being a forbidden topic, Bruce was curious about money. One day, At 25 years old, Bruce Wehner had chest pains and thought he was having a heart attack.  The crisis caused him to face his own mortality.  He re-evaluated the nobility of hard work, pushing himself, and hustling.



At 25 years old, Bruce Wehner had chest pains and thought he was having a heart attack.  The crisis caused him to face his own mortality.  He re-evaluated the nobility of hard work, pushing himself, and hustling.Bruce’s backstory highlights two strategic mindset shifts that have developed him into the person he is today. Because of his experience, he has become a giver with the keen ability to add value to his clients’ lives.The first shift was a decision not to be dependent on another person or entity for his livelihood.The second shift was the move from transactional selling to truly delivering value.Bruce’s early life experiences in business and entrepreneurship led him to embrace business ownership as a way of life.  Because he understands the business culture and unique challenges owners face, he serves them with tremendous value.



His perspective and insights are what have allowed him to personally take thousands of clients through a financial discovery process.  His objective is to put the client in control of their own financial destiny.



We hope that you will find yourself in his story and that his transparent honesty will validate your own experiences.







In case you missed it, in the prior episode, we discussed How The Money Advantage Began.



The Prevailing Culture of Dependence



Bruce grew up during the ‘60s and ‘70s.  During the years of the Vietnam War conflict in the '60s, the US economy was struggling.  This was an influential time for Bruce as he watched the birth of entitlement programs.



Additionally, in the pre-World War II timeframe, as the industrial revolution began, the economy shifted from being dominated by small businesses, to one driven by corporations and employees.



Together, these changes caused people to develop a mindset of dependence on the government and corporations.



The Early Influence of His Father’s Business



Despite the backdrop of dependence that surrounded him, Bruce learned about business ownership at a very young age.



He was the child of German immigrants. His father, like many others in the immigrant community, owned a business.



From working in his father’s Shell Service Station, Bruce learned about the value of hard work and the necessity of innovation.



He watched his Dad build a self-sustaining business.  His dad developed a team and had the flexibility to leave the business and have it continue to operate.



As a child, he remembers working long hours in the gas station, often from 6 a.m. to 9 p.m.



The Need for Innovation During Creative Destruction



The Oil Embargo of 1975-1976 and Missouri’s Blue Laws restricted his father’s ability to operate his business.



This brought about creative destruction, shifting the industry from true service to self-service and convenience.  Service stations used to include pumping gas for people, tire rotation, windshield washing, checking the radiator and fan belts.  To stay competitive, merchants had to mark down the gas.  They provided gas as a loss leader and added convenience items to bring in profit.



]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 38:32
How The Money Advantage Began https://themoneyadvantage.com/how-the-money-advantage-began/ Wed, 08 Nov 2017 01:15:36 +0000 https://themoneyadvantage.com/?p=899 The Money Advantage was born out of unexpected collaboration in the most unlikely of circumstances. Three financial service professionals in an industry known for its undercurrent of competition, from across state lines, different companies, different levels of experience, and different generations.With the common ground of a desire to bring empowering education to business owners to help them keep and control more of their money, a Go-Giver spirit, a willingness to say yes to the unknown and live it as an adventure, and a little dream to start a podcast and the surprising ignition switch that made it happen.I’ll tell you the story of how we met, why we’ve continued to build a collaborative relationship, why we’ve teamed up to deliver The Money Advantage to you, and what you can expect as a result. The Reason We Met Bruce Wehner’s organization, e3 Wealth, based in St. Louis, Missouri, had become disenfranchised with financial services industry. They saw how difficult it was for a person to get consistent financial advice from their CPA, investment advisor, insurance broker, and mortgage professional, who often worked independently, not collaboratively. They engaged in a mission to transform the financial industry, building a teamwork model across professionals. The objective was to foster relationships with like-minded financial professionals, to share best practices and best empower clients. They partnered with the Nelson Nash Institute to create the Freedom Advisor Live event as a step towards building this vision. My husband, Lucas and I, wealth strategists in Virginia, heard about the event through the Nelson Nash Institute.  When we listened to their teleconferences, we discovered a team doing the same work, that had much more experience. We booked plane tickets and attended the first Freedom Advisor event in November 2015 with the desire to find mentors. It Was the Start of a Collaborative Working Relationship We took immediate action on the lessons we learned, changing most of our client process. One of the changes was implementing a financial picture process with our clients. As I worked with clients, I discussed our recommendations with Bruce to gain further insight.  As a result, we had frequent conversations over the two years that followed. How The Money Advantage Was Born One of the many areas of common ground was that Bruce and I are educators by nature. We both believe in the power of education to give people the confidence to make decisions. Bruce had the experience of sitting down with over 4,000 clients.  One of his unique abilities is strategic thinking.  Through his volume of real-life experience, he has developed the skill to lead clients in thinking exercises that support clear decision-making. My unique ability is communicating complex ideas in a way that’s fun, simple and doable.  I’m able to put ideas down on paper and into a process and communicate them in a way that helps people come to their own conclusions.  I'd been creating video and blog content for over a year, and wanted to produce higher quality educational content with more depth and context. I had been creating video and blog content for over a year, and I saw podcasting as the next step to produce higher quality educational content with more depth and context. Even though it was my desire to start a podcast, it was my husband Lucas that made it happen.  On a hunch, he called up Bruce and asked if he would co-host a show with me. Bruce said yes! Imagine my surprise when I stood face to face with my dream. It was for now, not someday… Lucas and I believed that partnership with Bruce was just what was needed to increase the quality of the conversation. It was the impetus that put everything in motion to deliver The Money Advantage to you today. The State of the Financial Services Industry We recognize that there’s so much noise in the financial industry today.  Do this. The Money Advantage was born out of unexpected collaboration in the most unlikely of circumstances. Three financial service professionals in an industry known for its undercurrent of competition, from across state lines, different companies,



The Money Advantage was born out of unexpected collaboration in the most unlikely of circumstances. Three financial service professionals in an industry known for its undercurrent of competition, from across state lines, different companies, different levels of experience, and different generations.With the common ground of a desire to bring empowering education to business owners to help them keep and control more of their money, a Go-Giver spirit, a willingness to say yes to the unknown and live it as an adventure, and a little dream to start a podcast and the surprising ignition switch that made it happen.I’ll tell you the story of how we met, why we’ve continued to build a collaborative relationship, why we’ve teamed up to deliver The Money Advantage to you, and what you can expect as a result.







The Reason We Met



Bruce Wehner’s organization, e3 Wealth, based in St. Louis, Missouri, had become disenfranchised with financial services industry.



They saw how difficult it was for a person to get consistent financial advice from their CPA, investment advisor, insurance broker, and mortgage professional, who often worked independently, not collaboratively.



They engaged in a mission to transform the financial industry, building a teamwork model across professionals. The objective was to foster relationships with like-minded financial professionals, to share best practices and best empower clients.



They partnered with the Nelson Nash Institute to create the Freedom Advisor Live event as a step towards building this vision.



My husband, Lucas and I, wealth strategists in Virginia, heard about the event through the Nelson Nash Institute.  When we listened to their teleconferences, we discovered a team doing the same work, that had much more experience.



We booked plane tickets and attended the first Freedom Advisor event in November 2015 with the desire to find mentors.



It Was the Start of a Collaborative Working Relationship



We took immediate action on the lessons we learned, changing most of our client process. One of the changes was implementing a financial picture process with our clients. As I worked with clients, I discussed our recommendations with Bruce to gain further insight.  As a result, we had frequent conversations over the two years that followed.



How The Money Advantage Was Born



One of the many areas of common ground was that Bruce and I are educators by nature. We both believe in the power of education to give people the confidence to make decisions.



Bruce had the experience of sitting down with over 4,000 clients.  One of his unique abilities is strategic thinking.  Through his volume of real-life experience, he has developed the skill to lead clients in thinking exercises that support clear decision-making.



My unique ability is communicating complex ideas in a way that’s fun, simple and doable.  I’m able to put ideas down on paper and into a process and communicate them in a way that helps people come to their own conclusions.  I'd been creating video and blog content for over a year, and wanted to produce higher quality educational content with more depth and context.



I had been creating video and blog content for over a year, and I saw podcasting as the next step to produce higher quality educational conte...]]>
Bruce Wehner & Rachel Marshall clean 29:22